5. Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture Proposal — Anaheim City Council, August 9, 2022 (part 1 of 2)

design-build fire station 12 - platinum triangle
T
echnical Proposal
February 22, 2022
City of Anaheim Fire & Rescue
Request for Proposals Response
Prepared By:
..

CONSTRUCTORS Inc.

JKA
jeff katz

ARCHITECTURE
Table of
C
ontents
Transmittal Letter & Executive
Summary
1 Project Organization &
Q
ualiﬁ cations of Key Personnel
2 A
rchitectural Design3
S
ite, Civil, Landscape, &
Ci
rculation Design
4 M
echanical, Electrical, & Plumbing
De
sign
5 S
tructural Design6
A
lternates, Project Enhancements, &
Ad
ded Value
7 E
fﬁ cient & Quality Delivery &
Co
mpletion On (or ahead of)
Schedule
8 M
itigation of Subsurface Conditions &
Ne
gative Construction Impacts
9 S
tatement of Exceptions10
P
roposal Attachments11
D
rawings, Materials/ Equipment Data
Sh
eets, & FF&E Certiﬁ cation
12 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
0 Transmittal Letter &
E
xecutive Summary 1
February 22, 2022
The City of Anaheim
Brenda Medina
Construction Contract
Administrator
Construction Services Division
Public Works Department
[email protected]
D
ear Selection Committee:

Soltek-SEJV Joint Venture (SEJV) is pleased to have the opportunity to submit this proposal in response to Request for Proposal.

SEJV shall serve as prime design-build contractor for the project. We have teamed with Jeff Katz Architecture (JKA) for design of the new ﬁ re station as described in the Request for Qualiﬁ cations submitted prior to the RFP process.

SEJV is a Joint Venture between EC Constructors, Inc. and Soltek Paciﬁ c Construction Company which has been in place March of 2020. Prior to starting ECC, Jim Summers worked at Soltek Paciﬁ c for 22 years.

The following will be the primary point of contact for procurement related communications.

Jim Summers, Project Executive [email protected]
RFP and Addenda 1 – 7 Noted and Reviewed.

SEJV is providing estimated construction cost in separate proposal.

If you have any questions related to this proposal, please contact me.

Sincerely,
Jim Summers, Partner
Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture
2424 Congress Street
San Diego, CA 92110
[email protected]
(619) 440-7181
Jim Summers, Partner
Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture
SEJV acknowledges Addenda 1-7 as issued by the City for this s
olicitation.

SEJV understands the requirements to design and construct a facility that operates efﬁ ciently and has a life expectancy of 50 years without any signiﬁ cant failures or deﬁ ciencies. While there is normal maintenance and normal wear & tear with any facility, this facility will be designed and constructed so there are no unreasonable failures or deﬁ ciencies in the architectural, structural, mechanical, and electrical systems.

SEJV has a current and valid Contractor’s License #944999 with A & B classiﬁ cations. As noted in the prequaliﬁ cation package we submitted to be shortlisted, SEJV and JKA have more than 10 years of experience providing the same or similar services on similar facilities. Speciﬁ cally, ECC has experience constructing 10 ﬁ re stations and several other essential service facilities within the last 10 years.

Soltek-SEJV A Joint Venture (SEJV) is pleased to have the opportunity to submit our proposal for Design Build Services on the Fire Station #12 project with the City of Anaheim. SEJV and its design team are well suited to provide superior design and construction services for the new ﬁ re station and associated site work. Our team has signiﬁ cant experience designing and constructing similar type facilities. EC Constructors and JKA have recently completed design and construction of six ﬁ re station projects as well as several other design build projects.

The SEJV team understands that the City is hiring a Design Build Entity to collaborate with the City Team to provide a quality facility on time and within the guaranteed maximum price. SEJV has selected Jeff Katz Architecture (JKA) as the lead design ﬁ rm for our team. The SEJV management team has collaborated with JKA, design consultants, and our major subcontractors to respond to the RFP. The SEJV management team assigned to this project has been involved in the RFP response, and will be included in the design and construction process to ensure continuity and efﬁ ciency in the communications and execution of the work.

The SEJV Management Team is well versed and experienced working collaboratively on past projects. Cory Summers, PM, recently completed two design build ﬁ re station projects constructed concurrently in Chula Vista and Nick McAvene, Superintendent completed numerous comparable size design build projects. SEJV has an experienced management staff lead by Jim Summers and has listed highly qualiﬁ ed major subcontractors to work collaboratively with SEJV, the City, and our design team to complete this project.

The SEJV management team and JKA have the necessary experience and expertise to successfully work with City Team, City of Anaheim, and other Agencies for approval of plans and permitting of the work. The team we have proposed for this project has the required experience to successfully accomplish the design and approval process. The SEJV Team believes in constant and open communication with Owner Representatives throughout the project. This starts with the project kick-off meeting and continues throughout project design & construction, close-out, and warranty period. Our team will set up regular design coordination review meetings and construction coordination meetings with the City Staff to insure proper communications and coordination efforts. The SEJV Management team assigned to this project will be involved in the proposal, design, construction, close-out and warranty period for the project. We do not utilize a “design team” and then hand-off to a “construction team.” This has proven to be the most efﬁ cient and effective manner to properly execute a design build project and maintain the best communication with the Owner’s Representatives. executive
su
mmary10
2 P roject Organization &
Qu
aliﬁ cations of Key
Personnel
project organization and
q
ualifications of key personnel2
Utilization of Local Firms
T
he S-E JV is committed to using locally based subcontractors in the performance of the actual construction work. Local subcontractors have the greatest understanding of local laws, permitting needs and regulations, ordinances, regulations and policies. In our experience, local trade contractors are the most beneﬁ cial to work with since they generally have lower overhead rates, are more selective in choosing the contractors they work with, and many employ a loyal work force who are often more attentive and productive than larger ﬁ rms from out of the area.

Additionally, many local companies are knowledgeable of the City’s CWA process and retain a local workforce that can maintain our schedule. These traits enable local businesses to be more economical in pricing, which in turn will allow S-E JV to pass this savings to the City in the form of our own more competitive pricing. Therefore, we have endorsed a corporate philosophy which promotes local subcontracting entities.

Roles and Responsibilities of the Design-Builder as the Primary Contracting Entity The Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture (S-E JV) Design-Build Team is very well qualiﬁ ed to lead the design and construction effort for the Fire Station #12 project. Our team has been thoughtfully assembled to combine complementary and compatible resources and services in completing a vast array of design-build commercial, essential service, and industrial facilities. As the primary contracting entity, we bring an advantage to the City of Anaheim as the party with the ultimate responsibility for ensuring quality and consistency throughout design and construction. S-E JV has the capacity, depth of personnel, ﬁ nancial and equipment resources, and equally strong architectural, engineering and subcontractor partners that will enable us to deliver outstanding performance for the City.

The working relationships between S-E JV and our proposed architect of record, Jeff Katz Architecture (JKA), spans a period of 12 years, including numerous design build projects, (seven design-build ﬁ re stations in the last 5 years). This presents a proven and tested design-build team that will deliver a quality project with no risk to the City. S-E JV will utilize a “total team” partnering approach to ensure success. We are also pleased to have teamed with highly qualiﬁ ed engineering subconsultants and major subcontractor team members. These entities have been selected based upon demonstrated understanding of S-E JV’s design-build process and experience on similar past projects as well as the City’s Community Workforce Agreement. Our policy is to involve and partner the construction subcontractors with their respective design team counterparts from the pre-proposal design stage through the ﬁ nal design submittal and on to the project acceptance phase. This ensures “buy in” to the design methods, materials, and products incorporated in the ﬁ nal design documents, thus eliminating conﬂ icts in both the design and construction phases.

Our entire design-build team will be involved in the project from preconstruction through construction closeout. The construction team will be responsible for supporting the design effort, and the design team will be responsible for providing support and oversight during construction. This includes not only the construction support functions of submittal review and responding to requests for information (RFI’s), but also working through design revisions that may result from unforeseen conditions at the job site, Client requests, or other situations that would initiate a reﬁ nement of the design. Members of the design team shall also visit the jobsite several times a month to attend construction meetings and to verify that the construction is being done in accordance with design intent and approved-for-construction drawings.

Following a site visit, the designer performing the visit shall submit a report detailing their observations, recommendations, and/or ﬁ ndings. They shall also visit the site if a situation requires the designer’s presence to develop a solution. At the end of the project, the Project Manager shall coordinate with the Design Team and consultants and ensure their involvement with ﬁ nal inspection, equipment start-up, and the commissioning of the facility along with City staff and Fire Department personnel. The Design Team and QC staff shall work together to compile the OMSI Manuals and as-built record drawings. The Design Team shall stay involved in the process through acceptance and warranty period. 0 project organization and
q
ualifications of key personnel2
JKA
Jeff Katz, AIA
P
rincipal Architect
Christie Jewett, AIA
Design Principal
Malina Villanueva, AIA
Project Manager
Haresh Vibhakar, AIA
Design QA/QC Manager

SOLTEK-ECC JV
Jim Summers
S
enior Construction Manager
Cory Summers
Construction Project Engineer
Nick McAvene
Superintendent
Brent Ng-Parish
Construction QA/QC Manager

CONSULTANTS
Don Orie, S.E.

O
rie2 Engineering / Structural Engineer
Doug Isaaks, P.E.

McParlane & Associates / Mechanical &
Pl
umbing Engineer
Anton Nathanson, P.E.

ELEN Consulting / Electrical Engineer
Bruce Kirby, P.E. QSD/QSP
BKF Engineering / Civil Engineer
Joseph Vettel, G.E.

Geocon, Inc. / Geotechnical Engineer

DESIGN BUILD
Key Personnel Stafﬁ ng Levels and Commitment for the Duration of the Contract P
lease see resume pages for individual personnel stafﬁ ng levels and commitment to the project.

Capacity to Perform the Work
Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture’s background with Design-Build construction delivery makes us especially qualiﬁ ed to undertake this project. This relevant experience allows us to successfully perform the design and construction work of this notable project with full consideration for the materials, methods, means, and scheduling expertise required to successfully complete the work in strict accordance with City of Anaheim’s standards. Additionally, our team has sufﬁ cient personnel and ﬁ nancial resources to adequately and completely address any needs that this project may present with no impact from our current backlog or any other anticipated contractual obligation.

Organizational / Key Personnel Chart
0 1
1 1 ~-----0 0
0 PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
M
ember, Associated General
Co
ntractors, San Diego Chapter

EDUCATION
Polk Community College -
Ge
neral Studies
Grossmont Community College -
General Studies

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
37 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
General Contractor
Li
cense 585677
A/B/C-8

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
EC Constructors / General Contractor

JIM SUMMERS
Pr
oject Executive / Construction Manger

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
CMAR 3 Fire Stations
Owner: County of San Diego
Cost: $8,528,162
De
sign-Build Fire Stations 3 & 5, Chula Vista, CA
Owner: City of Chula Vista
Cost: Pre-construction $1,291,594, Construction $16,780,608 Design-Build Fire Station #3 Renovation, Lakeside, CA
Owner: Lakeside Fire Protection District
Cost: $4,024,644
Design-Build Fire Station 50 San Diego, San Diego, CA
Owner: City of San Diego
Cost: $10,763,150
Design-Build Chula Vista Millenia Fire Station 10, Chula Vista, CA Owner: City of Chula Vista
Cost: $8,123,622
Design-Build Pine Valley Fire Station, Pine Valley, CA
Owner: County of San Diego
Cost: $8,200,000
Design-Build Garden Grove Fire Station, Garden Grove, CA Owner: Orange County Fire Authority
Cost: $5,535,919
City of San Diego Fire Station No. 22, Point Loma, San Diego, CA Owner: City of San Diego
Cost: $5,741,750
City of San Diego Fire Station No. 17, San Diego, CA
Owner: City of San Diego
Cost: $7,085,909
As the Project Executive and Construction Manger, Mr. Summers will be the primary liaison between the City of Anaheim and Soltek- ECC A Joint Venture’s team on all administrative and contractual issues.

Jim’s additional duties will include design coordination and constructibility reviews with designers, coordination of project requirements and planning with Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture’s Project Team Members.

He has extensive experience in various roles in public works construction which provides him the necessary expertise to work with the team to facilitate practical solutions to any issues that develop in the design and/or construction phase of a project.

Level of commitment: 30 hours per week during design and construction phases.

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
M
ember, Associated General
Co
ntractors, San Diego Chapter

EDUCATION
Bachelor of Arts, Economics 2016
Sa
n Diego State University, San Diego,
CA

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
10 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
General Contractor
Li
cense 585677
A/B/C-8

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
EC Constructors / General Contractor

CORY SUMMERS
C
onstruction Project Engineer
As the Construction Project Engineer Cory will be responsible for contract
administration, budget monitoring, schedule
maintenance, design document review, conducting owner
meetings, serving as main point of contact for subcontractors, design team, and owner’s representative, process monthly payment applications, and coordinating with ofﬁ ce personnel to approve subcontractor payments.

Cory has extensive experience with public works projects, including practical experience solving challenges and completing complex projects to success.

Level of commitment: 15 hours per week during design; 40 hours per week during construction.

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
C
MAR 3 Fire Stations
Owner: County of San Diego
Cost: $8,528,162
De
sign-Build Fire Stations 3 & 5, Chula Vista, CA
Owner: City of Chula Vista
Cost: Pre-construction $1,291,594, Construction $16,780,608 Design-Build Fire Station #3 Renovation, Lakeside, CA
Owner: Lakeside Fire Protection District
Cost: $4,024,644
Design-Build Fire Station 50 San Diego, San Diego, CA
Owner: City of San Diego
Cost: $10,763,150
Design-Build Chula Vista Millenia Fire Station 10, Chula Vista, CA Owner: City of Chula Vista
Cost: $8,123,622
Design-Build Pine Valley Fire Station, Pine Valley, CA
Owner: County of San Diego
Cost: $8,200,000
Design-Build Garden Grove Fire Station, Garden Grove, CA Owner: Orange County Fire Authority
Cost: $5,535,919
City of San Diego Fire Station No. 22, Point Loma, San Diego, CA Owner: City of San Diego
Cost: $5,741,750
City of San Diego Fire Station No. 17, San Diego, CA
Owner: City of San Diego
Cost: $7,085,909

CERTIFICATIONS & REGISTRATIONS
O
SHA 30 hr.

Co
nﬁ ned Space Competent Person
Conﬁ ned Space Entrant/Attendant/
Supervisor
Fall Protection Competent Person
First Aid & CPR/ AED
Forklift Operator (Rough Terrain)
Qualiﬁ ed SWPPP Practicioner (QSP)
Scaffolding Competent Person
Storm Water Pollution Prevention Plan
(SWPPP)
Trench & Shore Competent Person
Trenching & Excavating Competent
Person 8 hr.

EDUCATION
Assoc. Degree, Grossmont College, CA
Assoc. Degree, Miramar College, CA

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
32 COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
Soltek Paciﬁ c / General Contractor

NICK MCAVENE
Su
perintendent

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
CMAR Riverside Fire Station #1, Riverside, CA
Owner: City of Riverside
Cost: $4.6M
Wa
rner Springs Forest Fire Station #52 Replacement Facility, Warner Springs, CA
Owner: State of California • Warner Springs, CA
Cost: $2.8M
Design-Build P-776 Naval Special Warfare Group One Logistics Support Unit One Operations Facility #1, Imperial Beach, CA Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $32M
Design-Build P-919 Special Reconnaissance Team ONE Naval Special Warfare Command Coastal Campus, San Diego, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $17.8M
Design-Build 1st and 5th Marine Battalion Headquarters and Armory Expansion Addition, Oceanside, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $11.1M
Design-Build P-915 SOF Mobile Communications Detachment Facility, Coronado, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $10.5M (DB)
Design-Build Renovate BEQ Building 26, Phase II, San Diego, CA Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $8.1M (DB)
Design-Build PE9907M BEQ 210636, Oceanside, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $7.9M
As the project Superintendent Nick will be responsible for daily on-site coordination and supervision of the construction project site, and will report directly to the Project Executive/Construction Manager.

Nick’s duties will include: creating work schedules, maintaining daily reports, inspecting quality of work, working with the team to resolve contract document discrepancies, and assisting in maintaining a safe work environment.

Nick is very familiar with all areas of construction coordination, as well as concrete placement, earthwork excavation, formwork, equipment operations, construction scheduling, interior ﬁ nishes and interfacing with plumbing, HVAC, and electrical trade work.

Level of commitment: 10 hours per week during design; 40 hours per week during construction.

CERTIFICATIONS & REGISTRATIONS
E
M385 1-1 40 hr.

OS
HA 30 hr.

ASHRAE Building Commisisioning
Professional
Quality Control Management
Certiﬁ cate
AGC Project Engineer Certiﬁ cation

EDUCATION
Bachelor of Science, Mechanical
En
gineering, 2017 San Diego State
University, San Diego, CA

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
5 COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
Soltek Paciﬁ c / General Contractor

BRENT NG-PARISH
Co
nstruction QA/QC Manager

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
P-9906 Ambulatory Care Center Replacement, San Diego, C A Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $15.8M
Design-Build P-892 Mobile Communications Detachment
Warehouse Facility, San Diego, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $11.6M
Design-Build P-952 SOF Human Performance Training Center, San Diego, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $17.3M
Design-Build P-776 SOF Logistic Support One Operations Facility #1, San Diego, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $32.1M
Design-Build P-915 SOF Mobile Communications Detachment Facility, San Diego, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy NAVFAC Southwest
Cost: $10.5M
HVAC Remediation and Repair Phase 1, San Diego, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy, Naval Medical Center
Cost: $31.2M
HVAC Remediation and Repair Phase 2, San Diego, CA
Owner: Department of the Navy, Naval Medical Center
Cost: $52M
As the Construction QA/QC Manager, Brent’s responsibilities will include developing and maintaining a quality control (QC) plan, working directly with the Superintendent to track overall project compliance, supervising construction work, and reviewing submittals for compliance with plans and speciﬁ cations.

Brent will conduct audits on projects and manage paperwork, assist the project manager with developing construction plans, evaluate and track safety issues, and perform tasks to ensure an injury-free workplace.

Level of commitment: 15 hours per week during design; 40 hours per week during construction.

As the project’s Principal Architect, Mr. Katz will epitomize the overall
authority and sole source of design responsibility for the Fire Station #12 project.

Jeff has always focused on serving the communities around him by providing architectural services for civic buildings including police stations, ﬁ re stations, libraries, administration centers, corporation yards, recreation centers and more.

With more than 37 years of experience, his collaborative and engaging style, practical and straightforward approach, and proven track record of excellence make him a valuable asset to this Design-Build Team. His work designing public facilities of all types are consistently recognized for their functionality and integration into the communities they serve.

Level of commitment: 16 hours per week during design; 8 hours per month during construction.

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
P
ort of Long Beach Fireboat Station, Long Beach, CA
This recently
completed project for the Port of Long Beach includes
Fireboat Station #15, a ﬁ reboat bay for a new 105 ft. ﬁ reﬁ ghting vessel, dive locker, and protective boat basin. The 9,000 square foot ﬁ re station program includes two drive-thru apparatus bays with support spaces, living quarters for six ﬁ re personnel, day room, kitchen, dining room, conference room, workshop and ofﬁ ce spaces. The project will be LEED Gold Certiﬁ ed and incorporate sustainable technologies such as natural ventilation, photovoltaic panels, and high-efﬁ ciency lighting.

Chula Vista Fire Station No. 10 at Millenia, Chula Vista, CA Recently completed, this 13,435 sf ﬁ re station has 10 bunks rooms and three drive-thru apparatus bays. The dynamic design of the new station both complements the new Millenia development and also act as a landmark for the community. Solar panels are utilized to offset the building’s energy consumption.

Garden Grove Fire Station 6, Garden Grove, CA
The new, 7,500 sf ﬁ re station is located adjacent to an existing Community Park. JKA worked closely with the City of Garden Grove to provide construction documents, speciﬁ cations, cost estimates, and construction administration services. The site includes a backup generator, fuel station and trash enclosure.

The project also includes the construction of a 1,500 sf Community Room building and the construction of a new children’s play area within the existing park.

Chula Vista Fire Stations 3 & 5, Chula Vista, CA
JKA worked in partnership with EC Constructors to complete these two design-build stations. Both facilities were designed and constructed concurrently. Station 3 is a four-bay, 13,350 sf station and Station 5 is a three-bay, 12,310 sf station. Each building was designed to ﬁ t into its surrounding community, reduce response times, and offer state-of-the-art facilities for its end-users.

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
American Institute of Architects (AIA),
Sa
n Diego Chapter Member
U.S. Green Building Council (USGBC),
Member
Registered OES Design Professional,
Volunteer
Habitat for Humanity
ACE Mentor San Diego
JEFF KATZ, AIA, NCARB, LEED GREEN ASSOC.

Principal Architect

REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Architect, CA: C018223
NCA
RB Certiﬁ cation
LEED Green Associate 23093

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
3 7

EDUCATION
B
achelor of Architecture, 1984,
Ca
lifornia Polytechnic State University,
San Luis Obispo

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
J
KA / Architecture

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
A
merican Institute of Architects (AIA),
Sa
n Diego Chapter Member
Design-Build Institute of America (DBIA),
Member
ACE Mentor San Diego, Team Leader
Habitat for Humanity
Eco-Engineering Academy, Board
President 2014-2019

EDUCATION
Master of Architecture, 2007, North
Da
kota State University
BS Environmental Design, 2006 North
Dakota State University

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
14 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Architect, CA: C35526
DB
IA: D-2564
NCARB: 78530

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
JKA / Architecture

CHRISTIE JEWETT, AIA, DBIA, NCARB
Design Principal

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
Chula Vista Fire Station No. 10 at Millenia, Chula Vi sta, CA Recently completed with EC Constructors, this 13,435 sf ﬁ re station has 10 bunks rooms and three drive-thru apparatus bays.

The dynamic design of the new station both complements the new Millenia development and also act as a landmark for the community. Solar panels are utilized to offset the building’s energy consumption.

Pine Valley Fire Station #44, Pine Valley, CA
A new, two-story Pine Valley Fire Station of approximately 14,000 sf which includes an apparatus bay (with associated support spaces), an administrative/training area and living accommodations. This design-build project implemented low impact development standards and used sustainable design principles, practices and performance. The architecture, engineering, landscaping and building systems are designed for efﬁ ciency and ease of maintenance.

Garden Grove Fire Station 6, Garden Grove, CA
The new 7,500 sf ﬁ re station is located adjacent to an existing Community Park. JKA and EC Constructors worked closely with the City of Garden Grove to provide construction documents, speciﬁ cations, cost estimates, and construction administration services. The site includes a backup generator, fuel station and trash enclosure. The project also includes the construction of a 1,500 sf Community Room building and the construction of a new children’s play area within the existing park.

Christie will be JKA’s Lead Designer for Fire Station #12. She brings more than 14 years of professional experience designing and preparing construction documents for public and private sector projects. She specializes in ﬁ re station design and excels in photo- realistic architectural renderings and 3D visualization. In addition to the design, she will manage the Building Information Modeling (BIM) process internally and across all consultant team members.

As Design Principal and DBIA certiﬁ ed professional, Christie will be involved in developing the preliminary design concepts for the project. She will also make sure that early design decisions are followed as the design progresses. This includes oversight during construction documents to assist in detailing and speciﬁ cations of key design elements.

Level of commitment: 40 hours per week during design; 8 hours per week during construction.

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
A
merican Institute of Architects (AIA),
Sa
n Diego Chapter
Habitat for Humanity
San Diego AIA Women in Architecture
ACE Mentor San Diego
National Council of Architectural
Registration Boards, Licensed Architect

EDUCATION
Bachelor of Architecture, 2015,
Ca
lifornia Polytechnic State University,
San Luis Obispo

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
6 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Architect, CA: C39187

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
JKA / Architecture

MALINA VILLANUEVA, A
IA
Project Manager

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
Fresno Fire Station 18, Fresno, CA
Currently under
construction, this new 13,500 square foot ﬁ re
station will be completed in early 2022 and includes three drive- thru apparatus bays with support spaces, sleeping quarters for nine personnel, kitchen, dining, day room, ofﬁ ces, ﬁ tness room, turnout storage and shop area. Site improvements include secure personnel parking, covered patio, fuel dispensing area, emergency generator, and public parking.

Chula Vista Fire Station No. 10 at Millenia, Chula Vista, CA This 13,435 sf ﬁ re station has 10 bunks rooms and three drive-thru apparatus bays. The dynamic design of the new station both complements the new Millenia development and also act as a landmark for the community. Solar panels are utilized to offset the building’s energy consumption. Program areas include a public lobby, large ﬁ tness room, day room, open concept kitchen and dining area, and various apparatus support functions.

Coastside Fire Station 41, Half Moon Bay, CA
This recently completed 10,000 square foot ﬁ re station includes three drive-thru apparatus bays with support spaces, sleeping quarters for seven personnel, a 30-person training room, kitchen, dining, day room, ofﬁ ces, ﬁ tness, turnout storage and shop area.

Site improvements include secure personnel parking, construction of large retaining walls, emergency generator, and public parking.

As the Project Manager for JKA, Malina will manage the design and documentation process, attend scheduled meetings, and oversee the implementation of the design during construction.

She will develop and manage the work plan, budget, and design schedule and work with the Design Principal and QA/QC Manager to track the progression of the program through design and ensure a high-quality product.

Malina has a vast range of experience working on public safety projects, including multiple ﬁ re stations. She is up to date on the most current developments in ﬁ re station design and construction and excels in project management, Building Information
Modeling (BIM), technical detailing, and consultant coordination and communication.

Level of commitment: 40 hours per week during design; 16 hours per week during construction.

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
A
merican Institute of Architects (AIA),
Sa
n Diego Chapter
Associate Indian Institute of Architects
(AIIA), Mumbai Chapter Member
Project Management Institute, San
Diego Chapter Member

EDUCATION
Dip Arch (Professional Degree) 1997, DC
Pat
el School of Architecture, VV Nagar,
India
Dip Civil Engineering (Associates), 1982,
Govt. Polytechnic, Rajkot, India

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
33 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Architect, CA: C50669
Ar
chitect, OH: 0915053
Project Management Professional

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
JKA / Architecture

HARESH VIBHAKAR, AIA, PMP
Design QA/QC Manager

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
Newport Beach Junior Lifeguard Facility, Newport Beac h, CA Currently in construction, this new 13,500 square foot ﬁ re station will be completed in early 2022 and includes three drive-thru apparatus bays with support spaces, sleeping quarters for nine personnel, kitchen, dining, day room, ofﬁ ces, ﬁ tness room, turnout storage and shop area. Site improvements include secure personnel parking, covered patio, fuel dispensing area, emergency generator, and public parking.

Irvine Animal Care Center, Irvine, CA
JKA is currently working with the City of Irvine to renovate and expand the Animal Care Center. The scope of work includes increasing space for reception, retail, ofﬁ ce, administration, multipurpose, and training as well as creating appropriate medical spaces, improving animal living areas, and separating the adoption and owner surrendered animal intake areas.

Renovations are to occur with facility operations remaining active with staged phasing and on-site staff relocations as needed. The completed project will result in a more welcoming and cohesive facility that improves animal care, adoption services, and overall facility functionality.

San Diego Humane Society Improvements, San Diego, CA
The ongoing San Diego Human Society improvements projects includes the remodel and expansion of their existing hospital and surgery areas, animal treatment/recovery, animal isolation, dental care, and offce spaces; remodel of their existing Adoption and Habitat spaces, including complete revamp of their
adoption process and facilities to provide a more comfortable and engaging guest experience; the remodel and expansion of the existing administration spaces, conference rooms, and offces to create a more open and collaborative environment that exemplifes the way in which the SDHS team conducts their business.

As Design QA/QC Manager, Haresh will oversee JKA offce staff in the development of all drawings and documents for the project.

This includes management of the Quality Assurance and Quality Control process throughout the design and documentation phases. He will also provide construction administration oversight and be responsible for design coordination with the various consulting professionals.

Haresh has worked on all aspects of architectural design including preparing construction documents, technical detailing, bidding and permitting, and construction administration. He has a wide variety of experience working on a multitude of project typologies and has a strong technical background in detailing and constructability review.

Level of commitment: 16 hours per week during design; 8 hours per month during construction.

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
S
tructural Engineers Association of
Ca
lifornia (SEAOSD)
Prior Code Committee Chairman for
SEAOSD

EDUCATION
B.S. Civil Engineering, 1984, University of
Ne
vada, Las Vegas
M.S. Civil/Structural Engineering 1987,
University of Nevada, Reno

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
31 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Registered Professional Engineer: Civil C
46 058, 1990 (CA)
Registered Structural Engineer: S 3838,
1994 (CA)

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
Orie2 Engineering / Structural Engineer
DON ORIE, S.E.

Principal

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
Chula Vista Fire Station No. 10 at Millenia, Chula Vista, CA This
13,435 sf ﬁ re station has 10 bunks rooms and three drive-thru apparatus bays. The dynamic design of the new station both complements the new Millenia development and also act as a landmark for the community. Solar panels are utilized to offset the building’s energy consumption. Program areas include a public lobby, large ﬁ tness room, day room, open concept kitchen and dining area, and various apparatus support functions.

Site improvements include secure personnel parking, construction of large retaining walls, emergency generator, and public parking.

Julian Fire Station, Julian, CA
This project was designed within very modest budget constraints to get the Fire District the most building possible for their available construction funds. The design included the programming of the space requirements for a 6,250 sf facility to house up to seven ﬁ rst responder personnel. Areas include an apparatus room with two drive thru bays, bunk rooms, ﬁ tness area, kitchen, training room, work shop, and administrative spaces.

Mr. Orie has over 30 years of experience in structural engineering design including planning, design and construction administration of projects.

His experience encompasses a wide range of projects including, oceanfront restrooms and lifeguard facilities, libraries, ofﬁ ce buildings, hospitals, schools, ﬁ re stations, police stations, maintenance facilities, residential, commercial, pump stations, reservoirs, wastewater treatment plants, military and industrial facilities and more than 200MW in photovoltaic projects.

Level of commitment: 20 hours per week during design; 8 hours per month during construction.

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
N
ational Society of Professional
En
gineers (NSPE)
San Diego State Alumni
Chairman of the Board of the City
of San Diego Board of Appeals and
Advisors
San Diego State University Mechanical
Engineering Advisory Board Member

EDUCATION
B.S. Mechanical Engineering, San Diego
St
ate University, 1994

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
36 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Professional Engineer, CA No. 30090

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
McParlane and Associates /
Me
chanical and Plumbing Engineer
DOUG ISAAKS, P .E.

Principal, Project Manager

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
Vacaville Fire Station 75, Vacaville, CA
This design-build
project was an 8,300 SF design-build new Fire
Station including 2 drive through apparatus bays, sleeping quarters for 5 personnel, Kitchen, Dining, Day Room, Ofﬁ ces, Fitness, Turnout Storage and Shop area. Site improvements include secured personnel parking, fuel dispensing, emergency generator and public parking area.

Chula Vista Fire Stations 3 & 5, Chula Vista, CA
McParlane worked as the Mechanical and Plumbing consultant for JKA and EC Constructors to complete these two design- build stations. Both facilities were designed and constructed concurrently. Station 3 is a four-bay, 13,350 sf station and Station 5 is a three-bay, 12,310 sf station. Each building was designed to ﬁ t into its surrounding community, reduce response times, and offer state-of-the-art facilities for its end-users.

Site improvements include secure personnel parking, construction of large retaining walls, emergency generator, and public parking.

Doug Isaaks received his B.S. in Mechanical Engineering in 1994 and started with MPA the same year. He has been involved in the construction industry since 1984. Doug is recognized as an integral player by MPA and as an ethical and intelligent engineer by our clients. Doug’s dedication to our clients helps to make sure project commitments and scheduled deadlines are met. He is responsive during all phases of construction and will ﬁ nd a solution to any challenge.

Doug will execute his responsibility as Project Manager by ensuring that the project team is properly and adequately staffed, communicating with the team to make certain that the desired scope of work is executed in a timely and cost-effective manner, maintaining the design schedule and construction budget.

Level of commitment: 20 hours per week during design; 8 hours per month during construction.

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
I
lluminated Engineering Society (IES),
Sa
n Diego Chapter

EDUCATION
Bachelor of Science in Electrical
En
gineering, San Diego State University

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
10 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Professional Electrical Engineer, CA No.

E2
1090

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
ELEN Consulting / Electrical Engineer
ANTON NATHANSON, P .E.

Project Manager

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
Pine Valley Fire Station #44, Pine Valley, CA
A
new, two-story Pine Valley Fire Station of approximately 14,000 sf which includes an apparatus bay (with associated support spaces), an administrative/training area and living accommodations. The project implemented low impact development standards and used sustainable design principles, practices and performance.

The architecture, engineering, landscaping and building systems are designed for efﬁ ciency and ease of maintenance.

Chula Vista Fire Stations 3 & 5, Chula Vista, CA
ELEN Consulting worked as the Electrial Engineering consultant to JKA and EC Constructors to complete these two design- build stations. Both facilities were designed and constructed concurrently. Station 3 is a four-bay, 13,350 sf station and Station 5 is a three-bay, 12,310 sf station. Each building was designed to ﬁ t into its surrounding community, reduce response times, and offer state-of-the-art facilities for its end-users.

Site improvements include secure personnel parking, construction of large retaining walls, emergency generator, and public parking.

Anton has been a part of the electrical engineering design industry for over 10 years with experience in a variety of projects including commercial, residential, educational, and military. He has experience with electrical power design, telecommunications systems design, as well as protection and distribution of low and medium voltage power systems.

Anton’s expertise includes an in-depth understanding of electric code and electric power distribution systems with the ability to analyze complex engineering problems, evaluate and suggest alternatives, as well as communicate recommendations
effectively. Anton has also been actively involved in many of ELEN Consulting’s USGBC LEED focused projects, many of which achieved LEED Gold, LEED Platinum and Zero Net Energy certiﬁ cations.

Level of commitment: 20 hours per week during design; 8 hours per month during construction.

EDUCATION
B
S, Civil Engineering, California
Po
lytechnic University, Pomona

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
33 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Registered Civil Engineer, CA No. 42393
Qu
aliﬁ ed SWPPP
Developer (QSD) & Practitioner (QSP)
CA No. 20900
Envision Sustainability Professional (ENV
SP)

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
BKF Engineering / Civil Engineer
BRUCE KIRBY , P .E. QSD/QSP
Civil Project Manager

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
Pleasanton Fire Station 3, Pleasanton, CA
The design
team originally provided the City of Pleasanton
feasibility and needs assessment analysis for Fire Station No. 3.

After completing the feasibility study, the City decided the best choice for the future of the ﬁ re department and community was to immediately replace Station 3. The new 8,000 square foot, 2-Story ﬁ re station will accommodate 2 drive-thru apparatus bays and support spaces, living quarters for four ﬁ re personnel, and site improvements including secure and public parking.

Site improvements include secure personnel parking, construction of large retaining walls, emergency generator, and public parking.

Irvine Animal Care Center, Irvine, CA
BKF is currently working with JKA and the City of Irvine to renovate and expand the Animal Care Center. The scope of work includes increasing space for reception, retail, ofﬁ ce, administration, multipurpose, and training as well as creating appropriate medical spaces, improving animal living areas, and separating the adoption and owner surrendered animal intake areas.

Bruce has directed site engineering land developments for many ﬁ re stations, parks and sports complexes, educational campuses, institutional, retail, commercial, industrial, and residential projects throughout southern California.

As a professional engineer, Bruce has provided civil engineering services including preliminary engineering and backbone engineering design for the grading, roadway, storm drain, sewer and water infrastructure.

Level of commitment: 20 hours per week during design; 8 hours per month during construction.

PROFESSIONAL AFFILIATIONS
A
merican Society of Civil Engineers
(A
SCE)
DFI
Structural Engineers Association of San
Diego (SEAOSD)
The Society of Military Engineers (SAME)

EDUCATION
MS, Civil Engineering, San Diego State
Un
iversity
BS, Civil Engineering, San Diego State
University

YEARS OF EXPERIENCE
31 REGISTRATION/CERTIFICATIONS
Geotechnical Engineer, CA: No. 2401
Pr
ofessional Engineer, CA: No. 49827

COMPANY / SPECIALIZATION
Geocon, Inc. / Geotechnical Engineer
JOSEPH J. VETTEL, G.E.

CEO / Principal Engineer

COMPARABLE PROJECTS
Santaluz Fire Station #46, San Diego, California
Geocon provided
testing and observation services during grading
operations for the new ﬁ re station planned in the Santaluz area and was retained to perform a geotechnical investigation. Mr.

Vettel was the project geotechnical engineer.

La Mesa Headquarters Fire Station, La Mesa, California
Following demolition of existing facilities at the City of La Mesa Fire Station No. 11, a new 14,000-square-foot facility was proposed to be constructed. Mr. Vettel performed engineering analysis, consultation, and review services as project geotechnical engineer.

Sunbow II Unit 2 Fire Station, Chula Vista, California
As part of the Sunbow Master Planned Community, Geocon
Incorporated provided an update geotechnical report for the proposed ﬁ re station. Because Geocon had provided geotechnical services during design and construction o the Sunbow project, we were able to perform the investigation without an additional subsurface exploration program. Mr. Vettel provided general review and consultation for the project team.

Vista Fire Station No. 5 and 6, Vista, California
Mr. Vettel was Geocon Incorporated’s project manager for the new ﬁ re stations. These stations included permeable pavements used to meet Low Impact Development requirements.

Joseph began his geotechnical engineering career in 1990. Since then, he has gained extensive experience primarily with public agency clients. He has signiﬁ cant experience with educational facilities operating under Title 24 Regulations that require approval of the California Geological Survey and has provided geotechnical services for numerous school districts, community colleges, and universities throughout San Diego County. His experience spans a wide variety of projects including foundation design of buildings, pipelines, transmission towers, reservoirs and retaining walls and ground improvement design for marginal sites. He has also managed construction services for stone columns, soil nails, rock anchors, compaction grouting and underpinning.

Joseph started his professional career teaching soil mechanics laboratory at two universities. He is a published author in the ASTM Geotechnical Testing Journal and Journal of Geotechnical and Geoenvironmental Engineering.

Architectural Design3
Exterior Aesthetics
O
ur Team understands the importance of the exterior look of the building and how it ﬁts within the Platinum Triangle community.

We are well versed in working collaboratively with public entities and local community groups to develop designs that ﬁt within and respect the immediate area and its community members.

We take the approach that the inside of a public facility belongs to the occupants, and the exterior of the facility belongs to the community.

It is our goal for the ﬁ re station to have a strong civic presence that also embraces the architectural language outlined in the RFP and Platinum Triangle Mixed Use Overlay Zone. The illuminated building signage, color selections, apparatus bays, and antique apparatus museum space clearly denote the building as a ﬁ re station, while the materiality and architectural aesthetic is comparable to and ﬁ ts well within the surrounding neighborhood. All ﬁ reﬁ ghting operations are contained on the ground ﬂ oor with public access easily visible and accessible. More private by nature, the second ﬂ oor is comprised of the living quarters for ﬁ re personnel, including the kitchen and dining room, day room, dorm rooms, single occupancy crew restrooms, laundry room, and patio.
3 Ar
chitectural
Basis of design
The design and construction of a new Fire Station offe rs the unique and challenging opportunity to create an exciting, modern, functional, and comfortable facility for the City of Anaheim. This facility not only meets the operational requirements for the ﬁ re ﬁ ghters working out of the station, but for the growing Platinum Triange community as a whole. Our experience in working with various ﬁ re service agencies in the state has provided us with a broad understanding of how these agencies conduct their business. We understand the unique role that the Fire Department serves in the community, and the importance of providing a facility which meets both the ﬁ re ﬁ ghters’ living needs, as well as the functional requirements necessary for them to perform their tasks quickly and efﬁ ciently.

Our ﬁ rst task in creating a concept design for this station was to analyze the site orientation, existing site utilities, trafﬁ c patterns, and adjacent (existing and proposed) facilities. This project has a rather narrow site area and required careful design consideration and coordination to create an efﬁ cient and functional facility for the ﬁ re ﬁ ghters to carry out their operations while minimizing the impacts to the existing site constraints. We made the determination that a two-story ﬁ re station is the most appropriate design for this site. The placement of the buildings on the site were a result of thoroughly examining the property line and utility constraints as well as the circulation and turning radii requirements for the ﬁ re apparatus.

Furthermore, the existing 15kV electrical duct bank on this site presented an additional challenge to the site constraints as well as a signiﬁ cant potential cost impact to the project. We believe that the money it would take to relocate the duct bank would be better utilized elsewhere in the building program, so our team is proposing the construction of two separate buildings: one building for the main ﬁ re station with two full length apparatus bays, support spaces, and living quarters, and a separate reserve building with two shorter apparatus bays, museum space, storage and SCBA ﬁ ll station. The approach of splitting the program into two buildings allowed our team to reallocate the funds for relocating the duct bank back into the ﬁ re station which will add tremendous value to the project.

Our approach to the design of this project will minimize adverse effects on the exterior environment and existing site utilities, enhance the quality of the indoor environment, and minimize consumption of energy, water, and construction materials while providing the City and Fire Department a ﬁ re station with the function, amenities, and comfort as required in the RFP while utilizing best practices for ﬁ re station design. 0 architectural
b
asis of design3
Interior Finishes have been chosen for their long life span, durability, and ease of m
aintenance without requiring special equipment or speciﬁ c skills. Flooring in the apparatus bay, adjacent support spaces, and lobby will be polyurea concrete.

Sealed concrete will be utilized in the compressor room, elevator equipment room, and the reserve building. The ﬁ tness room will have rubberized ﬂ ooring and carpet tiles will be utilized in the bunk rooms and day room. We recommend low- maintenance luxury vinyl plank ﬂ ooring to provide some sound control in the ofﬁ ces, second ﬂ oor hallway, kitchen, dining room, laundry room and storage spaces. The restrooms will have ceramic tile ﬂ ooring with solid surface panels for showers and 4’ high wainscot.

Plastic laminate cabinets to be provided throughout the station for aesthetics and longevity; Kitchen counters to be custom fabricated stainless steel with integral sink; solid surface countertops will be utilized in restrooms, day room, crew ofﬁ ce, rip & run, laundry, and ﬁ tness room.

Interior Aesthetics
The interior design of the building addresses safety and functionality requirements while providing a modern, comfortable atmosphere for the ﬁ re ﬁ ghters on shift. The material and color palette proposed will complement the exterior aesthetic as well as meet the latest Fire Station and Facilities Design Standards and ultimately be developed in collaboration with the project stakeholders.

Durability and Ease of Maintenance
The true measure of design excellence is the facilities’ ability to hold up over time. This ﬁ re station will be designed and constructed paying close attention to the wear and tear that emergency response facilities must withstand to achieve a 50+ year service life. Our stations receive high marks from all our end users for the innovative design and durable, low maintenance ﬁ nishes and materials that we specify. The following materials were selected for their durability, quality, attractiveness, and cohesive aesthetic that complements the surrounding Platinum Triangle neighborhood.

Proposed exterior ﬁ nishes include cast-in-place concrete walls at the apparatus bay to provide a durable interior and exterior ﬁ nish. Other materials include stucco, three-dimensional and ﬂ at aluminum composite metal panels, ﬁ ber cement panels, aluminum storefront, hollow metal doors and frames, and painted and galvanized steel framing for the balance of the station and reserve building. Thermoplastic membrane rooﬁ ng will be used for both buildings.
0 Architectural
B
asis of design3
• Two-and-a-half-story rappelling wall and ladder training prop and designated site area t
o incorporate future training opportunities
• Bi-fold doors in the front of the apparatus bay and full vision coiling doors at the rear • Large outdoor covered ﬁ tness patio with roll up door from the ﬁ tness room • Janitorial and storage rooms on both ﬂ oors
• Level Apparatus Bay ﬂ oor slab for proper parking of the ﬁ re apparatus and slope to area drains.
• Daylighting through clerestory and windows with deep overhangs will enhance the quality of the indoor environment and minimize energy usage during daytime hours. • Corner guards to protect the corners and edges of the walls from rolling equipment and regular wear and tear.
• Paint and ﬁ nishes on surfaces will be selected for washability and low absorption of fumes and microorganisms.
• Highly visible museum space to house the Department’s antique historic apparatus and for display to the public.

Performance and Functionality
A critical aspect of the layout of the interior of the Fire Station is the organization of the spaces to ensure the most efﬁ cient and direct access to the Apparatus Bay in order to minimize response time. The bunk rooms, central staircase, and ﬁ re pole have been designed to reduce the travel distance to the front of the Apparatus Bay as much as possible. We are also extremely cognizant of the latest in industry trends for Hot Zone design, including spatial separation of clean and dirty functions, and speciﬁcally appropriate mechanical design of systems to maintain positive pressure ventilation to insure elimination of cross contamination. In addition to a full decontamination room, we have provided a ground ﬂ oor crew restroom directly off the apparatus bay to allow personnel returning from a call to clean up prior to entering the station, all of which will help maintain the cleanliness of the living quarters and reduce the risk of contamination. Additionally, this facility is an emergency response facility and an Essential Services Building so we have incorporated very speciﬁ c functional effectiveness requirements into the design, some of which are deﬁ ned below:
• Provide for continued services in the case of a disaster (Structural, communication systems, transformers & switch gear, emergency back-up systems, mechanical systems
and operations)
• Efﬁ cient circulation from various spaces within the building accommodate quick access to systems in case of an
emergency.
• Building Systems are functional and user friendly for daily operations.
• Adequate equipment storage and ease of access is
provided for daily operations and maintenance of systems is minimized.
0 4 Si te, Civil, Landscape, &
Ci
rculation Design
On-Site Training
F
rom a functional standpoint, the site design
was developed to encourage on-site training
for ﬁ re personnel. The exterior steel stair
structure was designed to accommodate
ladder training exercises from the apparatus
drive as well as rappelling activities from an
elevated steel platform. A future training
area is provided on the site which can be
further developed by the ﬁ re department to
provide additional opportunities for on-site
personnel training. This area is located within
the screened security fence area.

Site Circulation and Safety
The egress driveway on the west side of the
site will provide direct access to a signalized
intersection on State College Boulevard.

Emergency vehicle striping will be provided
to ensure trafﬁ c will not interfere with the ﬁ re
department’s incident response operations.

There are two secure entry points on the
east side of the station along future ‘B’ Street.

Public parking with dedicated entry point
located near the lobby on the west side of the
building for safety of the public and exiting ﬁ re
apparatus.

Site Security
The site design provides secure parking
for ﬁ re personnel, while addressing visual
security needs through the thoughtful use of
landscaping and custom fencing materials
designed with perforated metal panels that
will provide visual security while still allowing
airﬂ ow throughout key areas of the site. At the
north side of the site, the existing concrete
masonry retaining wall will remain and a new
gate and fence will provide security between
the existing access road and the ﬁ re station
site.

Building Placement and Site Utilities
The location of the building on the site was
developed to meet all ﬁ re apparatus turning
radius requirements, provide optimal ingress
and egress locations while at the same time
minimizing the need to relocate the 15kV duct
bank and 8” water line on the north side of the
site. The existing storm drain and easement on
the east side of the site will not be impacted
by the ﬁ re station design. The entire site will
be developed for today’s conditions and has
been designed to easily accommodate the
future ‘B’ Street improvements.

Site Design Overview
The site design proposed for the station focuses on several key elements:
• Functional layout and rapid response for ﬁ re personnel • Safety and security for ﬁ re personnel
• Safety and accessibility for pedestrians off State College Boulevard and future ‘B’ Street • Thoughtful attention to native and locally appropriate landscape design in conformance with the Basis of Design and the Platinum Triangle Master Land Use Plan • Site design and building placement minimizes the rerouting and relocation of existing underground utility services, including the 15kV duct bank, 8” water line on the north side of the site, and the existing storm drain on the east side of the site.
• Incorporating the east side of the future development of ‘B’ Street into this project to ensure access to the ﬁ re station during construction of the future improvements.

Our design addresses each of these items in a cohesive approach that considers the Fire Department’s functional needs while respecting the local community and future development plans on the adjacent Anaheim Angels / Platinum Triangle site.
4 si
te, civil, landscape, & circulation
basis of design0
Storm Water Mitigation
S
torm water will be conveyed to storm water
treatment basins to percolate if inﬁ ltration is feasible.

Any overﬂ ow will be directed to the storm drain
inlet/manhole in the center north side of the site.

The overﬂ ow pipe will prevent the storm water from
reaching the building face in cases of extreme storm
or treatment failure conditions.

Currently, a portion of B Street storm water drains
onto the property. A catch basin will be installed
at the B Street entrance to direct offsite ﬂ ows away
from the property. The catch basin will be designed
to temporarily discharge into the Anaheim Channel
storm drain system, until it can be connected to
the City of Anaheim’s proposed B Street 24” Storm
Drain line. A preliminary WQMP and Final WQMP are
required if over 2,500 sf of exterior surface is being
modiﬁ ed, unless the site has an existing Master WQMP
that addresses the entire site watershed. Since the
current design modiﬁ es approximately 65,300sf, a
WQMP will be required. A SWPPP will also be required
since the proposed design disturbs more than an
acre of land.

Site Grading
The site is relatively ﬂ at with an average slope of 0.5% towards the storm drain inlet in the center north part
of the site. The proposed site will maintain the general direction of slope in exception for areas around the
building. Valley gutters and curb cuts will be utilized to convey water away from the building face and
into storm water treatment basins located in the north
side of the site.

Civil Utilities
The proposed ﬁ re station will require water and sewer services. The water service will branch from the 8” CIP running through the north side of the site. The existing sewer line in State College Boulevard is enveloped in a steel encasement, which results in difﬁ cult and expensive connections. The proposed sewer will instead connect to the existing 15” sewer lateral in B Street. The 15” sewer lateral is currently serving the building at 1900 South State College Boulevard. The provided as-built data does not include sufﬁ cient information for ﬁ nal design and will require sewer pothole information prior to design completion. Proposed ﬁ re water lines and hydrants will be required to meet the 150ft hose length coverage of all new buildings. The Civil Utility Drawings will provide the new wet (sewer / water / storm drain) utility laterals as needed.

Dry Utilities
The layout of dry (electrical / communication / natural gas) utility relocation and extensions will be addressed on the Site Electrical Plan by the MEP consultants. The MEP Drawings for the dry utilities (telephone / CATV / natural gas / electrical power & lighting) will provide conﬁ rmation and support documents that the project can be supported by all existing dry utilities and public services. The existing trafﬁ c signal and ﬁ ber will be relocated/rerouted as required.
4 si
te, civil, landscape, & circulation
basis of design0
Landscape & Irrigation Design
P
arkway Landscape Improvements along
State College Boulevard will be guided by
the Public Realm Landscape Program of the
Platinum Triangle Master Land Use Plan. The
guidelines recommend two trees (Mexican
Fan Palm and Golden Trumpet Tree) along
with a low proﬁ le groundcover (Periwinkle)
as the planting palette for the parkway strip
adjacent to the street.

It is likely that existing trees and groundcover
will have to be replaced because of proposed
driveway conﬂ icts and onsite construction
activity. Efforts will be made to relocate the
Mexican Fan Palm subject to consultation
with a certiﬁ ed arborist.

The Platinum Triangle Master Land Use Plan
does not reference a particular landscape
design theme for onsite developed spaces
beyond the public right of way. The majority
of plants listed in the Master Plan are in the
moderate water use range. Due to the
continuing drought conditions in California a
planting palette of low to very low water use
plant material is recommended for the onsite
and secured landscape areas. Evergreen
canopy trees will be provided in parking areas
and along pedestrian walkways to provide
shade and reduce heat island effect.

Landscape maintenance is another issue
for the design program to consider. A
southwestern region design theme
emphasizing inert groundcovers such as
crushed rock and/or decomposed granite
with low water use trees and low proﬁ le shrubs
will complement the neighborhood’s visual
quality and be a signature landscape within
the surrounding district.

Onsite and secured landscape area plant
material will be selected based on their
adaptability to the climate, soil, exposure,
established water budget and location within
the project site. Hydrozoning principals will
be observed in tailoring individual irrigation
systems to trees, shrubs and groundcovers
of similar watering requirements. Low-water
use and deep-rooted plants will be installed.

Restrictions will be placed on tree placement
based on proximity to paving and visibility
from truck exiting driveways adjacent to
public streets.

All exterior planting areas associated with
the project will be planted and irrigated per
the Landscape Water Efﬁ ciency Ordinance
and Chapter 18.46 of the City’s municipal
code. A minimum ninety-day maintenance
establishment period for planting and
irrigation prior to turnover to the City will
be provided. All planting and irrigation
improvements will conform with the RFP
Program Document Appendix 1, Landscape
Basis of Design planting outline and will
conform with the City’s Landscape Water
Efﬁ ciency Ordinance.

The irrigation systems will be automatic and
installed to provide coverage for all planting
areas and will use high quality automatic
control valves, timers, moisture sensing
devices. All irrigation systems will be designed
to avoid runoff, seepage, low head drainage,
overspray or other similar conditions onto
adjacent property, non-irrigated areas,
walks, roadways and structures. A designated
water meter will be provided for the irrigation
systems. Irrigation system can be designed for
reclaimed water usage if directed by the City.
4 si
te, civil, landscape, & circulation
basis of design0
5 M echanical, Electrical,
& Pl
umbing Design
Mechanical Systems
T
he heating, ventilating, air conditioning
(HVAC) system shall be comprised of a high-
efﬁ ciency Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF)
system. This system shall optimize individual
control zoning for the station while maximizing
energy efﬁ ciency. Individual dorm rooms,
living areas, ofﬁ ces, and ﬁ tness room shall
all be on separate zones. Individual 24-7
cooling only independent units provided at
elevator machine and telecom rooms. HVAC
equipment components shall be commercial
grade; equipped with vibration isolation and
accessible for maintenance. Outdoor units
located away from adjacent properties, quiet
interior spaces, and from public view. The
system shall be designed and installed per
the most current version of California Codes,
ASHRAE, SMACNA and Title-24 Standards. All
systems shall meet or exceed requirements
outlined in project Basis of Design and all
applicable jurisdictional requirements.

Exhaust and make-up air shall be provided
to the Compressor Room, Hot Water Heater
Room, Kitchen, Laundry, Decontamination
Area, Bathrooms and Electrical rooms.

Apparatus bays shall be equipped with a
Plymovent Vehicle exhaust system. In addition,
general ventilation system for the apparatus
bay compromised of louvers and exhaust
fans with CO/NO2 controls will be provided.

Ventilation systems shall be provided for all
areas of the Reserve building.

The air distribution system associated with
HVAC equipment will be comprised of sheet
metal round/rectangular ductwork, air
terminal devices, and accessories and be
installed and supported following procedures
outlined by ASHRAE and SMACNA. Balancing
dampers will be incorporated to ensure
proper air balance in the spaces. Aluma ﬂ ex
duct is not allowed. Certiﬁ ed NEBB and/or
AABC Test and Balance contractor shall be a
third-party contractor.

An electronic control system will allow
the scheduling and adjustment of space
temperature set points and fan operations.

System will be equipped with remote
monitoring capabilities. Window/Door HVAC
interlocks shall be provided for all operable
windows and hold-open doors.

Plumbing Systems
Domestic hot and cold water, hot water
return, waste and vent, natural gas,
condensate, sand oil waste, storm drain,
compressed air systems and fueling stations
inclusive of all associated supports, valves
& equipment to ensure a complete and
functional system in accordance with current
California Codes, ASHRAE, ASPE, SMACNA,
and Title-24 Standards. Systems meet or
exceed requirements outlined in project
Basis of Design, all applicable jurisdictional
requirements, and max. ﬂ ow requirements per
CAL Green.

All ﬁ xtures shall be commercial grade. Floor
drains will be provided in restrooms, laundry
rooms, and where required per code. Heavy
duty ﬂ oor drains shall be provided in the
apparatus bay and shall drain to a sand-
oil interceptor prior to connection to the site
sewer system. Floor sinks will be provided
at the air compressors, water heater, and
ice machine. Extractor will drain to a large
capacity catch basin connected to the
sewer system. A hub drain shall be provided
at the base of the ﬁ re riser. Gas provided for
the range, water heater, dryers, and BBQ.

Compressed Air System shall include an ASME
certiﬁ ed vertical tank mounted air compressor
(150 PSI minimum) complete with pressure
regulator and automatic condensate drain.

All compressed service air to be ﬁ ltered and
piping shall be type K copper.

Hot water system circulated by an in-line
circulating pump to minimize hot water wait
times. Heater includes 300-gallon storage,
gas ﬁ red heaters, expansion tank, and a
thermostatic mixing valve (ASSE certiﬁ ed).

Instantaneous may be considered. Potable
water system shall be Type L copper above
grade and Type K below grade; supply
pressure designed to remain between 30
and 80 PSI and have a minimum 2” domestic
feed to building. Sewer, Vent and Storm
Drainage system shall be cast iron piping (min
6” sanitary sewer to building) with ABS below
grade. Gas piping (minimum 2”) shall be
Schedule 40 black steel piping with threaded
malleable iron ﬁ ttings with emergency shutoff
solenoid valves to all gas cooking equipment.

Condensate piping shall be insulated Type M
copper.
mechanical, electrical, & plumbing
ba
sis of design50
CATV and Telephone system will be ﬁ ber, served from an existing service pedestal. 2-4” conduits w
ith pull string shall be provided for ISP cabling. Point of connection and routing will be veriﬁ ed and coordinated with the ISP planner and provided shop drawings during design. Dedicated 2-4” conduit will be provided from the building MPOE to the reserve building for reserve building communications. The ﬁ re station alerting system for the station shall be “Westnet” or “USDD (Phoenix G2)” and will interface with station doorbells, television, and overhead lighting in the station as speciﬁ ed by the Fire Department. All critical IT and Communications equipment, including City IT-HP /CAD Alerting Alarm/Station Phone System/Data Wiring/IT/Com shall be on UPS. UPS Size and location to be determined in programing. All Emergency Responder Radio Systems shall conform with Fire Code Section 510. All antenna cabling and grounding to include all hardware shall be included.

The building interior lighting system for each station will be provided in compliance with RFP and IES recommendations. The lighting calculations will be performed for each different type of space using advanced software.

Branch circuit panels will be provided for lighting, power, kitchen equipment and HVAC loads with copper bussing. All panels will include bolt-on type circuit breakers. Recessed branch panels will be in corridors on the ﬁ rst and second ﬂ oors. Two (2) dedicated 20 amp circuits will be provided in Exercise Room. Six (6) dedicated 20 amp circuits will be provided for continuous apparatus charging to be located at the center of the two apparatus bays. Room speciﬁ c power requirements will be provided per the prescriptive requirements of the RFP. Grounding System will comply with NEC Article 250 and will include a bounding jumper at the main service panel board. A telecommunication Main Ground Bus (TMGB) ground will be provided in the communications room and will be connected to the building grounding system.

Fuel Tank and Dispensing System
Fuel Tank and Dispensing System shall include a fully functional system to support fuel ﬁ ll and generator support. System shall include a 1,000 gallon above ground diesel only fuel dispensing tank with City approved card reader.

Electrical Systems
The Fire station building electrical system will be served from a new pad mounted service transformer located along B street on the project site. It is anticipated that this service transformer will be fed from an existing primary circuit from structure PMC519 (located at east of the parcel). 2-5” primary conduits will be extended from the existing structure to the new pad mounted transformer. There will be 4-4’’ secondary conduits to the service/ meter underground pull section.

The station electrical system will include a 1,000A, 208Y/120V three phase, four wire main service switchboard board that will include utility metering, surge protection unit, line side tap for PV system and feeder circuit breakers. A 400A 208Y/120V three phase, four wire service rated panel will be provided for the reserve building. The full electrical system will be backed up with standby power from a 125REOZJG or approved equal, diesel engine generator with an associated above grade mounted 72 hour rated fuel tank. The service will also include a 1,000A rated 4-pole automatic transfer switch. Generator fuel system shall be shared from the fuel dispensing system.
mechanical, electrical, & plumbing
b
asis of design50
Structural Design6
Structural
B
asis of Design6
Building Framing - Reserve Building
T
his is a one-story building with ﬂ at
roofs. The roof framing will be framed
with wood TJI type I-joists spaced at
24-inch o.c. The roof framing will be
supported by wood beams and 2x6
wood stud walls. The lateral framing
system for the building will be wood
framed shear walls with plywood
sheathing.

Building Foundation - Reserve Building
Reinforced concrete slabs-on-grade
with continuous perimeter edge and
interior bearing/ shear wall footings
(24” wide x 24” deep) and individual
spread footings at columns and line
footings at interior bearing and shear
walls. The slab in the apparatus area
will be 8-inch thick.

Building Foundation - Fire Station
T
he foundation will consist of
reinforced concrete slabs-on-grade
with continuous perimeter edge and
interior bearing/shear wall footings
(24” wide x 24” deep) and individual
spread footings at columns and
line footings at interior bearing and
shear walls. The slab in the living
quarters/administration/ﬁ tness area
will be 5-inch thick and the slab in the
apparatus area will be 8-inch thick.

Building Framing - Fire Station
This is a two-story ﬁ re station with ﬂ at roofs. The roof framing above the Living Quarters/Administrative area will be framed with wood TJI type I-joists spaced at 24-inch o.c. The roof framing will be supported by wood beams and 2x6 wood stud walls. The 2nd ﬂ oor of the Admin./Living area will be 1-1/2” gypcrete over ¾” plywood supported by 16” TJI joists at 16” o.c. A portion of the 2nd ﬂ oor and roof will include structural steel beams and columns. The roof of the Apparatus area will be framed with wood TJI type I-joists (20 inch deep) spaced at 24-inches on center.

The lateral framing system for the building will be 8” reinforced concrete cast-in-place walls at the 1st ﬂ oor Apparatus Bay, and wood framed shear walls with plywood sheathing at the balance of the 1st ﬂ oor and 2nd ﬂ oor. There will be two tube steel braced frames at the northeast end of the building. 0 Structural Design Codes
T
he design will meet or exceed the
requirements of the Basis of Design, the
California Building Code(CBC), and other
seismic and safety considerations for essential
service facilities.

The buildings will be designed to the latest
adopted code, California Building Code
(CBC), 2019 Edition.
• Seismic and Wind design will conform
to 2019 CBC and ASCE 7-16 with Use
Occupancy Category IV (IE = 1.5)
• Seismic Design Category is D
• Basic Seismic Force Resisting System:

Special Reinforced Concrete
Shearwalls at 1st ﬂ oor and Wood
Shearwalls 2nd ﬂ oor.
• Roof Live Loads: Use 20 psf
• Floor Live Loads: Use 50 psf
Special Inspections
All Concrete including Foundations, Walls,
Slabs and Beams, and all Steel Field Welding
will require Special Inspection.
6 St
ructural
basis of design0
7 Al ternates, Project
En
hancements, &
Added Value
Minimize Consumption of Energy, Water, and Construction Materials L
ighting systems and mechanical systems described in Section 5 were selected due to their high efﬁciency and low operating costs. Plumbing ﬁxtures were selected to minimize water consumption while providing a quality system to meets the service demands of the ﬁre ﬁghters that will occupy the facility. We are specifying a very efﬁcient envelope, fenestration, and proposing an alternate heating ventilation and air conditioning system called a Variable Refrigerant Flow system that includes a single heat pump and two condensing units that are roof mounted. The construction materials selected for this project are extremely durable which will minimize the need to replace and or repair the surfaces which eliminates consumption of future materials as the facility ages.

Our team takes a proactive approach for Construction Waste Management by implementing a mandated separation of recyclable materials on site to offset the materials that end up in landﬁlls. In a recent project, we were able to divert almost 75% of the construction debris from landﬁlls to be recycled. Sustainability is of utmost importance to this Design-Build team.

Equally important is the indoor environmental air quality, and even though we are not pursuing certiﬁcation through LEED, our team implements a Construction IAC management plan on every project. Clean, sustainable materials installed will support cleaner air for the occupants, and it is the responsible way to build. We are taking advantage of natural daylighting via clerestory windows with deep overhangs, tubular skylights, and large north-facing windows in the interior living spaces. Natural ventilation will be available through operable windows in the living quarters of the station.

Enhancing the Exterior Environment
Careful consideration was given when determining the best placement of the building and driveways on the site. The design team assessed the site constraints and sought to address the City’s concerns about creating an attractive and architecturally appropriate civic presence for the Platinum Triangle area. In addition to designing around the existing15 kV duct bank and electrical utilities, the site design incorporates storm water mitigation measures to ensure minimal impact on the surrounding land uses. Additionally, perforated metal fencing and thoughtfully placed landscaping will provide visual screening for the more private areas of the site while allowing air to circulate through high use areas. 50+ Year Service Life
This ﬁre facility is designed and constructed for a functional service life or 50+ years therefore we have selected building materials that will allow this facility to serve the Anaheim community for decades to come.

Speciﬁc materials include, but are not limited to, cast in place concrete walls at the Apparatus Bay, stucco as the exterior ﬁnish material at the two-story portion of the facility; the use of single ply TPO membrane rooﬁ ng; and cement ﬁ ber and composite metal panels as accent ﬁ nishes. Mechanical, plumbing, and electrical equipment and systems were selected for their efﬁciency and extended service life.

Enhancing the Quality of the Indoor Environment
The building has been designed and materials selected which enhance indoor air quality and minimize the spread of infectious diseases often found in Fire Stations. Understanding the critical features of “Hot Zone” design in ﬁre stations is a feature of all our stations, so that we minimize the inherent risk to ﬁre personnel, from the elements they bring back to the station from their calls. This is accomplished by separating the clean and dirty functions of the ﬁ re station to the greatest extent possible, the use of hard surface materials which are easier to clean, the convenient location of restrooms and hand washing stations to prevent the spread of contaminants, the proper design of vehicle exhaust removal systems, and creating positive pressure ventilation in the living quarters of the station. Sound attenuating gypsum board and acoustical insulation for the second-ﬂoor demising walls will be provided for acoustic separation within the interior of the ﬁre station.
7 Al
ternates, Project Enhancements,
& Added Value0
7 A lternates, Project Enhancements,
& Added ValueCity of Anaheim Fire & Rescue Fire Station 12 (Platinum Triangle

ALTERNATES, PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS, AND ADDED VALUE MATRIX

Submit the Alternates, Project Enhancements, and Added Value Matrix listing project enhancements and indicating whether project Alternates are included in the base bid, at no additional cost. Project enhancements provide COA with added value to the base bid requirements, at no additional cost.

Demonstrate that the proposed design, materials, and construction quality exceed the requirements of the base bid. For each Alternate Description, include details on proposed manufacturer or product, its advantages, and all associated materials and applications, if applicable. D o not include any pricing data.

If
Proposers elect to recreate this form, the contents should include the information shown here.

Submitted by Proposer:

ALTERNATES

ALTERNATE
NO. ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION INCLUDED IN BASE
BID?
1 Relocate 15kV Electrical Duct Bank shown on Conceptual Site Plan YES NO 2 Alternate No. 2 – One (1) Dual EV Charging Station YES NO

PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS AND ADDED VALUE

ITEMIZED LIS T O F

PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS DESCRIPTION
Keeping the 15kV duct bank in place will be a signiﬁ cant cost savings
for the project and allow the team to allocate those
funds elsewhere in the station.

1. Existing 15kV Electrical Duct Bank
to Remain in Place
The design of a second ancillary building with two apparatus bays and museum room meets the functional programmatic
requirements for this station while providing opportunities for cost savings relative to the site design and overall cost of construction for the project.

2. Two Bay Ancillary Reserve Building
with Museum Room for Antique
Apparatus
Our team has elected to utilize a VRF system for the primary heating, cooling, and ventilation requirements for this project.

The initial installation cost of the VRF system is greater than a split system, but the efﬁ ciency and operational costs will pay for itself in a very short timeframe, making the overall cost of the system much more advantageous for the long-term life cycle cost of the building.

3. VRF Mechanical System
We have utilized cast-in-place concrete walls at the apparatus bay which will provide the City and Fire Department 100+ years of low-maintenance performance.

4. Cast-in-place Concrete Walls at
Apparatus Bay
An effective station layout with centrally located stair and functional room adjacencies allow for a decrease in building square footage, ultimately minimizing response times.

5. Efﬁ cient Building Circulation
Provides a dual use egress staircase with enhanced on-site training opportunities while creating a functional architectural amenity within the secure area of the project site.

6. Structural Steel Ladder and
Rappelling Training Prop
Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture
x
x
0 [E A A M
D n ai ID
I
□ □
□ □

E A A VJ
0 7 A lternates, Project Enhancements,
& Added Value

15. Development at South Side of
Site
We have analyzed the future “B” Street development and have included new curb & walks from approximately 185’ East of State College to just past the East entry. Doing this work now will resolt in less impacts to station operations during the future work to develop “B” Street.

City of Anaheim Fire & Rescue Fire Station 12 (Platinum Triangle

PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS AND ADDED VALUE

ITEMIZED LIS T O F

PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS DESCRIPTION
In addition to providing direct capture of vehicle exhaust for the apparatus,
the apparatus bay will be negatively pressurized to
prevent airborne contaminants from entering the living quarters.

A continuous ventilation system will be provided with fresh air intake and an exhaust fan. This fan will be variable speed and connected to CO Sensor which will kick the fan to high-speed if needed to evacuate any buildup of particulates in the air.

10. Negatively Pressurized Apparatus
Bay with Redundant Ventilation
System
Added convenience for cleaning the station and reduces the spread of contaminants between ﬂ oors.

11. Janitorial Facilities on Both Levels
of the Station
A nearly 700 square foot ﬁ tness room provides ample space for a variety of ﬁ tness equipment and indoor/outdoor training activities.

12. VRF Mechanical System
Allows personnel working out on the ground level to ﬁ ll their water bottles without needing to access the kitchen on the second ﬂ oor.

13. Water Bottle Fill Station in Fitness
Room
Our team’s mastery of BIM from Architect to subcontractor has allowed us to maximize its potential. The City will be able to gain the beneﬁ t of realistic interior and exterior visual aids during the design phase and post-construction to assist with maintenance and operational needs.

14. Building Information Modeling
and Visualization
We are providing a high-capacity stacking washer and dryer in the Decon room, in addition to extractor and gear drying cabinet on the ﬁ rst ﬂ oor and two sets of stacking washer/dryers on the second ﬂ oor, for laundering contaminated items other than turnout gear.

9. Stacking Washer/Dryer in Decon
room
These elements provide proper decontamination protocol
opportunities along with wash areas for larger items like backboards, etc.

8. Decontamination Shower and
Utility Sink
Providing restroom facilities accessible directly from the Apparatus Bay reduces the spread of contaminants throughout the station. This provides a safer, cleaner environment by allowing ﬁ re personnel to use the facilities after returning from calls before proper decontamination protocols have been followed.

7. Single Occupancy Restroom off
Apparatus Bay
0 IE /fZ /fZ V
0 8 E fﬁ cient & Quality
De
livery & Completion
on (or ahead of)
Schedule
8 e fficient & quality Delivery &
completion on (or ahead of) schedule
Plan for Managing the Project
A
s detailed in this narrative and attached organization chart, Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture (S-E JV) has established a design-build team and a hierarchical management structure to execute the design and construction of the Fire Station #12 project. This management structure will be instrumental in effectively providing and maintaining a process of open communication and collaboration between the COA’s representatives, the design-build team, and the Fire Department’s end users throughout the life of the project. Our structure also includes allocations for sufﬁ cient qualiﬁ ed personnel resources to complete the entire design and construction effort. S-E JV takes ultimate responsibility for leading this entire effort and ensuring the team works in unison to develop a solution for the new Fire Station while minimizing impacts to ongoing operations in Anaheim’s Platinum Triangle area.

Quality Control Methods and Compliance with Quality Requirements S-E JV is committed to providing the COA with exceptional services to successfully manage and maintain the quality of design and construction of this project. Our method begins with enlisting in-house professionals during the design phase to perform “fresh eyes” reviews to ensure compliance with the RFP along with developing a BIM model to review for potential conﬂ icts. Performing this level of quality control at the earliest juncture will enable us to provide any necessary resolution measures prior to the submission of design and/ or commencement of any construction activities. Our staff will review and confer with our Design Team at each design phase to help conduct constructability reviews of drawings and speciﬁ cations as well as design support. Virtually every member of our core group of employees has relevant experience in construction management methodologies and quality control processes for design-build projects, including design analysis and coordination, quality control review, RFP compliance analysis and review, and clash detection.

Approach to Procuring Materials
In S-E JV’s recent experience, the supply chain crisis which is affecting global consumers has likewise had a detrimental impact on the construction industry. Common items once readily obtainable are now in short supply or impacted by long lead times. The high demand and short supply of such items as board insulation, PVC rooﬁ ng, PVC conduit and electrical transformers have driven costs to astronomical highs and have pushed lead times out to the point that project completion dates are regularly impacted. To overcome this challenge, our team will work extensively with our designers and the COA during the design phase to identify all items with excessively long lead times to determine alternative products that can be easily obtained and meet the intended performance standards. Likewise, if feasible, we will directly order items with excessive lead times from the manufacturer during the design phase. Ordering such materials at the earliest juncture will mitigate the impact that acquiring the item may have on the schedule.

Another consideration to ensure that procuring materials is not delayed includes requiring our major subcontractors to participate early in design process to determine what materials and equipment will be used. This plan includes providing product submittals during the design phase to obtain early approval by the Designers thereby avoiding any complications or delays associated with material substitutions after design completion. Wherever feasible, standard sized, commonly available products and equipment produced by major manufacturers shall be incorporated into the building’s designs to minimize major lead times. We also realize that the failure to specify or recognize equipment with a long lead can seriously impact the schedule, and therefore we shall also ensure that our designers and subcontractors highlight systems dependent on major /specialized equipment early in design process.

Approach to Obtaining Required Permit and Approvals
The S-E JV team’s approach to obtaining the Fire Station #12’s required permits and approvals is considerate of working in full collaboration with COA staff to enable any design changes that may occur during review or in plan check to occur without impact to the desired construction start date. Based on our experiences with other design-build ﬁ re station projects, we are fully aware of the potential time impacts and durations that may be required to conduct the permitting process for this project, and we have discussed these challenges with our entire team to emphasize the importance of maintaining the design schedule to allow adequate time for reviews and submission of documents to obtain all required permits. 0 8 e fficient & quality Delivery &
completion on (or ahead of) schedule
Our approach assumes that the design documents will r equire an initial submission to the COA for review with a 21-day turnaround followed by a 14-day resubmission period to cover any revisions, followed by an additional 21 days for ﬁ nal review and approval. In consideration of these time requirements, 55 days are included in our proposed schedule to cover the City’s review and approval of the ﬁ nal construction documents. Consideration will also be provided for obtaining approvals from all applicable jurisdictional agencies including (but not limited to) the inter-agency divisions of the City of Anaheim’s Public Utilities Department, Department of Public Health, Fire & Rescue Department, Planning Services Division, Development Services Section of the Public Works Department, and all applicable State of California and Federal Government agencies. As indicated during our prior meetings with the City, COA will expedite review periods where practical. To assist with early start of construction we are prepared to break sitework and utilities into a separate permit package with separate review and approval timeframes to allow on site construction to begin while the building package is being completed. To expedite the process as efﬁ ciently as possible, separate sets of documents shall be provided for each division and agency in the quantities outlined in the RFP. Additionally, the ﬁ nal schedule shall also include proper time allocations for conducting all required inspections and testing, as well as for the compilation and submission of all associated reports. With regards to any permits that are unique to our team’s design, our team has not uncovered any additional permits that need addressed as part of this project.

Approach to Administering the Obligations of the Amended and Restated CWA S-E JV has extensive prior experience with projects which were constructed under a project labor agreement, community workforce agreement or a similar arrangement. This experience gives us a broad understanding of CWA requirements and provides us with an approach to administering COA’s Amended and Restated CWA for Fire Station #12, beginning with ensuring that the work will be contracted only to subcontractors who agree to execute and be bound by the terms of the CWA through a Letter of Assent as well as requiring any subcontractor, regardless of tier, to become bound. As part of our obligation. we will include the requirements of the CWA in the advertisement of and/or speciﬁ cations for this contract after award by the COA. Throughout the course of the contract, our staff will actively administer and enforce the obligations of the CWA to ensure that the beneﬁ ts envisioned from it ﬂ ow to all parties, including the subcontractors and crafts persons working under them, well as all Anaheim area residents. We shall also monitor compliance with the CWA and assist the COA in developing and implementing the program. Additional steps will include working with the L.A./Orange Counties Building and Construction Trades Council and the signatory Craft Unions and District Councils for the referral / hiring of journeyman workers / apprentices, ensure the utilization of apprentices, proper payment of fringe beneﬁ ts, labor compliance reporting, resolution of disputes, community work force development, and to promote local hiring.

Approach to Meeting the Substantial Completion Date
S-E JV’s approach to meeting the Fire Station #12’s substantial completion date includes a strict system for maintaining and updating the project schedule. All participants in the project will be involved in this process and held accountable for progress. Updates shall be performed once every two weeks, with accurate dates and percentage complete taken from the daily reports, which list activities using the schedule ID numbers. The schedules will be updated between the Superintendent and the PX/CM and veriﬁ ed in the ﬁ eld by inspection and comparison to production reports. Upon completion of a schedule update a review will be held using the reports available within the P6 software to check for changes, slippage, out of sequence work, etc. that could impact the schedule. Each update shall be renamed and compared against the ‘Target’ baseline schedule. A ‘Digger’ schedule comparison report will also be prepared and provided to the COA with each monthly update and billing. The project schedule will be used daily to schedule the design, procurement and construction activities. It will be updated weekly during and at each design meeting with any potential slippage addressed.

Once construction begins, our Superintendent will develop ‘look ahead schedules’ to plan for the coming weeks’ work and prepare a two or three week look ahead that further details the activities per subcontractor and area. As the project continues any slippage either current or predicted can be identiﬁ ed and plans made to resolve and recover from any impact using a recovery schedule to complete the project on time. Through the consistent use of this management approach, S-E JV is conﬁ dent that Fire Station #12 will be designed and constructed within the COA’s desired substantial completion date. (Please reference our detailed project schedule attached at the end of this section, which includes signiﬁ cant contract activities and milestones). 0 Activity ID Activity Name Original
Duration
Remaining
Duration
Start Finish Activity %
Complete
Anaheim FS 12Anaheim FS 12 440 440 11-Mar-22 07-Dec-23
GENERAL ACTIVITIESGENERAL ACTIVITIES 440 440 11-Mar-22 07-Dec-23 1005 Notice of Award 1 1 11-Mar-22* 11-Mar-22 0%
1010 Process Agreement 20 20 14-Mar-22 08-Apr-22 0%
1015 Execute Contract 1 1 11-Apr-22 11-Apr-22 0%
1020 Limited Notice to Proceed with Design 0 0 12-May-22* 0% 1025 Design and Construction Duration-Calenedar Days 575 575 12-May-22 07-Dec-23 0% 1030 NTP - Grading 1 1 14-Nov-22 14-Nov-22 0%
1040 NTP - Building 1 1 17-Jan-23 17-Jan-23 0%
DESIGNDESIGN 210 210 12-May-22 14-Mar-23
DEMO/GRADING & UTILITY DESIGNDEMO/GRADING & UTILITY DESIGN 126 126 13-May-22 09-Nov-22 DP-1 Schematic Design DGU 20 20 13-May-22 10-Jun-22 0%
DP-2 City Review Schematic Design DGU 10 10 13-Jun-22 24-Jun-22 0% DP-3 Construction Documents 50% DGU 20 20 27-Jun-22 25-Jul-22 0% DP-23 City Review CD 50% DGU 20 20 26-Jul-22 22-Aug-22 0% DP-13 Construction Documents 95% DGU 35 35 23-Aug-22 11-Oct-22 0% DP-4 Permit / Approval DGU 20 20 12-Oct-22 08-Nov-22 0% DP-7 NTP - DGU 1 1 09-Nov-22 09-Nov-22 0%
SCHEMA TIC DESIGN REVIEWSCHEMA TIC DESIGN REVIEW 21 21 12-May-22 10-Jun-22 SD-1 Kick-off Meeting/Charette 1 1 12-May-22 12-May-22 0% SD-2 Finalize Schematic Design 10 10 13-May-22 26-May-22 0% SD-1.5 Existing Site Verification 10 10 13-May-22 26-May-22 0% SD-3 Submit Updated Schematic Design to City 1 1 26-May-22 26-May-22 0% SD-4 City Schematic Design Review & Approval 10 10 27-May-22 10-Jun-22 0% DESIGN DEVELOPMENTDESIGN DEVELOPMENT 57 57 13-Jun-22 31-Aug-22 D-1000 Authorization to Proceed to DD 1 1 13-Jun-22 13-Jun-22 0% D-1030 Prepare Design Development Package 20 20 14-Jun-22 12-Jul-22 0% D-1010 Concept Landscape 20 20 14-Jun-22 12-Jul-22 0%
D-1080 Submit Design Development Package to City 1 1 13-Jul-22 13-Jul-22 0% D-1040 Planning Package Submit 1 1 13-Jul-22 13-Jul-22 0% D-1090 City Review Design Development Package 15 15 14-Jul-22 03-Aug-22 0% D-1060 City Planning Review #1 15 15 14-Jul-22 03-Aug-22 0% D-1070 Address Planning Comment #1 10 10 04-Aug-22 17-Aug-22 0% D-1100 City Planning Review #2 10 10 18-Aug-22 31-Aug-22 0% CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTSCONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS 91 91 01-Sep-22 13-Jan-23 D-2000 Prepare 50% Construction Documents 20 20 01-Sep-22 29-Sep-22 0% D-2010 50% CD to City 1 1 30-Sep-22 30-Sep-22 0%
D-2020 Prepare 95% CD 20 20 30-Sep-22 27-Oct-22 0%
D-2030 City Review 50% CD 15 15 03-Oct-22 21-Oct-22 0%
D-2040 95% CD to City 1 1 28-Oct-22 28-Oct-22 0%
D-2050 Building Department Review 20 20 28-Oct-22 29-Nov-22 0% D-2070 Pick up Building Department Comments 15 15 30-Nov-22 20-Dec-22 0% D-2080 2nd Submittal to Building Department 1 1 21-Dec-22 21-Dec-22 0% D-2090 Building Department 2nd Review 10 10 21-Dec-22 05-Jan-23 0% D-2100 Pick up Building Department Comments 5 5 06-Jan-23 12-Jan-23 0% 0 2 0 1 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 1 2 0 2

N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O
Notice of Award
Process Agreement
Execute Contract
Limited Notice to Proceed with Design
NTP - Grading
NTP - Building
14-Mar-23, DESIGN
09-Nov-22, DEMO/GRADING & UTILITY DESIGN
Schematic Design DGU
City Review Schematic Design DGU
Construction Documents 50% DGU
City Review CD 50% DGU
Construction Documents 95% DGU
Permit / Approval DGU

NTP - DGU
10-Jun-22, SCHEMATIC DESIGN REVIEW
Kick-off Meeting/Charette
Finalize Schematic Design
Existing Site Verification
Submit Updated Schematic Design to City
City Schematic Design Review & Approval
31-Aug-22, DESIGN DEVELOPMENT
Authorization to Proceed to DD
Prepare Design Development Package
Concept Landscape
Submit Design Development Package to City
Planning Package Submit
City Review Design Development Package
City Planning Review #1
Address Planning Comment #1
City Planning Review #2
13-Jan-23, CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS
Prepare 50% Construction Documents
50% CD to City
Prepare 95% CD
City Review 50% CD
95% CD to City
Building Department Review
Pick up Building Department Comments
2nd Submittal to Building Department
Building Department 2nd Review
Pick up Building Department Comments
Anaheim FS 12 Normal Layout with Pred Succ 22-Feb-22 13:56 Actual Work
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Milestone
Summary
City Of Anaheim
Fire Station No. 12
Proposal Schedule
1 TASK filter: All Activities
f I
II
II
II ~
I I
II
II
II
II
I
II
[ I
II
II
I_ I
II r I
'-----
II
II
II
-
II I I
II r T
II
II
II
II
II
- •
1~
0 • -,
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
l
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I
I I I
I I
I I l
I I I
I I T
I I I
T I T

I I I T I I
11ll 111 llllllll 1 111.1111111111111111 ll 1
1 • • • • I I 1 n I11 I 11 111 I Ill 11 I TII II IIITil I l I -
-
-
-
-
• • • • . • . • • • • • . 11 11111111 ll
. . . . . . . . . . . . .
-• I ------------:--
••
; • •
-,------.!_-
' I --
• . . .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
. .
~
I
•
111111!11
..
111111111111 •
- - - - - ~ - - - - :
-
111111111
-• ---'
-• I
I I :
-· I •
--·
. .
.- :

I :
-I
l
llTT
Activity ID Activity Name Original
Duration
Remaining
Duration
Start Finish Activity %
Complete
D-2110 100% CD to Building Deparment 1 1 13-Jan-23 13-Jan-23 0% ROW PERMITROW PERMIT 90 90 31-Oct-22 13-Mar-23
A1000 Prepare ROW / T raffic Permit Drawings 35 35 31-Oct-22 21-Dec-22 0% A1020 Submit ROW / T raffic Plans 5 5 22-Dec-22 29-Dec-22 0% A1025 City Review ROW / T rafficPlans 20 20 30-Dec-22 27-Jan-23 0% A1030 Pick Up ROW / T raffic Plan Comments 15 15 30-Jan-23 17-Feb-23 0% A1040 City Review (2) ROW / T raffic Plans 15 15 21-Feb-23 13-Mar-23 0% PERMITSPERMITS 83 83 10-Nov-22 14-Mar-23
D3050 Issue Grading Permit 1 1 10-Nov-22 10-Nov-22 0%
D3080 Issue Building Permit 1 1 16-Jan-23 16-Jan-23 0%
D3030 Issue ROW / T raffic Permit 1 1 14-Mar-23 14-Mar-23 0% CONSTRUCTIONCONSTRUCTION 268 268 14-Nov-22 07-Dec-23
MOBILIZE SITEMOBILIZE SITE 6 6 15-Nov-22 22-Nov-22
M-1020 Field Office, T emp Power, BMP's 3 3 15-Nov-22 17-Nov-22 0% M-1010 Dig-Alert/Jobsite Fencing 3 3 18-Nov-22 22-Nov-22 0% DEMO/GRADING & UTILITY/ RETAINING WALLDEMO/GRADING & UTILITY/ RETAINING WALL 36 36 22-Nov-22 17-Jan-23 DP-1000 Demo Site 5 5 22-Nov-22 01-Dec-22 0%
G-1060 Survey , Rough Grading/Shoring 8 8 01-Dec-22 13-Dec-22 0% G-1080 Site Utilities 15 15 13-Dec-22 05-Jan-23 0%
G-1050 Certify Building Pad 1 1 05-Jan-23 06-Jan-23 0%
F-1000 Survey Building Corners 1 1 17-Jan-23 17-Jan-23 0% STA TE COLLEGE IMPROVEMENTSTA TE COLLEGE IMPROVEMENT 75 75 14-Mar-23 27-Jun-23 OA-1000 Prepare T raffic Control Plan 15 15 14-Mar-23 03-Apr-23 0% OA-1010 Submit and Approve Traffic Control 15 15 04-Apr-23 24-Apr-23 0% OA-1030 Install Off-Site Utilities 25 25 25-Apr-23 30-May-23 0% OA-1040 Relocate T raffic Signal Cabinets 5 5 31-May-23 06-Jun-23 0% OA-1050 Curb and Drive Improvements 15 15 07-Jun-23 27-Jun-23 0% APP ARA TUS BA YAPP ARA TUS BA Y 112 112 18-Jan-23 26-Jun-23 AB-1005 Apparatus Bay Footing 8 8 18-Jan-23 27-Jan-23 0% AB-1010 Apparatus Bay CIP Walls 20 20 30-Jan-23 27-Feb-23 0% AB-1020 Structural Steel & Roof Framing & Backing for V.E.S. 10 10 28-Feb-23 13-Mar-23 0% AB-1030 Roofing 5 5 14-Mar-23 20-Mar-23 0%
AB-1040 Rough HVAC and Electrical 10 10 14-Mar-23 27-Mar-23 0% AB-1050 Fire Sprinklers 10 10 14-Mar-23 27-Mar-23 0%
AB-1060 Insulate Lid 3 3 28-Mar-23 30-Mar-23 0%
AB-1070 Drywall, T ape & T exture Lid 10 10 31-Mar-23 13-Apr-23 0% AB-1080 Paint Gyp Board Ceiling 2 2 14-Apr-23 17-Apr-23 0% AB-1090 Vehicle Exhaust System 5 5 18-Apr-23 24-Apr-23 0% AB-1100 Install Apparatus Bay Drains 4 4 25-Apr-23 28-Apr-23 0% AB-1110 Sand and Vapor Barrier 2 2 01-May-23 02-May-23 0% AB-1120 Reinforcing 2 2 03-May-23 04-May-23 0%
AB-1130 Place Concrete SOG Floor 1 1 05-May-23 05-May-23 0% AB-1140 Cure Slab 20 20 08-May-23 05-Jun-23 0%
AB-1160 Install Overhead Doors 10 10 06-Jun-23 19-Jun-23 0% AB-1150 MEP Finishes in Apparatus Bay 5 5 06-Jun-23 12-Jun-23 0% 0 2 0 1 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 1 2 0 2

N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O
100% CD to Building Deparment
13-Mar-23, ROW PERMIT
Prepare ROW / T raffic Permit Drawings
Submit ROW / T raffic Plans
City Review ROW / T rafficPlans
Pick Up ROW / T raffic Plan Comments
City Review (2) ROW / T raffic Plans
14-Mar-23, PERMITS
Issue Grading Permit
Issue Building Permit
Issue ROW / T raffic Permit
22-Nov-22, MOBILIZE SITE
Field Office, T emp Power, BMP's
Dig-Alert/Jobsite Fencing
17-Jan-23, DEMO/GRADING & UTILITY/ RET AINING WALL
Demo Site
Survey , Rough Grading/Shoring
Site Utilities
Certify Building Pad
Survey Building Corners
27-Jun-23, ST ATE COLLEGE IMPROVEMENT
Prepare T raffic Control Plan
Submit and Approve Traffic Control
Install Off-Site Utilities
Relocate T raffic Signal Cabinets
Curb and Drive Improvements
26-Jun-23, APPARATUS BAY
Apparatus Bay Footing
Apparatus Bay CIP Walls
Structural Steel & Roof Framing & Backing for V.E.S.

Roofing
Rough HVAC and Electrical
Fire Sprinklers
Insulate Lid
Drywall, T ape & T exture Lid
Paint Gyp Board Ceiling
Vehicle Exhaust System
Install Apparatus Bay Drains
Sand and Vapor Barrier
Reinforcing
Place Concrete SOG Floor
Cure Slab
Install Overhead Doors
MEP Finishes in Apparatus Bay
Anaheim FS 12 Normal Layout with Pred Succ 22-Feb-22 13:56 Actual Work
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Milestone
Summary
City Of Anaheim
Fire Station No. 12
Proposal Schedule
2 TASK filter: All Activities
I
I
-c::::::::J
-
I
I
I
I
• • ; ;
I
I I
I I
I
I
I
I
·····•·····•····················c::::Jb··•··· 0
• I
•• . '
Ill!
1111 :
. -I
d
' ■
·····~·····;······~······•······i····· 1111111b ...
□• D
D
c::::J •
2:::::::J ·····'·····o··
c::::J
' '
,.:
·····~·····;······i······•······;······•······•·····lj·· • a
D
·····:o··
I •
c::::::'.J
□
Activity ID Activity Name Original
Duration
Remaining
Duration
Start Finish Activity %
Complete
AB-1170 Polish Floors 5 5 20-Jun-23 26-Jun-23 0%
LIVING QUARTERSLIVING QUARTERS 148 148 28-Feb-23 26-Sep-23 L-1000 Form, Reinforce and Place Slab 1st Story 20 20 28-Feb-23 27-Mar-23 0% L-1010 Frame Walls 1st Story 10 10 28-Mar-23 10-Apr-23 0% L-1020 Frame 2nd Floor System 5 5 11-Apr-23 17-Apr-23 0% L-1025 Frame 2nd Floor Walls 15 15 18-Apr-23 08-May-23 0% L-1060 Set Hollow Metal Frames 5 5 09-May-23 15-May-23 0% L-1035 Frame Roof 10 10 09-May-23 22-May-23 0%
L-1070 Aluminum Window System 10 10 16-May-23 30-May-23 0% L-1030 Rough M-E-P System 25 25 23-May-23 27-Jun-23 0%
L-1040 Insulation 4 4 14-Jun-23 19-Jun-23 0%
L-1050 Frame Interior Ceilings 5 5 28-Jun-23 05-Jul-23 0% L-1080 Hang, T ape & Finish Gypsum Wallboard 15 15 06-Jul-23 26-Jul-23 0% L-1090 Painting 10 10 27-Jul-23 09-Aug-23 0%
L-1100 Install Cabinets 10 10 10-Aug-23 23-Aug-23 0%
L-1110 Hang Doors 2 2 24-Aug-23 25-Aug-23 0%
L-1170 Seal Floors 5 5 24-Aug-23 30-Aug-23 0%
L-1120 Solid Surface Panels Installation 5 5 24-Aug-23 30-Aug-23 0% L-1130 Install Flooring 5 5 24-Aug-23 30-Aug-23 0%
L-1140 Install Door Hardware 5 5 28-Aug-23 01-Sep-23 0% L-1150 MEP , FS & FA Finish 15 15 31-Aug-23 21-Sep-23 0% L-1180 Window Coverings, Signage 3 3 31-Aug-23 05-Sep-23 0% L-1160 Install T oilet Accessories 3 3 22-Sep-23 26-Sep-23 0% BUILDING SHELLBUILDING SHELL 95 95 11-Apr-23 23-Aug-23
SH-1000 PV Support System 2 2 11-Apr-23 12-Apr-23 0%
SH-1030 TPO Roofing 15 15 23-May-23 13-Jun-23 0%
SH-1020 Set HM Frames, Windows 3 3 23-May-23 25-May-23 0% SH-1040 Doors and Hardware 5 5 26-May-23 02-Jun-23 0%
SH-1045 Set Scaffold 5 5 05-Jun-23 09-Jun-23 0%
SH-1070 Install Skylights & Roof Hatch 5 5 14-Jun-23 20-Jun-23 0% SH-1060 Exterior Panel System 10 10 14-Jun-23 27-Jun-23 0% SH-1050 Lath and Acrylic Plaster System 15 15 27-Jul-23 16-Aug-23 0% SH-1080 Remove Scaffold 3 3 14-Aug-23 16-Aug-23 0%
SH-1100 Exterior Building Signage 5 5 17-Aug-23 23-Aug-23 0% SH-1090 Install Building Louvers 5 5 17-Aug-23 23-Aug-23 0% TURNOUT / DECONTAMINA TIONTURNOUT / DECONTAMINA TION 123 123 28-Mar-23 19-Sep-23 TD-1000 Form, Reinforce and Place Slab 15 15 28-Mar-23 17-Apr-23 0% TD-1010 Roof and Wall Framing 20 20 18-Apr-23 15-May-23 0% TD-1040 Roofing 5 5 16-May-23 22-May-23 0%
TD-1050 Rough Mech-Elec-Plbg-FS & F A 15 15 16-May-23 06-Jun-23 0% TD-1020 Set Hollow Metal Frames 2 2 16-May-23 17-May-23 0% TD-1030 Aluminum Windows and Louvers 5 5 16-May-23 22-May-23 0% TD-1060 Insulation 2 2 07-Jun-23 08-Jun-23 0%
TD-1070 Frame Ceilings 5 5 09-Jun-23 15-Jun-23 0%
TD-1080 Hang, T ape & Finish Drywall 15 15 16-Jun-23 07-Jul-23 0% TD-1090 Painting 5 5 10-Jul-23 14-Jul-23 0%
0 2 0 1 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 1 2 0 2

N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O
Polish Floors
26-Sep-23, LIVING QUARTERS
Form, Reinforce and Place Slab 1st Story
Frame Walls 1st Story
Frame 2nd Floor System
Frame 2nd Floor Walls
Set Hollow Metal Frames
Frame Roof
Aluminum Window System
Rough M-E-P System
Insulation
Frame Interior Ceilings
Hang, T ape & Finish Gypsum Wallboard
Painting
Install Cabinets
Hang Doors
Seal Floors
Solid Surface Panels Installation
Install Flooring
Install Door Hardware
MEP , FS & FA Finish
Window Coverings, Signage
Install T oilet Accessories
23-Aug-23, BUILDING SHELL
PV Support System
TPO Roofing
Set HM Frames, Windows
Doors and Hardware
Set Scaffold
Install Skylights & Roof Hatch
Exterior Panel System
Lath and Acrylic Plaster System
Remove Scaffold
Exterior Building Signage
Install Building Louvers
19-Sep-23, TURNOUT / DECONT AMINATION
Form, Reinforce and Place Slab
Roof and Wall Framing
Roofing
Rough Mech-Elec-Plbg-FS & F A
Set Hollow Metal Frames
Aluminum Windows and Louvers
Insulation
Frame Ceilings
Hang, T ape & Finish Drywall
Painting
Anaheim FS 12 Normal Layout with Pred Succ 22-Feb-22 13:56 Actual Work
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Milestone
Summary
City Of Anaheim
Fire Station No. 12
Proposal Schedule
3 TASK filter: All Activities
r= I
-
- l I
[ l -
-
I
-
r
I
I - I
I
-
- -
-
I I -
T - I
-
- -
-
~
I
I - I
I
I -
- -
I I
[
I -
I -
I
- I
'----- -
I
L
I
T -
-
I
I
[ I - I
- I l
r T -
- I I
I - I
L__
- I
t
I
T - I
-
I
I I
I - I
I
~
-
I
I
L__
T - I
-
I
I T
I
L I -
-
I
I I
I - l T -
L__
- I

L I - I I
[ I - I
'-----
I
L
- I
I
T
- I
- I I

L - I I
~

I - I I
I I
- • • c::::::::J
'
-t
- -
=== _ _]1===-1-·rnmrrrmtT ~ ==:jt-- ~~--' ~ l l -'--- - : ' I ITT ITTI ITTITTTTTl I I I I =
====t-=-=-==~=====- ill I 111111111 I I IT I IT 111t1 IT~ I 1/ l I ,-iilmmi~~:;;L~~=~==-=====j~-=-=-=~=====~I . : . Wl I 11111 IT 11111 ITI I I
I 1
1 _
=
===j-=-=-=-=l: ======! ' ' : ~ IT i ITTITJ 1111 m1 hnm' ==t==-=t-1==~~ : .. . .. =-.. ;-_, ■ --!.....=: ::"Y: ~ I I --
r-
-
I I
r- I
-
-
-
I I
T - I
-
-
-

I I -I I
-
-
I I

I - I -I I -
-
I I
T - I
-
-I I -
T - I
-
-
-
I
T
_I
I
-
-
-
I
T
_I
I
I - ,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
___J
_l
==j====--I I T -~
_L__

I I I -
I t-
I
I ,..__
'---
I I I
1-
I 1-
-
- I -
:-.

D
-- .
-.:.i:..:--.,
-
□
-D
--
■ ,--
• -. : -o!
q
■
d
-- . -- q ... ---
-a
[I
-I
■
p
I
111111111111
□
□
: I
□
c::::::;J
□
- J
Activity ID Activity Name Original
Duration
Remaining
Duration
Start Finish Activity %
Complete
TD-1110 Polish Concrete 8 8 17-Jul-23 26-Jul-23 0%
TD-1100 Interior Signage 3 3 17-Jul-23 19-Jul-23 0%
TD-1130 Install T urnout Lockers 5 5 27-Jul-23 02-Aug-23 0% TD-1120 Install Cabinets 5 5 27-Jul-23 02-Aug-23 0%
TD-1160 Install Counters 3 3 03-Aug-23 07-Aug-23 0%
TD-1140 Hang Doors 2 2 03-Aug-23 04-Aug-23 0%
TD-1150 Solid Surface Panel Installation T urnout 3 3 03-Aug-23 07-Aug-23 0% TD-1170 Install Door Hardware 5 5 07-Aug-23 11-Aug-23 0% TD-1180 Install Appliances 5 5 08-Aug-23 14-Aug-23 0%
TD-1190 MEP , FS & FA Finish 15 15 24-Aug-23 14-Sep-23 0% TD-1200 T oilet Accessories 3 3 15-Sep-23 19-Sep-23 0%
SITE WORKSITE WORK 238 238 14-Nov-22 23-Oct-23
SW-1000 Survey , Trench & Install Site Utilities 15 15 14-Nov-22 06-Dec-22 0% SW-1010 Tie-in to Utilities 10 10 31-May-23 13-Jun-23 0% SW-1020 Cut Finish Grades 5 5 17-Aug-23 23-Aug-23 0%
SW-1040 Install Storm Basins 2 2 24-Aug-23 25-Aug-23 0% SW-1030 Sand/Oil Separator 1 1 24-Aug-23 24-Aug-23 0%
SW-1050 Generator Pad 2 2 24-Aug-23 25-Aug-23 0%
SW-1060 Trash Enclosure 8 8 24-Aug-23 05-Sep-23 0%
SW-1080 Site Concrete Curbs and Paving 15 15 28-Aug-23 18-Sep-23 0% SW-1070 Set Generator 3 3 28-Aug-23 30-Aug-23 0%
SW-1100 Pour Driveway 3 3 19-Sep-23 21-Sep-23 0%
SW-1090 Irrigation 10 10 19-Sep-23 02-Oct-23 0%
SW-1110 Install Flagpole 1 1 19-Sep-23 19-Sep-23 0%
SW-1120 Hose Cleaning/Drying Rack 5 5 19-Sep-23 25-Sep-23 0% SW-1130 Security Gates & Fences 20 20 21-Sep-23 19-Oct-23 0% SW-1140 Trees and Landscape Planting 15 15 03-Oct-23 23-Oct-23 0% CLOSE OUTCLOSE OUT 67 67 31-Aug-23 07-Dec-23
CL-1000 Place FF&E 10 10 31-Aug-23 14-Sep-23 0%
CL-1010 Fire Alarm/Fire Sprinkler Final Inspection 2 2 22-Sep-23 25-Sep-23 0% CL-1020 Fire Department Final Inspection 2 2 22-Sep-23 25-Sep-23 0% CL-1040 Electrical Power On 3 3 22-Sep-23 26-Sep-23 0%
CL-1030 Building Final Inspection 2 2 26-Sep-23 27-Sep-23 0% CL-1070 Final Construction Cleaning 3 3 27-Sep-23 29-Sep-23 0% CL-1050 Startup and T est & Balance 10 10 27-Sep-23 10-Oct-23 0% CL-1060 Commissioning 15 15 11-Oct-23 31-Oct-23 0%
CL-1090 Punch List Walkthrough 3 3 24-Oct-23 26-Oct-23 0% CL-1110 Complete Punch List Work 10 10 27-Oct-23 09-Nov-23 0% CL-1120 Final Walkthrough and Building Acceptance 1 1 13-Nov-23 13-Nov-23 0% CL-1130 Weather Days 15 15 14-Nov-23 06-Dec-23 0%
CL-1100 Substantial Completion 1 1 07-Dec-23 07-Dec-23 0% CL-1140 Project T urnover to Owner 0 0 07-Dec-23 0%
0 2 0 1 0 0 2 0 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 2 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 1 2 0 2 0 1 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 0 1 0 1 3 1 2 1 2 0 2

N D J F M A M J J A S O N D J F M A M J J A S O
Polish Concrete
Interior Signage
Install T urnout Lockers
Install Cabinets
Install Counters
Hang Doors
Solid Surface Panel Installation T urnout
Install Door Hardware
Install Appliances
MEP , FS & FA Finish
T oilet Accessories
23-Oct-23, SITE WORK
Survey , Trench & Install Site Utilities
Tie-in to Utilities
Cut Finish Grades
Install Storm Basins
Sand/Oil Separator
Generator Pad
Trash Enclosure
Site Concrete Curbs and Paving
Set Generator
Pour Driveway
Irrigation
Install Flagpole
Hose Cleaning/Drying Rack
Security Gates & Fences
Trees and Landscape Planting
Place FF&E
Fire Alarm/Fire Sprinkler Final Inspection
Fire Department Final Inspection
Electrical Power On
Building Final Inspection
Final Construction Cleaning
Startup and T est & Balance
Anaheim FS 12 Normal Layout with Pred Succ 22-Feb-22 13:56 Actual Work
Remaining Work
Critical Remaining Work
Milestone
Summary
City Of Anaheim
Fire Station No. 12
Proposal Schedule
4 TASK filter: All Activities
I ~ I
~
L__ I
'-- I
I
I
I
'-- I
'----- I
~
I
I~ I
L I I
C I I
I
I
'-- I
L.__ I
I
I
'-- I
'-- I
I
I
I
t I
I
I I

L I I I
I I
.__ I
'----- I
I
I
I
'----- I
L.__ I
I
I
L__ I
'----- I
I I I
- • • c::::::::J r -,
-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
' '
_____ ' : :
- - - - - - - - - - - - ~
' ' ' '
:-'
c::::::J
' '
- - - - - - - - - - - ~
' '
_____ ' : :
- - - - - - - - - - - - ~
' '
- - - - - - - - - - - ~
' '
_____ ' : :
- - - - - - - - - - - - ~
' '
- - - - - - - - - - - ~
' '
_____ ' ______ : : ------ --<
I
I
D
I
D
□
.....• □ ' ------+-
..

I •
......

I :

I
D
•
-----+----
...
o
' p
I •
111111
I •
■ •
■-■ •
[I
D
□
----:
: I
I
c;::J
' '
•□ I
-
9 M itigation of Subsurface
Co
nditions & Negative
Construction Impacts
The Design Team has allocated for serval days of utility p
otholing/identiﬁ cation to design an efﬁ cient utility network. The current Basis of Design has taken the approach of mitigating the amount of demolition to be as cost efﬁ cient as possible. With the current building layout, the Design Team has been able to avoid the need for demolishing any existing utility lines. If utility lines are deemed to no longer be needed, the team suggests capping the utility supplies while abandoning in place to save on demolition costs. Should the necessity of demolition of a utility line occur, testing for hazardous materials shall commence followed by appropriate bagging and hauling shall be
completed by the Contractor.

Currently we do not possess as-builts of the current utility layout and depths on B street where most utility tie-ins will occur. With a proper utility survey, we can better identify the depths in which the contractor will have to excavate to perform the new utility scope. If we exceed a depth of 5’ the contractor shall utilize the “Eze-Shoring system” which is a combination of adjustable jacks and brace plates to prevent the collapse of soils. Additionally, when work is accomplished during working hours appropriate security measures will be installed which includes but not limited to temporary chain-link fence with mesh materials along with trench plates to ensure the risk of injury does not occur.

The current site is relatively balanced with an average slope of

0.5% sloping towards existing drain inlets on the north end of the site. Existing soils conditions are generally sandy with small variations of undocumented ﬁ ll and surﬁ cial loose alluvial soils from depths of 4’-5’. The existing soils were found to have (per initial soils report) “very low” expansion potential, therefore, the need for import ﬁ ll will not be necessary on this project.

Per the initial Geotech report groundwater was not found upon investigation and historically the highest groundwater table was found to be deeper than 50’. The Design Team currently does not anticipate a need for dewatering for this project. The grading contractor shall remove and recompact 5’ below existing grade at building locations and site paving and ﬂ atwork shall be excavated and recompacted 2’ below ﬁ nish grade. A remedial grade of 1’ shall be utilized elsewhere on the site and on-site soils shall be utilized for small quantities of backﬁ ll.

The Design Team will conduct its own Geotech report during the initial design phase which will include testing and inspection of soils, conducted during grading activities to ensure both grade and compaction levels have been fulﬁ lled per the civil design. With the current soils conditions, the need for deep foundations will not be necessary. Additionally, per our current Basis of Design all concrete footings shall not exceed the depth of 2’ and therefore the need for foundation shoring will not be needed. As for shoring of any existing facilities and or structures, primarily the apartment complexes north of the site, shoring will not be necessary seeing how no new scope will jeopardize any structural stability of the existing building.
9 mi
tigation of subsurface conditions &
negative construction impacts0
Each entrance will contain both a gravel bed
a
nd shaker plates so that the transfer of debris
from various vehicles is limited. Additionally,
we propose a single tire washing station
along with a centralized concrete washout
be utilized. Fiber rolls and sandbags shall be
installed along the perimeter of the temporary
fence along with any drain outlets that are to
remain in place to negate pollutant runoffs.

Finally, to limit subsurface contamination,
weekly dust control soakings shall take place
in an effort to mitigate the transfer of loose
soils throughout the course of construction.

Noise Control protocol shall also comply with
Anaheim Municipal Code 6.70. Throughout
the course of construction any noise that
exceeds 60 decibels shall be performed
9:00am to 4:00pm. We anticipate these set
work hours to occur during the demolition and
earthwork operations during the preliminary
phase of construction. The construction team
shall install sound monitoring sensors during
the life of the project as to monitor noise
decibel throughout.

Utilities point of contacts that will interfere with
pedestrian trafﬁ c are located to the south of
the site on B street and includes Fire Water,
Sanitary Serwer and Storm Drain connections.

In an effort to best alleviate congestion for the
public, appropriate trafﬁ c control protocols
will be implemented. The Design Team will be
responsible for pulling trafﬁ c control permits
while developing, in coordination with the
City of Irvine, an efﬁ cient entrance and egress
plan so as not to interrupt housing and sports
events ﬂ ow of trafﬁ c. The Contractor shall
maintain a single lane of trafﬁ c always open
to the public, with the new utility lines and
shall comply with Anaheim Municipal Code
Chapter 6.70 with work being performed from
8:30am to 3:30pm to avoid peak rush hour.

Site safety will entail the establishment of 7’
temporary fence with mesh screen around
the perimeter of the site layout. Several
construction entrances will be utilized along
B Street with an optional third means of
egress being located on the north end of the
construction site that leads into Hudson Pl.
9 mi
tigation of subsurface conditions &
negative construction impacts0
Statement of Exceptions1 0
statement of
e
xceptions10
Certiﬁ cation of Exceptions to RFP - Anaheim Fire Sta tion 12 Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture hereby stipulates that Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture takes no exceptions to this RFP.
0 Proposal Attachments1 1
Alternates, Project Enhancements, and Added Value Matrix No
n-Collusion Affidavit
Designation of Subcontractors
Equal Employment Opportunity Certificates of Compliance CWA Letter of Assent
Certification of Proposal
City of Anaheim Fire & Rescue Fire Station 12 (Platinum Triangle)

ALTERNATES, PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS, AND ADDED VALUE MATRIX

If Proposers elect to recreate this form, the contents should include the information shown here.

Submitted by Proposer:

ALTERNATES

ALTERNATE
NO. ALTERNATE DESCRIPTION INCLUDED IN BASE
BID?
1 Relocate 15kV Electrical Duct Bank shown on Conceptual Site Plan YES NO 2 Alternate No. 2 – One (1) Dual EV Charging Station YES NO

PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS AND ADDED VALUE

ITEMIZED LIST OF

PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS DESCRIPTION

Keeping the 15kV duct bank in place will be a significant cost savings for the project and allow the team to allocate those funds elsewhere in the station.

The design of a second ancillary building with two apparatus bays and museum room meets the functional programmatic requirements for this station while providing opportunities for cost savings relative to the site design and overall cost of construction for the project.

Our team has elected to utilize a VRF system for the primary heating, cooling, and ventilation requirements for this project. The initial installation cost of the VRF system is greater than a split system, but the efficiency and operational costs will pay for itself in a very short timeframe, making the overall cost of the system much more advantageous for the long-term life cycle cost of the building.

We have utilized cast-in-place concrete walls at the apparatus bay which will provide the City and Fire Department 100+ years of low-maintenance performance.

An effective station layout with centrally located stair and functional room adjacencies allow for a decrease in building square footage, ultimately minimizing response times.

Provides a dual use egress staircase with enhanced on-site training opportunities while creating a functional architectural amenity within the secure area of the project site.

1. Existing 15kV Electrical Duct Bank to Remain in Place

2. Two Bay Ancillary Reserve Building with
Museum Room for Antique Apparatus

3. VRF Mechanical System

4. Cast-in-place Concrete Walls at Apparatus Bay

5. Efficient Building Circulation

6. Structural Steel Ladder and Rappelling Training Prop Providing restroom facilities accessible directly from the Apparatus Bay reduces the spread of contaminants throughout the station. This provides a safer, cleaner environment by allowing fire personnel to use the facilities after returning from calls before proper decontamination protocols have been followed.

These elements provide proper decontamination protocol opportunities along with wash areas for larger items like backboards, etc.

We are providing a high-capacity stacking washer and dryer in the Decon room, in addition to extractor and gear drying cabinet on the first floor and two sets of stacking washer/dryers on the second floor, for laundering contaminated items other than turnout gear.

In addition to providing direct capture of vehicle exhaust for the apparatus, the apparatus bay will be negatively pressurized to prevent airborne contaminants from entering the living quarters. A continuous ventilation system will be provided with fresh air intake and an exhaust fan. This fan will be variable speed and connected to CO Sensor which will kick the fan to high-speed if needed to evacuate any buildup of particulates in the air.

7. Single Occupancy Restroom off Apparatus Bay

8. Decontamination Shower and Utility Sink

9. Stacking Washer/Dryer in Decon room

10. Negatively Pressurized Apparatus Bay with
Redundant Ventilation System
X
Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture
X
□ □
□ □
City of Anaheim Fire & Rescue Fire Station 12 (Platinum Triangle)

PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS AND ADDED VALUE

ITEMIZED LIST OF

PROJECT ENHANCEMENTS DESCRIPTION

Added convenience for cleaning the station and reduces the spread of contaminants between floors.

A nearly 700 square foot fitness room provides ample space for a variety of fitness equipment and indoor/outdoor training activities.

Allows personnel working out on the ground level to fill their water bottles without needing to access the kitchen on the second floor.

Our team’s mastery of BIM from Architect to subcontractor has allowed us to maximize its potential. The City will be able to gain the benefit of realistic interior and exterior visual aids during the design phase and post-construction to assist with maintenance and operational needs.

We have analyzed the future “B” Street development and have included new curb & walks from approximately 185’ East of State College to just past the East entry. Doing this work now will resolt in less impacts to station operations during the future work to develop “B” Street.

11. Janitorial Facilities on Both Levels of the Station

12. VRF Mechanical System

13. Water Bottle Fill Station in Fitness Room

14. Building Information Modeling and Visualization

15. Development at South Side of Site

NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT TO BE EXECUTED BY BIDDER AND SUBMITTED WITH BID State of California)
County of Orange)
) ss
______ J_im_S_u_m_m_er _____ _ being first duly sworn, deposes and says that he or she is (Name)
Partner of Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture the party making the foregoing bid (Title) (Firm)
that the bid is not made in the interest of, or on the behalf of, any undisclosed person, partnership, company, association, organization, or corporation; that the bid is genuine and not collusive or sham; that the bidder has not directly or indirectly induced or solicited any other bidder to put in a false or sham bid, and has not directly or indirectly colluded, conspired, connived, or agreed with any bidder or anyone else to put in a sham bid, or that anyone shall refrain from bidding; that the bidder has not in any manner, directly or indirectly, sought by agreement, communication, or conference with anyone to fix the bid price of the bidder or any other bidder, or to fix any overhead, profit, or cost element of the bid price, or of that of any other bidder, or to secure any advantage against the public body awarding the contract of anyone interested in the proposed contract; that all statements contained in the bid are true; and, further, that the bidder has not, directly or indirectly, submitted his or her bid price or any breakdown thereof, or the contents thereof, or divulged information or data relative thereto, or paid, and will not pay fee to any corporation, partnership, company, association, organization, bid depository, or to any member or agent thereof to effectuate a collusive or sham bid.

State of California)
) ss
County of ____ _ _
y hand and official seal
Notary Public
9834 River Street
Lakeside, CA 92040
Address of Bidder
Approved as to form
By City Attorney
By--------- - - ---

ALL SIGNATURES ON THIS NONCOLLUSION AFFIDAVIT

MUST BE WITNESSED BY A NOTARY
(attach appropriate jurats)
CALIFO RNIA ALL-PURPOSE ACKNOWLEDGME NT CIVIL CODE § 1189 A notary public or other officer completing this certificate verifies only the identity of the individual who signed the document to which this certificate is attached, and not the truthfulness, accuracy, or validity of that document.

State of California
County of San Diego
On ?- J ,Z, 2-) 2.QU. before me, -~A~-~P~e~c~km~a~n~, N~ot=a'"'""ry~P~u~bl~ic~-----, I Date Here Insert Name and Title of the Officer
personally appeared ____ J_a_m_e_s_S_u_m_m_e_r_s _______ ___________ _ Name(s) of Signer(s)
who proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the personO() whose name~ is/at-l!i subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that hel,Qie/ilx&}( executed the same in his~r/OO{ir authorized capacity~). and that by his~~ signature($!) on the instrument the person(~. or the entity upon behalf of which the person(~ acted, executed the instrument. i············ • A. PECK.MAN
- --Notary Public - Ca lifornia f i -; San ~i~o County f - . ' Commission # 2330971 -
• · •' My ComlT., Ex~lros>.u1 9, 2024
Place Notary Seal Above
I certify under PENAL TY OF PERJURY under the laws
of the State of California that the foregoing paragraph is true and correct.
----------------OPTIONAL --- - ------------
Though this section is optional, completing this information can deter alteration of the document or fraudulent reattachment of this form to an unintended document.

Description of Attached Document
Title or Type of Document: ________ _____ Document Date: _______ _ Number of Pages: ___ Signer(s) Other Than Named Above: ______ ______ _ Capacity(ies) Claimed by Signer(s)
Signer's Name: ____ _ _ _____ _ _ Signer's Name: ___________ _ _ □ Corporate Officer - Title(s): _____ _ _ □ Corporate Officer - Title(s): _____ _ _ □ Partner - D Limited □ General □ Partner - □ Limited □ General □ Individual □ Attorney in Fact □ Individual □ Attorney in Fact □ Trustee □ Guardian or Conservator □ Trustee □ Guardian or Conservator □ Other: _ _________ _ ___ _ □ Other: _ _ _____ _____ __ _ Signer Is Representing: _______ _ _ _ Signer Is Representing: ________ _ _ ©2014 National Notary Association • www.NationalNotary.org • 1-800-US NOTARY (1-800-876-6827) Item #5907 City of Anaheim Designation of Subcontractors (Design-Build)

DESIGNATION OF SUBCONTRACTORS

Submit with Design-Build Proposal

Proposer shall complete and submit the Designation of Subcontractors listing only those subcontractors that have been identified at the time of proposal submittal to perform work, furnish labor or render services. The Design-Builder is obligated to identify the balance of their Subcontractors at a later date, subject to its compliance with the Subcontractor selection policy set for th in Article 5 of the General Conditions. All Subcontractors shall be afforded the protections contained in the Subcontracting Act.

Portion of Work Subcontractor Address
Contractor
License No.

DIR
Registration
No.

Design-Builder shall comply with the Subcontracting Act and Chapter 10.06 of the Anaheim Municipal Code when Design-Builder selects a Subcontractor to perform any portion of the Work. Design-Builder agrees that any Subcontractor not identified within the Proposal who will perform Work or labor or render Service in the performance of the Contract in the amount exceeding ½ of 1% of the difference between the Total of the Contract Price and the amount allocated to Design Services, shall be submitted to the City for approval prior to the execution of any subcontract. Unless waived in writing by the City, Design-Builder shall submit to the City for approval its final list of Subcontractors no later than Design Documents being 50% complete. Once a Subcontractor approved by the City has been selected for any such Work, Design-Builder shall not have the right to make any substitution of such Subcontractor except in accordance with the provisions of the Subcontracting Fair Practices Act, Public Contract Code §§ 4100, et seq. The Engineer shall serve as the hearing officer for the purposes of any hearing dealing with the substitution of a subcontractor.

TO BE SUBMITTED WITH PRICE PROPOSAL

Page 1 of 3 ends

EQUAL EMPLOYMENT OPPORTUNITY CERTIFICATES OF COMPLIANCE

As used in this Certificate, the word "Contract" shall mean either "Contract,” or "Subcontract." The word "Contractor" shall mean either "Contractor" or "Subcontractor ."

The undersigned Contractor certifies the following to the City of Anaheim:

1. COMPLIANCE REPORTS:

That if the Contractor has participated in a previous Contract subject to the rules and regulations on Equal Opportunity set forth in 41 Code of Federal Regulations Part 60-1, he has filed with the Joint Reporting Committee, the Director of the Office of Federal Contract Compliance of the United States Department of Labor, the appropriate Government Agencies or the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission all reports due under the applicable filing requirements, or if he has not he agrees to do so promptly and before any Contract is awarded.

2. NON-DISCRIMINATION:

During the performance of any Contract placed with him by the City of Anaheim, the Contractor agrees as follows:

1. The Contractor will not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment because of, race, religion, sex, creed, color, or national origin. The Contractor will take affirmative action to ensure that applicants are employed, and that employees are treated during employment, without regard to their race, religion, sex, creed, color, or national origins. Such action shall include, but not be limited to, the following: employment, upgrading, demotion or transfer, recruitment or recruitment advertising, layoff of termination, rates of pay, or other forms of compensation, and selection for training, including apprenticeship.

2. The Contractor will, in all solicitations or advertisements for employees placed by or on behalf of the Contractor, state that all qualified applicants will receive consideration for employment without regard to race, religion, sex, creed, color, or national origin.

3. The Contractor will send to each labor union or representative of workers with which he has a Collective Bargaining Agreement or other Contract or understanding, a notice advising the labor union or worker's representative of the Contractors commitments under Section 202 of Executive Order Number 11246 of Sep tember 24, 1965, as amended, and shall post copies of the notices in conspicuous places available to employees and to applicants for employment.

City of Anaheim Equal Employment Opportunity Certificates of Compliance

Page 2 of 3 ends

4. The Contractor will comply with all provisions of Executive Order Number 11246 of September 24, 1965 , as amended, and with the rules, regulations, and relevant orders of the Secretary of Labor.

5. The Contractor will furnish all information and reports required by Executive Order Number 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and by the rules, regulations, and orders of the Secretary of Labor, or pursuant thereto, and will permit access to his books, records, and accounts by the Contracting Agency and the Secretary of Labor for purposes of investigations to ascertain compliance with such rules, regulations, and orders.

6. In the event of the Contractor's non-compliance with the nondiscrimination clauses of this Contract or with any of such rules, regulations, or orders, this Contract may be canceled, terminated, or suspended in whole or in part and the Contractor may be declared ineligible for further City Executive Order Number 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, and such other sanctions may be imposed and remedies invoked as provided in Executive Order Number 11246 of September 24, 1965, as amended, or by rule, regulation, or order of the Secretary of Labor, or as otherwise provided by law.

3. AFFIRMATIVE ACTION PROGRAM:

Contractor's attention is directed to Section 60 -1.40 of Title 41 of the Code of Federal Relations, related t o Affirmative Action Compliance Programs, and applying to each Subcontractor with a Subcontract of $50,000 or more and 50 or more employees.

Contractor certifies that he has developed and has on file at each of his establishments a written Affirmative Action Compliance Program, as is called for in section 60 -1.40 of and pursuant to part 60-2 of Title 41 of the code of Federal Regulations, and that such Affirmative Action Compliance Program is current, or if it is not, within 120 days after receipt of any order, the undersigned firm agrees to develop and maintain a written Affirmative Action Compliance Program, for each of his facilities unless such firm is not required by law or regulation to develop such program.

City of Anaheim Equal Employment Opportun ity Certificates of Compliance

4. CERTIFICATION OF NON-SEGREGATED FACILITIES:

The Contractor certifies that it does not maintain or provide for its employees any segregated facilities at any of its establishments, and that it does not permit its employees to perform their services at any locations, under its control, where segregated facilities are maintained. The bidder, offerer, applicant, or Subcontractor agrees that a breach of this Certification is a violation of the Equal Opportunity Clause of any Contract placed with it. As used in this Certification, the term "Segregated Facilities" means any waiting rooms, work areas, restrooms and washrooms, restaurants and other eating areas, time clocks, locker rooms, and other storage or dressing areas, parking lots, drinking fountains, recreation or entertainment areas, transportation, and housing facilities provided for employees, which are segregated by explicit directive or in fact segregated on the basis of race, religion, sex, creed, color, or national origin because of habit, local custom or otherwise.

Contractor further certifies that it will obtain identical certifications from proposed Subcontractors prior to the award of Subcontracts exceeding $10,000 covering the procurement if personal property and non-personal services (including construction).

Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture
2424 Congress Street , San Diego, CA 92110
Jim Summers

PRINT NAME
02/22/2022
DATE

Page 3 of 3 ends

LETTER OF ASSENT
To be signed by all Contractors awarded Project Work covered by the Community Workforce Agreement with the City of Anaheim prior to commencing work .

City of Anaheim Public Works Department
200 S. Anaheim Blvd, Second Floor
Anaheim, CA 92805
Attn: Brenda Medina, CWA Administrator, Construction Services Division Re: Community Workforce Agreement - Letter of Assent
Fire Station 12 (Platinum Triangle}
Dear CWA Administrator:

This is to confirm that Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture agrees to -------:--:-(N-,- a_m_e_of..,...,C=-o-ns-tr-u---,ct-,-io-n--=-co_m_p_a_ny....,.) _____ _ be party to and bound by the Community Workforce Agreement with the City of Anaheim effective February 22, 2022 , 2021, as such Agreement may, from time to time, be amended by the negotiating parties or interpreted pursuant to its terms. Such obligation to be a party and bound by this Agreement shall extend to all Project Work covered by the Community Workforce Agreement undertaken by this Company on the Project and shall require all of its contractors and subcontractors of whatever tier to be similarly bound for all Project Work within the scope of the Community Workforce Agreement by signing and furnishing to you an identical letter of assent prior to their commencement of work.

Sincerely,
By:

Jim Summers , Partner
e and Title of Authorized Executive
944999
Contractor State License No.
[Copies of this letter must be submitted to the CWA Adm inistrator and to the Trades Council Consistent with Section 2.6.2.]
Community Workforce Agreement 1 City of Anaheim

CERTIFICATION OF PROPOSAL
Fire Station 12 (Platinum Triangle)
In responding to RFP for Fire Station 12 (Platinum Triangle), the undersigned Offeror(s) agrees to provide services for COA per the specifications. Offeror further agrees to the terms and conditions that are a part of this proposal and any resulting contract. If there are any exceptions they must be stated in the proposal.

A. The Offeror hereby certifies that the individual signing the submittal is an authorized agent for the Offeror and has the authority to legally bind the Offeror to the Contract.

Signature below verifies that the Offeror has read, understands, and agrees to the conditions contained herein and on all of the attachments and agenda.

B. The submission of the offer did not involve collusion or other anti-competitive practices.

C. The Offeror has not given, offered to give, nor intends to give at any time hereafter, any economic opportunity, future employment, gift, loan, gratuity, special discount, trip, favor, meal or service to a public employee in connection with the submitted offer.

D. The Offeror shall not discriminate against any employee or applicant for employment in violation of Federal or State law.

E. The Offeror complies fully with the Federal Debarment Certification regarding debarment suspension, ineligibility and voluntary exclusion.

INDEPENDENT PRICE DETERMINATION:

I certify that this offer is made without prior understanding, arrangement, agreement , or connection with any corporation, firm or person submitting an offer for the same services, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I certify that I have not entered into any arrangement or agreement with any COA public officer. I understand collusive bidding is a violation of State and Federal law and can result in fines, prison sentences, and civil damage awards. I agree to abide by all conditions of this offer and certify that I am authorized to sign this agreement for the offeror .

TO THE CITY OF ANAHEIM:

The Undersigned hereby offers and shall furnish the services in compliance with all terms, scope of work, conditions, specifications, and amendments in the Request for Proposal which is incorporated by reference as fully set forth herein. The representations herein are made under penalty of perjury.

Soltek-ECC A Joint Venture
Name of Firm
treet, San Diego, CA 92110
By:
02/22/2022
Date
Jim Summers Partner
Printed Name Title
12 D rawings, Materials /
Eq
uipment Data Sheets
& FF&E Certiﬁ cation
'B' STREET

STATE COLLEGE BOULEVARD
1 1 DEMO LANDSCAPE AND CONCRETE AT NEW DRIVE
2 2 RELOCATE EXISTING TRAFFIC CONTROL CABINET
3 3 (E) TRAFFIC SIGNAL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE
4 4 EXISTING SITE WALL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE
5 5 REMOVE AND REPLACE EXISTING GATE

PROPERTY LINE
LEGEND

CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE/EXIT

DEMO EXISTING AC PAVING AND CURBS

CONSTRUCTION LAYDOWN AREA
(E) WATER LINE TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE
(E) ELECTRICAL TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE
(E) FIBER OPTIC, CUT AND EXTEND TO NEW BUILDING
(E) STORM DRAIN TO REMAIN, PROTECT IN PLACE

LIMIT OF WORK

CONSTRUCTION FENCE WITH SCREENING

DUST CONTROL SHALL BE PERFORMED THROUGHOUT THE
PROCESS OF DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION. SITE WILL BE

TREATED FOR DUST CONTROL AS NEEDED DURING OPERATIONS
AND EXISTING STRUCTURES WILL BE PROTECTED. PROPER

CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE WILL BE INSTALLED AND REGULARLY
MAINTAINED IN ORDER TO KEEP AREAS OFF SITE CLEAN.
0' 15' 30' 60' 120'SCALE:
1" = 30'-0"
DEMOLITION PLAN 12.1.1
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22

FIRE STATION
10,400 SF
TRASH

SECURE PARKING
20 SPACES

RESERVE BUILDING
2,200 SF
'B' STREET

STATE COLLEGE BOULEVARD
1 2 3
4 5
6 7
8 9
1 EXISTING 15kV DUCT BANK TO REMAIN
2 EXISTING SITE WALL TO REMAIN
3 INFILL SECURITY FENCE AND GATE
4 6' HIGH PERFORATED METAL SCREEN SECURITY FENCE
5 PERSONNEL GATE
6 RELOCATE EXISTING TRAFFIC CONTROL CABINET
7 PUBLIC PARKING
8 FLAG POLE
9 FIRE HYDRANT
10 FUTURE 'B' STREET IMPROVEMENTS BY OTHERS
11 12
4 9
5 13
11 COVERED FUEL TANK
12 BACKUP GENERATOR
13 GATE CONTROL
13 14
14 15
14 6' HIGH ROLLING SECURITY GATE
15 EXISTING STORMWATER EASEMENT
4 16
16 EXISTING CURB TO REMAIN
17 17 INTERIM ASPHALT DRIVE
18 18 LADDER AND RAPPELLING TRAINING PROP
19 FUTURE TRAINING AREA
19 20 TEMPORARY STORM WATER CATCH BASIN
20 21
21 CONNECT TO EXISTING 15" SEWER LATERAL IN B STREET
22 22 4" PVC SEWER LATERAL
23 23 2" WATER LINE WITH 1.5" WATER METER
24 24 DOMESTIC WATER POC
25 25 SEWER POC
26 26 VEHICLE WASH AREA WITH FOX DRAIN
27 27 FIRE RISER ROOM POC

SETBACK
10'-0"
28 UTILITY PAD MOUNTED TRANSFORMER
28 'B' STREET

STATE COLLEGE BOULEVARD
10 PROPERTY LINE

ROCK MULCH WITH LOW-MAINTENANCE

SOUTHWESTERN PLANTING

MEXICAN FAN PALM

PALO VERDE

AUSTRALIAN WILLOW
LEGEND

ONE-WAY TRAFFIC

TWO-WAY TRAFFIC

CONCRETE DRIVEWAY

CONCRETE WALKWAY
'B' STREET EDGE PLANTINGS

TEMPORARY LANDSCAPE WITH LOW-

MAINTENANCE PLANTING

DETECTABLE WARNING

SURFACE

PLANTED STORMWATER TREATMENT
AREA

ASPHALT PAVING

LED POLE MOUNTED SITE

LIGHTING FIXTURE

DECOMPOSED GRANITE

ROCK MULCH WITH TALL SCREEN

PLANTING AT FENCE

STATE COLLEGE BOULEVARD EDGE

PLANTINGS
WATER
(E)
(N)
SEWER
(E)
(N)

ELECTRIC
(E)
(N)

FIBER OPTIC
(E)
(N)

STORMWATER
(E)
(N)
T1
T2
T3T4
T5 T1 EXISTING TRAFFIC SIGNAL TO REMAIN
T2 RELOCATE EXISTING TRAFFIC CONTROL

CABINET AND CONNECT SIGNAL TO

FIRE STATION CONTROL PANEL
T3 ALL STRIPING TO BE COORDINATED

WITH CITY OF ANAHEIM TRAFFIC

ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT
T4 "NO RIGHT TURN ON RED" SIGN AT
I

NTERSECTION
T5 EXISTING TRAFFIC STRIPING TO REMAIN SCALE:
1" = 20'-0"
SITE PLAN 12.2.1
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22

FUTURE 'B' STREET IMPROVEMENTS TRAFFIC PLAN
0 20' 40'10' 80'
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:

FOUNDATION PLAN 12.3.1
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY PLANS 11/24/21

FOUNDATION PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"S-1
1 FOUNDATION PLAN
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:

FRAMING PLAN 12.3.2
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
UP
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY PLANS 11/24/21
2ND FLOOR / APPARATUS BAY FRAMING PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"S-2
1 2ND FLOOR & APPARATUS BAY ROOF FRAMING PLAN
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:

FRAMING PLAN 12.3.3
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY PLANS 11/24/21

ROOF FRAMING PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"S-3
1 ROOF FRAMING PLAN
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:

FOUNDATION &

FRAMING PLAN

RESERVE BUILDING

12.3.4 ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
FUEL /

GENERATOR
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
CONFIDENTIAL PROPRIETARY PLANS 11/24/21

RESERVE BUILDING - FOUNDATION & ROOF FRAMING PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"S-4
1 RESERVE BUILDING - FOUNDATION PLAN
SCALE: 1/8" = 1'-0"S-4
2 RESERVE BUILDING - ROOF FRAMING PLAN

VESTR&R

FITNESS PATIO

STAIR B

FITNESS
EL EQ
HALL
LOBBY
RR

STAIR A

STOR / HWH

APPARATUS BAY

COMPEMS STOR
SHOP
TURNOUTS (30)
DECON
FR
RR
POLE
ELEV.

CREW OFFICE COMMCAPTAIN

LADDER AND RAPPELLING TRAINING PROP

12.4.14 1

12.4.14 2

12.4.14 3

12.4.14 3
LEGEND

LUXURY VINYL PLANK

POLYUREA CONCRETE

SEALED CONCRETE

RUBBER MAT
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:
1/8" = 1'-0"
FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 1 12.4.1
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22

ROOM NAME NET AREA
LOBBY 139 SF
RR 64 SF
CAPTAIN 211 SF
CREW OFFICE 251 SF
HALL 315 SF
STAIR A 110 SF
ELEV. 41 SF
COMM 79 SF
STOR / HWH 87 SF
FITNESS 679 SF
APPARATUS BAY 2738 SF
TURNOUTS (30) 334 SF
EMS STOR 81 SF
COMP 57 SF
SHOP 66 SF
R&R 48 SF
POLE 37 SF
VEST 41 SF
EL EQ 45 SF
DECON 269 SF
RR 52 SF
FR 17 SF
TOTAL NET SF - LEVEL 1 5762 SF
CORE
TOTAL GROSS SF - LEVEL 1

TOTAL BUILDING GROSS SF
488 SF
6251 SF
10400 SF
POLE
STAIR A ELEV. PATIO
HALL
BUNK 8BUNK 7BUNK 6BUNK 5BUNK 4BUNK 3
ACC BUNK 2 STAIR B

DAY ROOM
DINING

KITCHEN

LAUNDRY
BUNK 10BUNK 9
BUNK 1 RRACC RR RRRR

LADDER AND RAPPELLING TRAINING PROP
DN
STOR

12.4.14 1

12.4.14 1
DN
UP

12.4.14 2

12.4.14 3

12.4.14 3
LEGEND

LUXURY VINYL PLANK

POLYUREA CONCRETE

CARPET TILE

CERAMIC TILE
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:
1/8" = 1'-0"
FLOOR PLAN - LEVEL 2 12.4.2
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22

ROOM NAME NET AREA
BUNK 1 112 SF
ACC BUNK 2 119 SF
BUNK 3 112 SF
BUNK 4 112 SF
BUNK 5 112 SF
BUNK 6 112 SF
BUNK 7 112 SF
BUNK 8 112 SF
BUNK 9 112 SF
BUNK 10 112 SF
DAY ROOM 574 SF
KITCHEN 499 SF
DINING 218 SF
RR 92 SF
RR 92 SF
RR 91 SF
ACC RR 101 SF
LAUNDRY 111 SF
ELEV. 41 SF
HALL 632 SF
STAIR A 220 SF
POLE 55 SF
STOR 33 SF
TOTAL NET SF - LEVEL 2 3888 SF
CORE
TOTAL GROSS SF - LEVEL 2

TOTAL BUILDING GROSS SF
258 SF
4149 SF
10400 SF
1/4" / 12"
1/4" / 12"
1/4" / 12"
1/4" / 12"1/4" / 12"
4 1
2 3
5 1 TPO ROOFING, TYP.
2 MECHANICAL WELL
3 RAPPELLING PLATFORM
4 ELEVATOR
5 ROOF ACCESS HATCH
6 7
6 VRF CONDENSING UNIT, TYP.
7 ROOF DRAIN, TYP.
8 8 TUBULAR SKYLIGHT, TYP.
9 9 SPLIT SYSTEM CONDENSING UNIT, TYP.
10 10 PLYMOVENT EXHAUST FAN
11 11 APPARATUS BAY EXHAUST, TYP.
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:
1/8" = 1'-0"
ROOF PLAN 12.4.3
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22

ELECTRICAL
MUSEUM
STOR
HOSE

SCBA FILL

RESERVE TRASH
1/4" / 12"
1/4" / 12"
1/4" / 12"
1/4" / 12"
1 2
1 TPO ROOFING, TYP.
2 ROOF DRAIN
3 3 EXHAUST FANS, TYP.
4 4 APPARATUS BAY EXHAUST, TYP.

LEGEND

SEALED CONCRETE
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:
1/8" = 1'-0"

FLOOR & ROOF PLAN

RESERVE BUILDING

12.4.4 ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22

FLOOR PLAN - RESERVE BUILDING ROOF PLAN - RESERVE BUILDING

ROOM NAME NET AREA
RESERVE 1402 SF
ELECTRICAL 150 SF
MUSEUM 349 SF
STOR 67 SF
HOSE 46 SF
SCBA FILL 32 SF
TOTAL NET SF - LEVEL 1 RESERVE 2046 SF
CORE
TOTAL GROSS SF - LEVEL 1 RESERVE

TOTAL BUILDING GROSS SF
176 SF
2222 SF
2222 SF
LEVEL 2
15' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
MAX HT.
32' - 6"
1 2
3 4 5
6 7
8 1 PERFORATED METAL SCREEN RAILINGS
2 GALVANIZED STEEL LADDER AND RAPPELLING TRAINING PROP
3 BBQ HOOD
4 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES, TYP. AT EXTERIOR
5 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE WALLS
6 INTEGRAL COLOR STUCCO WITH FADE REDUCING ADDITIVE
7 ENERGY EFFICIENT COMPOSITE CASEMENT WINDOWS
8 INTEGRAL COLOR STUCCO
9 ENERGY EFFICIENT STOREFRONT GLAZING
10 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS - FULL VISION
11 BI-FOLD DOORS
12 CEMENT FIBER PANEL FASCIA AND SOFFIT
13 BACKLIT ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE
14 THREE DIMENSIONAL ALUMINUM COMPOSITE METAL PANELS
15 ILLUMINATED SIGNAGE
16 FLAT ALUMINUM COMPOSITE METAL PANELS
17 PAINTED STEEL COLUMNS AT BUILDING
18 EXTERIOR LIGHT FIXTURE, TYP.
19 19 FUEL TANK COVER
20 20 PERFORATED GALVANIZED STEEL PLATE
LEVEL 2
15' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
MAX HT.
32' - 6"
99 10 18
LEVEL 2
15' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
MAX HT.
32' - 6"
7 16
14 17
LEVEL 2
15' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
MAX HT.
32' - 6"
11 12 13
14 15
16 0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:
1/8" = 1'-0"
EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS 12.4.8
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22

NORTH ELEVATION

EAST ELEVATION

SOUTH ELEVATION

WEST ELEVATION
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
RESERVE HT.
22' - 0"
1 2 3
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
RESERVE HT.
22' - 0"
7 8
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
RESERVE HT.
22' - 0"
4 5
6 1 CEMENT FIBER PANEL FASCIA AND SOFFIT
2 OVERHEAD COILING DOORS WITH VISION LITES
3 HOLLOW METAL DOORS AND FRAMES
4 ENERGY EFFICIENT STOREFRONT GLAZING
5 INTEGRAL COLOR STUCCO
6 PAINTED STEEL COLUMNS
7 OVERHEAD SECTIONAL DOOR - FULL VISION
8 TRASH ENCLOSURE GATES WITH PERFORATED METAL SCREENING 9 INTEGRAL COLOR STUCCO WITH FADE REDUCING ADDITIVE
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
RESERVE HT.
22' - 0"
9 0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:
1/8" = 1'-0"

EXTERIOR ELEVATIONS

RESERVE BUILDING

12.4.9 ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22

NORTH ELEVATION - RESERVE BUILDING EAST ELEVATION - RESERVE BUILDING

SOUTH ELEVATION - RESERVE BUILDING WEST ELEVATION - RESERVE BUILDING 3D PERSPECTIVE 12.4.10
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
3D PERSPECTIVE 12.4.11
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
3D PERSPECTIVE 12.4.12
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:
3D PERSPECTIVE 12.4.13
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
LEVEL 2
15' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
ROOF
27' - 0"
MAX HT.
32' - 6"

RR LOBBY HALL FITNESS
HALL
DINING

FITNESS PATIO
LEVEL 2
15' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
ROOF
27' - 0"
T.O.C.
22' - 0"
MAX HT.
32' - 6"

KITCHEN

FITNESS
DECON
DINING
FR
LEVEL 2
15' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
LEVEL 1
0' - 0"
ROOF
27' - 0"
T.O.C.
22' - 0"

COMM HALL

STAIR A
R&R

STAIR AHALL
BUNK 8

APPARATUS BAY
POLE
0 8' 16'4' 32'SCALE:
1/8" = 1'-0"
SECTIONS 12.4.14
ANAHEIM FIRE STATION 12
PROPOSAL 02/22/22
materials, equipment, &
F
F&E data sheets12
• Storefront
• Bi-Fold Doors
• Coiling Doors 1
• Coiling Doors 2
• Sectional Door
• Composite Windows
• Perforated Metal Panels
• Aluminum Composite Panels 1
• VRF Ceiling Cassette 1
• VRF Ceiling Cassette 2
• VRF Equipment
• Range
• Freezer
• Refrigerator
• Range Hood
• Microwave
materials
equipment
FF&E
• Aluminum Composite Panels 2
• Cement Fiber Panels
• Stucco 1
• Stucco 2
• Stucco 3
• TPO Rooﬁ ng
• Tubular Skylights
• VRF Fan Coil 1
• VRF Fan Coil 2
• Dishwasher
• Grill & Grill Cover
• Coffee Maker
• Ice Machine 1
• Kitchen Table
• Rubber Flooring
• Carpet
• Ceramic Tile
• Concrete Sealer
• Luxury Vinyl Plank
• Wood Doors
• Bunk Lockers
• Solid Surface Wall Panels
• Solid Surface Countertops
• Plastic Laminate
• Roller Window Shades
• Window Blinds
• Acoustic Ceiling Tiles
Final selections of all proposed materials, equipment,
furniture and ﬁ xtures will be coordinated
with the City and Fire Department.
• Bottle Filling Station
• Co
mpressor
• Decon Sink
• Hot Water Heater 1
• Hot Water Heater 2
• Corner Guards
• Elevator
• Flagpole
• Slide Pole
• Turnout Lockers
• Ice Machine 2
• Extractor
• Drying Cabinet
• Stackable Washer/Dryer
Exterior Material Data Sheets
In
terior Material Data Sheets
HVAC Equipment Data Sheets
Plumbing Equipment Data Sheets
General Equipment Data Sheets
Kitchen Equipment Data Sheets
Decon Equipment Data Sheets
0 TC-470 SERIES
TC-470 SERIES THERMAL/IMPACT
2 1/4” X 4 1/2” WINDOW WALL SYSTEM
MUL TIPLE CONFIGURATIONS A V AILABLE VISIT OUR WEBSITE AT: WWW.ARCADIAINC.COM FOR THE FOLLOWING:

Product Specifications (PDF) • Elevations & Plan Details (PDF & DWG) • Product Warranty Information (PDF) Maintenance & Cleaning Guidelines (PDF) • Product Installation Manuals (PDF) As of: 10/27/14ICONS.pdf
Scale:

Function:

Description:

Detail:

OFSHEET
Z:\CATALOG\ICONS.DWG
Dbehner
Series
" x " Glazed for size of Glass
Storefront
ALL
3" = 1'-0" 1 1
Thermal
Acoustic
Awning
Balistic
Blast
Casement
Center Glazed
Fixed
Hopper
Double Hung
Single Hung
Impact
Non-ThermalOffset Glazed
Side Load
Top Load
Slider
Top Hung
Offset Panel
Center Hung
Offset Hung
Swing
Offset Fold
Center Fold
Multi Panel
X
X
X
Bifolding
Sliding Panel
X
O
As of: 10/27/14ICONS.pdf
Scale:

Function:

Description:

Detail:

Function:

Description:

Detail:

Function:

Description:

Detail:

Page 47 ends

4 Seasons Resort, Orlando,FL - HKS Architects
Architectural Products - East
60 Bonner Street
Stamford, CT 06902
Ph 203-316-8000
Fx 203-316-8200
[email protected]
Architectural Products - West
5190 South Santa Fe Ave.

Vernon, CA 90058
Ph 323-908-5467
Fx 323-908-5547
[email protected]

LEEDS CERTIFIE D

HURRICANE IM PACT RESISTANT

DOORS & WINDOWS
IM
FIND US / LIKE US ON:
www.arcadiainc.com
Shelter Island, NY - Stelle Lomont Rouhani Architects
The FF30 Four-Fold Door system is built with all the benefits of our standard Four-Fold door, but is pre-engineered for 12’ x 14’ and 14’ x 14’ openings and available with standard glass configurations to create a door system that balances both performance and cost. • 7 second operation for faster critical
response time
• UL 325 Compliance - Monitored Safety
Edges and torque sensing
•
Zinc coated sheeting for superior corrosion
resistance
•
Factory installed 1” insulated low
-e glass
for superior energy efficiency
• Horizontal mo
vement reduces collisions
and downtime
• Easy manual operation during power loss
• Reduced installation time (30%)
• Select up to four (4) rows of glass

FEATURES
FOUR-FOLD FF30
doorengineering.com 101 Power Drive | MANKATO, MN 56001 Ph (507) 931.6910 | TF (800) 959.1352

PERFORMANCE
SERIES
Perfect balance
of safety, performance, and cost.
(·~ □□ OR 1-J ENGINEERING
- A SENNECA COMPANY -
Standard Sizes:
• 14’-0” Wide x 14’-0” High
• 12’-0” Wide x 14’-0” High
Panels:
• Exterior sheeting: galvannealed
• Exterior Finish: PPG High-Solid
urethane finish available in any
RAL colors
(excludes metallic finishes)
• Interior Sheeting: imperial white,
stucco embossed, galvalume
• 1" Low-e glazing: Up to four (4)
rows factory installed
• Full perimeter weather seals
Surface mounted frame:
• Designed to attach to CMU, precast,
steel or wood
Operator:
• 16" of headroom
• Connecting rod linkage with
manual disconnect
Safety Features:
• Light curtain photo eye (exterior)
• Microwave presence sensor

(interior)

• Monitored safety edges
(UL325 Listed)
• Torque sensing operator and
controls (UL325 compliant)
Incoming Voltage Options:
• 120 VAC Single Phase
• 208 VAC Single Phase
• 208 to 230 VAC 3phase
Control Panel:
• NEMA 4X Water resistant
• 24 VDC controls
Inputs and Outputs available for:
• Radio controls
• Card readers
• Warning horn/lights
• Auxiliary access devices
• Open and close door status
DESIGN
FOUR-FOLD FF30

PLAN VIEW
BROCHURE #: FF30CUTSHEET0821
doorengineering.com 101 Power Drive | MANKATO, MN 56001 Ph (507) 931.6910 | TF (800) 959.1352

WINDOW LA YOUTS
Layout BLayout A Lay out C
Layout ELayout D Layout F
--- A SENNECA COMPANY ---

BUILDING STRUCTURE
I
165.02
(13'-9")
CLEAR

OPENING WIDTH
I j
-------- - 12'' PANEL STACK

RAPID SHIELD
®
/

RAPID VIEW
®

INDUSTRY LEADING

COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS
SPEED.

DURABILITY.

SECURITY.

High cycle,
springless design
Patent-pending
curtain monitoring
Wireless
reversing edge
Safety light curtain
Scratch-resistant
vision panels
Optional square
hood
998/999

HIGH SPEED METAL DOORS
Field changeable
universal handing

FIRE STATION REAR DOORS
====-
-
f:fl•I• '
•
Options
• Multiple actuation options – push button, motion detector, radio control, key switch, pull switch, loop detector , treadle switch • Signaling devices – red/green LED warning light, horn/str obe combination, rotating warning light
• Slim guide available to reduce jamb side room (size limitations may apply) • Programmable LED lighting system – 3' tall light bar with red, yellow , green lights
• Insulated slat available for RapidView® Model 998
• Square hood
• Obstruction sensors
• Perforated slats up to four slats with 24% open area (up to 20’ width) • Vision slats (Model 998) – up to four slats
Engineered for High Cycles
• Springless design requires minimal interruption for maintenance • Direct-mounted gear drive minimizes wear and tear
• Virtually frictionless design ensures minimal noise and wear Simple Install and Low Maintenance
•
Completely hinged guide
• Fully-assembled curtain arrives pre-wrapped in headplate and trusses ready for installation • Pre-wired motor connection and plug and play accessories Safety
•
Patent-pending integrated curtain-monitoring device ensures the door has a redundant system to monitor the position of the door • Safety light curtain minimizes contact with objects in the doorway • Monitored wireless r
eversing edge
• RapidShield® Model 998 has a high strength dual wall aluminum curtain construction providing security and privacy Smooth and Easy Operation
•
Gravity drive system coupled with variable frequency drive eliminates sudden jolts, wear and tear from door start/stop • Patent-pending headplate design utilizes high strength rubber rollers pr eventing curtain from wrapping on itself,

providing smooth, quiet operation of the door
• Independently-tested and capable of wind load of up to 100.0† psf for RapidShield® Model 998 and 50.0 psf for RapidView® Model 999 Sleek and Sophisticated Look
•
RapidView® Model 999 features crisp lines of corrosion resistant aluminum providing an architecturally striking look.

Clear vision high impact-resistant polycarbonate delivering maximum light infiltration into the space RAPID SHIELD ®/RAPID VIEW ® HIGH SPEED METAL DOORS
2 Cover image:

RapidView® Model 999
Shown with optional l
intel cover
General features and benefits
† Up to 50.0 psf for RapidShield® Model 998 with
optional vision panels.

RapidShield® Model 998
MODELS 998/999
3overheaddoor.com
High speed security and durability
RapidShield® Model 998 and RapidView® Model 999 deliver security and durability with opening speeds of up to 80” per second.

RapidShield® Model 998 provides a solid aluminum curtain with the elegant style of durable, dual-walled aluminum. This door is ideal for applications where security and privacy are a priority.

RapidView® Model 999 is a full-view door featuring scratch-resistant polycarbonate panels for maximum light infiltration and is perfect for high traffic applications requiring aesthetic appeal and visibility.

Finishes and color options
Approximately 200 RAL powder coat finishes available on all pieces.

Part Finish and color
Slats and bottom bar Silver powder coat* (standard)
Guide Silver powder coat* (standard)
Bracket/hood structure Black powder coat (standard)
Features Model 998 Model 999
Openings Interior/Exterior (mount inside) Interior/Exterior (mount inside) Maximum width 26' 20'
Maximum height 21' 21'
Maximum opening speed Up to 80"/sec Up to 80"/sec
Maximum closing speed Up to 20"/sec Up to 20"/sec
Wind load* Up to 100.0** psf Up to 50.0 psf
Curtain material Dual-walled aluminum Aluminum and scratch-resistant polycarbonate Vision Optional scratch-resistant polycarbonate panels Scratch-resistant polycarbonate panels Operation Direct drive motor and gearbox system with field changeable universal handing and door stop
safety device
Direct drive motor and gearbox system with field
changeable universal handing and door stop
safety device
Control panel Variable frequency drive NEMA 4X cULus listed; Onboard self diagnostic and service reminder,
Built-in padlockable fused disconnect
Variable frequency drive NEMA 4X cULus listed;
Onboard self diagnostic and service reminder,
Built-in padlockable fused disconnect
Obstruction safety
detection
Integrated light curtain Integrated light curtain
Reversing safety edge Wireless reversing edge Wireless reversing edge Available supply voltages
208-245V AC 3PH,
456-495V AC 3PH,
575V 3PH
† (†requires stand-alone mounted transformer)
208-245V AC 3PH,
456-495V AC 3PH,
575V 3PH† (†requires stand-alone mounted transformer)
Warranty 5-Year Limited 5-Year Limited
General specifications
* Wind load is the ultimate pressure tested at door width of 15'. ** Up to 50 psf for RapidShield® Model 998 with optional vision panels. *Silver powder coat made to mimic anodized aluminum.

Slat options
Perforated slat (24% open area; up to 20' width)
Vision slat (Model 998)
.-.... -.-.-..... -.-.. ·· t ••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••• ••••••••••••••• •••••••••••••• --. .............. . ~
iiiiiiii
2501 S. State Hwy. 121 Bus., Suite 200, Lewisville, TX 75067 1-800-929-DOOR • [email protected]
overheaddoor.com

INDUSTRY LEADING

COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS
©2021 Overhead Door Corporation. Overhead Door is a trademark and the Red Ribbon logo and RapidView and RapidShield are registered trademarks of Overhead Door Corporation. All other trademarks are property of their rightful owners. Consistent with our policy of continuing product improvement, we reserve the right to change product specifications without notice or obligation. C900-1134 04/21 Architect's Corner
A resource for architects, containing comprehensive
technical and resource materials to support your
project, including drawings and specifications for
commercial doors.
overheaddoor.com
The original, innovative choice for unequaled quality and service.

Overhead Door Corporation pioneered the sectional garage door industry, inventing the first sectional garage door in 1921 and the first electric door operator in 1926. Today, we continue to be the industry leader through the strength of our product innovation, superior craftsmanship and outstanding customer support, underscoring a legacy of quality, expertise and integrity. That’s why design and construction professionals specify Overhead Door
™ products more often than any other brand. Our family of over 400 Overhead Door™ Distributors across the U.S. and Canada not only share our name and logo, but also our commitment to excellence.

RapidShield® Model 998 with optional vision slats

RESERVE

BUILDING
-~-=--- - ~
WWW a
..,.., •~w • .::::

I
fire StationS & emergency reSPonSe
HigH Performance DoorS for
_.
----- --- --- -
- - --
-- -
HigH Performance DoorS for fire StationS & emergency reSPonSe Hear WHat our cuStomer S Say
(Hurricane Zone)
Spiral® LH®-FV®Spiral® LH® (Low Headroom, Full Vision)(Low Headroom) (Low Headroom, Hurricane Zone)Spiral® HZ® Spiral® LH®-HZ ® • Full-width continuous window
slats provide excellent visibility
• Sleek, high-tech aesthetics
• Shatter-proof and scratch
resistant LEXAN™ slats
• Standard clear plus bronze and
grey tinted options
• Opening speed up to 100 inches
per second
• Low lintel design requires only
10 inches of headroom
• Full-width continuous window
slats provide excellent visibility
• Shatter-proof and scratch
resistant LEXAN™ slats
• Opening speed up to 60 inches
per second
• Low lintel design requires only
10 inches of headroom
• Rigid aluminum double walled
slats with integral rubber
weatherseals
• Insulated, ventilated or vision
slat options available
• Opening speed up to 60 inches
per second
• Exclusive, patented technology
• Rigid aluminum double walled
slats with integral rubber
weatherseals
• Insulated, ventilated or vision
slat options available
• Opening speed up to 60 inches
per second
• Missile impact tested and
certified to withstand winds
up to 175 mph
• Only high-speed door on the
market to have a Miami-Dade
County NOA for use in a HVHZ
• Opening speed up to 60 inches
per second
• Missile impact tested and
certified to withstand winds
up to 175 mph
• Approved, Miami-Dade County
NOA for use in a HVHZ
• Low lintel design requires only
10 inches of headroom
• Opening speed up to 60 inches
per second
Spiral® FV® (Full Vision)Spiral®
“Long term, these things will be standing
when the rest of the building is falling down
behind them.”
Pam Tucker, Emergency Operations Director
Martinez-Columbia Fire Rescue
“Before the architect was even selected by the
committee, before one line was on paper, we
made it clear that we wanted the Rytec doors."
William Meloy, Former Chief
Saukville Police Department
“The new doors help reduce response time
between 30 to 45 seconds and this can
make a big difference when responding to
an emergency.”
Lester Porter, Fire Chief
Fort Gordon Fire Department

RESERVE BUILDING

FIRE STATION REAR DOORS

HigH Performance tecHnology
reSPonD faSt to emergencie S
rytec conventional
Helps reduce response time and minimize loss of life and property with shorter wait time for doors to open
Opening speed up to 100 inches per second ensures fast vehicle exits from facility bays
rytec vS. conventional DoorS
Rytec doors are extremely low maintenance compared to traditional conventional doors usually associated with regular high maintenance wear parts Rytec doors use a variable-speed drive operator instead of a standard DC brake motor and open at up to 60-100 inches per second compared to an average 6-10 inches per second of conventional doors
Conventional doors usually run with continuous metal-to-metal contact shortening the lifespan of parts and the door; Rytec doors have no metal-to-metal contact providing a longer lifespan
increa Se energy efficiency
High-speed opening and closing minimizes air exchange and leads to better climate control
Effective perimeter seals, thermal breaks and thermal panels creates a more energy conscience environment
reDuce maintenance coStS
Specifically engineered for high-traffic, high-cycle environments like fire stations and EMS facilities
Assured operation without expensive ongoing maintenance for reliability during critical events
Built to last millions of opening cycles with day-in and day-out use Patente D SPiral®
tecHnology
Our Spiral Series doors offer a unique
spiral track design that ensures no
metal-to-metal contact for ultra-quiet
operation. This also guards against
wear and tear on the aluminum panel,
resulting in minimal maintenance,
preserved aesthetics and longer life.

Safety focuSeD
Rytec high-performance doors offer a
full array of safety features to provide
safeguards and assure operational
standards.
• Advanced³ Light Curtain System
• Pathwatch® & Pathwatch® II
Safety Light Systems
• Dual thru-beam photo eyes
• Ry-Wi® Wireless System
Performance
unDer control
Our next generation System 4 ®
and MS4 Remote door controllers
provide greater functionality
and unprecedented efficiency.

Featuring smart technology, easy
installation and a standard NEMA
4x rated enclosure.
tHe rytec Difference
►
►
►
e
...

I
►
►
-~ OJI ►
• IIJ ►
►
Quality . Performance . reliability .

Rytec doors offer our customers the highest value and day in, day out performance — and are supported by the knowledge and expertise of dedicated employees, authorized dealers and trained installers across North America. With over 100,000 doors in operation — many with millions of operating cycles — our doors provide energy savings, safety and security and require only minimal maintenance.

North America's Leading Independent
High Performance Door Manufacturer
Specifications subject to change
© 2019 Rytec Corporation LIT050119
RytecDoors.com
888-GO-RYTEC
[email protected]
P: 262.677.9046 F: 262.677.2058
One Cedar Parkway, PO Box 403
Jackson, WI 53037-0403
American Owned, American Made
Watch All Rytec Testimonialstm l1 il ◄

ALUMINUM

DOOR SYSTEMS

ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORS
511 /521/522

INDUSTRY LEADING

COMMERCIAL & INDUSTRIAL SOLUTIONS
VISUAL ACCESS.

LIGHT INFILTRATION.

CONTEMPORARY LOOK.

MUSEUM
Model 521, Clear anodized finish with Clear glass
4 ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORS

ALUMINUM DOOR SYSTEMS
MODELS 511/521/522 offer an attractive solution for
commercial and industrial applications where visual access, light infiltration and aesthetics are key design considerations.

ALUMINUM DOOR SYSTEMS
5 MODELS 511/521/522
Model 511, Clear Anodized finish with
Clear glass
Specialty Glass
• Laminated White – privacy
• Low E Glass** – thermal efficiency
• Tempered Glass – enhanced safety
• Tinted Glass** – color options:

Green, Gray, Br
onze

Glass alternatives
• Clear Lexan® Polycarbonate** – shatter resistant
• Multi Wall Polycarbonate – superior strength with UV protection; color options: Clear, White, Br
onze
• Plexiglas® Acrylic** – shatter resistant
• Impact Clear and Frosted Polycarbonate - 0.2
50" minimum
** Insulated options available.

Impact Frosted
Polycarbonate
Double Strength
DSB** (Standard)
Obscure Satin Etched Gray Tint Green Tint Bronze Tint
Actual glass may vary from brochure photos due to fluctuations in the printing process.

Check with your Overhead Door™ Distributor to view a glass sample.

Glass options for Models 511/521
Standard features at a glance
Panel thickness 1 ¾" (45 mm)
Maximum standard height 16'1" (4902 mm)
Maximum standard width 16'2" (6147 mm)
Material 6063-T6 aluminum
Standard finish 204R-1 clear anodized
Center stile width 21/32" (17 mm)
End stile width 2 ¾" (70 mm)
Top rail width 2 3/8" (60 mm) or 3¾" (95 mm)
Top intermediate rail width ¾" (19 mm)
Bottom intermediate rail width 5/8" (16 mm)
Bottom rail width 2 3/8" (60 mm) or 3 ¾" (95 mm) or 4 ½" (114 mm) Weatherseals Bottom, flexible PVC
Standard springs 10,000 cycle
Track 2" (51 mm)
Mounting Angle
Operation Manual pull rope
Hinges and fixtures Galvanized steel
Lock Galvanized, interior-mounted single unit
Warranty 1-Year Limited; 3-Year Limited powder coat finish 7 Options
MODEL 511
Panel layout Section stack
Door width Number of panels Door height Number of sections to 11’11 ” (3632 mm) 3 to 8’6 ” (2591 mm) 4
12’
0” to 14’11 ” (3658 mm to 4547 mm) 4 8’7” to 10’1 ” (2616 mm to 3073 mm) 5 15’0” to 16’2” (4572 mm to 4928 mm) 5 10’2” to 12’1 ” (3099 mm to 3683 mm) 6 12’2” to 14’1 ” (3708 mm to 4293 mm) 7
14’2” to 16’1” (4318 mm to 4902 mm) 8
Glazing options*:
1⁄8" (3 mm) DSB;
1⁄8" (3 mm) or 1⁄4" (6 mm) acrylic;
1⁄8" (3 mm) or 1⁄4" (6 mm) tempered;
1⁄8" (3 mm) or 1⁄4" (6 mm) clear polycarbonate;
1/4" (6mm) and 3/8" twin-wall polycarbonate, 5/8"
triple-wall polycarbonate;
1/4" (6 mm) 3/8" (10 mm) and 5/8" (16 mm) twin-wall
polycarbonate, triple-wall polycarbonate 1⁄4" (6 mm)
wire glass;
1⁄2" (12 mm) insulated glass
Electric operator or chain hoist
Bottom sensing edge
3" track
Bracket mounting (not available on full vertical door
tracks)
Higher-cycle springs in 25k, 50k, 75k, 100k cycles
Chain hoist
Posi-tension drums
Actual door colors may vary from brochure photos due to fluctuations in the printing process. Always request a color sample from your Overhead Door™ Distributor for accurate color matching.

Powder coat finishes
Select from approximately 200 RAL powder coat color options to best match your home.

Anodized finishes
Clear (standard) Light Bronze Medium Bronze Dark Bronze

Structure options
*Contact your local Overhead Door™ Distributor for special glazing requirements. Verify 1/4” (6 mm) glass applications with factory. overheaddoor.com
111111111 I
I
ALUMINUM DOOR SYSTEMS MODEL 521
is perfect for environments where maximum light infiltration and/or visual access is required. Designed to fit openings up to 26’2” (7976 mm) wide and 20’1” (6121 mm) high, the 521 Model features a wide, 2 11/16” (68 mm) center stile, a 2 3/8” (60 mm) or 3 3/4” (95 mm) top rail, and 3 3/4” (95 mm) or 4 1/2” (114 mm) bottom rail. A variety of glazing choices, finishes and special options are available. 8 Model 521, powder coat black finish and Clear glass.

ALUMINUM DOOR SYSTEMS MODEL 521 ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORS *R-value: Overhead Door Corporation uses a calculated door section R-value for our insulated doors.

Optional polyurethane insulation for stiles and rails up to 18'2" wide Polyurethane filled rails and stiles
1/2" insulated glazing unit Door R-value (K m²/W)
DSB- clear, tempered, obscure 2.87
Clear polycarbonate 2.93
DSB - Solar Bronze 3.17
DSB - Low E coating 3.43
SolarBan 70XL argon filled 4.09
Multi-wall polycarbonate Door R-value (K m²/W)
1/4" thick unit 2.75
3/8" thick unit 3.21
5/8" thick unit 3.48
Insulated panels Door R-value (K m²/W)
3/8" EPS solid panels 2.60
1-----
Standard features at a glance
Section thickness 1 ¾" (45 mm)
Maximum standard height 20'1" (6121 mm)
Maximum standard width 26'2" (7976 mm)
Material Extruded 6061-T6 aluminum
Standard finish 204R-1 clear anodized (painted white at no charge) Center stile width 2 11/16" (68 mm)
End stile width 3 5/16" (85 mm)
Top rail width 2 3/8" (60 mm) or 3 ¾" (95 mm)
Top intermediate rail width 2 1/8" (54 mm)
Bottom intermediate rail width1 19/32" (40 mm)
Bottom rail width 3 ¾" (95 mm) or 4 ½" (114 mm)
Weatherseals Bottom, flexible PVC
Standard springs 10,000 cycle
Track 2" (51 mm)
Mounting Angle
Operation Manual pull rope
Hinges and fixtures Galvanized steel
Lock Galvanized, interior-mounted single unit
Warranty 1-Year Limited; 3-Year Limited on powder coat finish 9 MODEL 521
Actual door colors may vary from brochure photos due to fluctuations in the printing process. Always request a color sample from your Overhead Door™ Distributor for accurate color matching.

Powder coat finishes
Select from approximately 200 RAL
powder coat color options to best
match your home.

Anodized finishes
Clear (standard) Light Bronze Medium Bronze Dark Bronze

Knotty Pine Cherry Cherry with Flame Dark Walnut

Wood grain powder coat finishes*
Structure options
Options
Glazing options†: 1⁄8" (3 mm) DSB;
1⁄8" (3 mm) or 1⁄4"
(6 mm) acrylic; 1⁄8" (3 mm) or 1⁄4" (6 mm) tempered;
1⁄8" (3 mm) or 1⁄4" (6 mm) clear polycarbonate;
1/4" (6mm) and 3/8" twin-wall polycarbonate, 5/8" triple- wall polycarbonate;
1/4" (6 mm) 3/8" (10 mm) and 5/8" (16 mm) twin-wall
polycarbonate, triple-wall polycarbonate 1⁄4" (6 mm) wire glass; 1⁄2" (12 mm) insulated glass
Electric operator or chain hoist
Bottom sensing edge
3" track
Bracket mounting (not available on full vertical door tracks) Higher-cycle springs in 25k, 50k, 75k, 100k cycles
Exhaust ports
Four-section pass door
Wind load and impact rated door available
Posi-tension drums
Bronze anodization
Powder coat finish
Pass door
†Contact your local Overhead Door™ Distributor for special glazing requirements.

Verify 1/4” (6 mm) glass applications with factory.

Panel layout Section stack
Door width Number of panels Door height Number of sections to 9’2” (to 2794 mm) 2 or 3 (standard) to 8’6 ” (2591 mm) 4 9’3” to 12’2” (2819 mm to 3708 mm) 3 8’7” to 10’1 ” (2616 mm to 3073 mm) 5 12’3” to 16’2” (3734 mm to 4953 mm) 4 10’2
” to 12’1 ” (3099 mm to 3683 mm) 6
16’3” to 18’2” (4978 mm to 5537 mm) 4 or 5 (standard) 12’2” to 14’1 ” (3708 mm to 4293 mm) 7 18'3" to 19'2" (5562 mm to 5842 mm) 5 14’2” to 16’1” (4318 mm to 4902 mm) 8 19’3” to 20’11” (5867 mm to 6375 mm) 6** 16’2” to 18’1” (4928 mm to 5512 mm) 9 21’0” to 23’11” (6401 mm to 7290 mm) 8** 18’2” to 20’1” (5537 mm to 6121 mm) 10 24’0” to 26’2” (7315 mm to 7976 mm) 10** **Special construction. Consult your local Overhead™ Door Distributor for additional information. overheaddoor.com
*Wood grain availability dependent upon location.

I II I 11 11 11 I 111111111 I
Track detail
8 2” (51 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Door height Centerline of shaft Minimum headroom
Thru 12’0” (3658 mm) O.H. + L.C. + 5 5/8” (143 mm) L.C.+ 8 3/4” (222 mm) Thru 16’0” (4877 mm) O.H. + L.C. + 5 5/8” (143 mm) L.C.+ 11 1/4” (286 mm) 3” (76 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Thru 22’0” (6706 mm) O.H. + L.C. + 6 5/8” (168 mm) L.C.+ 11 1/2” (292 mm) Thru 32’0” (9754 mm) O.H. + L.C. + 6 5/8” (168 mm) L.C.+ 12 1/4” (311 mm) Lift clearance track Standard
Any of the following track configurations can be selected for 511, 521 and 522 Aluminum door models.

O.H.=Opening height L.C.=Lift clearance D.H.=Door height Standard lift track
Low headroom track Springs to front Low headroom track Springs to rear Full vertical track
2” (51 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Door height Centerline of shaft Minimum headroom
Thru 12’0” (3658 mm) O.H. + 11 5/8” (295 mm) 14 1/4” (362 mm) Thru 16’0” (4877 mm) O.H. + 12 5/8” (321 mm) 20 1/2” (521 mm) 3” (76 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Thru 18’0” (5486 mm) O.H. + 14 5/8” (372 mm) 18” (457 mm) Thru 32’0” (9754 mm) O.H. + 16 7/8” (429 mm) 21 1/2” (546 mm) 2” (51 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Door height Centerline of shaft Minimum headroom
Thru 12’0” (3658 mm) D.H. + 8” (203 mm) 11 3/4” (299 mm) Thru 16’0” (4877 mm) D.H. + 8” (203 mm) 12 1/2” (318 mm) 3” (76 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Thru 12’0” (3658 mm) D.H. + 9” (229 mm) 13” (330 mm)
Thru 32’0” (5486 mm) D.H. + 9” (229 mm) 13 3/4” (349 mm) 2” (51 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Door height Centerline of shaft Minimum headroom
Thru 11’0” (3353 mm) O.H. + O.H. + 3/8” (10 mm) O.H. + 10 1/4” (260 mm) Thru 16’0” (4877 mm) O.H. + O.H. + 3/8” (10 mm) O.H. + 10 1/4” (260 mm) 3” (76 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Thru 18’0” (5486 mm) O.H. + O.H. + 3/8” (10 mm) O.H. + 10 1/4” (260 mm) 2” (51 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Door height Centerline of shaft Minimum headroom
Thru 12’0” (3658 mm) O.H. + 2” (51 mm) 7 1/2” (191 mm)
Thru 16’0” (4866 mm) O.H. 2” (51 mm) 8” (203 mm)
3” (76 mm) Track [15” (381 mm) radius]
Thru 18’0” (5486 mm) O.H. 6 3/4” (171 mm) 9 3/4” (248 mm) 12 ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORSALUMINUM DOOR SYSTEMS
Horizontal Track Assembly
Headplate
Vertical Track Assembly
Jamb Brackets
Horizontal
Track
Support
Horizontal Track
Assembly
Vertical Track Assembly
Jamb Brackets
1--1
6 l
l a
m
]
·1.-➔1/i,...'-''-'-H'-'••••,.;,,..-1,
0 ~
l
_I
~
Breakaway TrackAssemb~
VerticalTrack Assembly
0 -~
E
0 l a
m
]
ll-_Jamb-Brac-kets _ ___,_
Horizontal
Track
Support
,:~rway
Assembly .;
~
0 'la
Vertical Track ~
UL: i
Vertical TrackAssemb~
Jamb Brackell!
Horizontal
Track Support
13 Framing and pad detail
Framing and pad details for common installation of Aluminum doors in steel, wood, concrete and masonry jambs are provided here. If you require additional information or have special project requirements, refer to the Architectural Design Manual, (www.overheaddoor.com/ADM/base.html) or consult with the Applications Engineering Group or your local Overhead Door
™ Distributor.
2" (51 mm) track
3” (76 mm) track
Steel jambs
2” (51 mm) track
3” (76 mm) track
Wood jambs
2” (51 mm) track
3” (76 mm) track
Concrete/masonry jambs
Minimum required sideroom
Track type 2” Track (51 mm) 3” Track (76 mm)
Standard lift 4 1/2” (114 mm) 6 1/2” (165 mm)
Low headroom 9” (229 mm) 10” (254 mm)
Lift clearance 4 1/2” (114 mm) 6 1/2” (165 mm)
Full vertical 4 1/2” (114 mm) 6 1/2” (165 mm)
Minimum required sideroom
Track type 2” Track (51 mm) 3” Track (76 mm)
Standard lift 3 1/2” (89 mm) 5 1/2” (140 mm)
Low headroom 8” (203 mm) 9” (229 mm)
Lift clearance 3 1/2” (89 mm) 5 1/2” (140 mm)
Full vertical 3 1/2” (89 mm) 5 1/2” (140 mm)
Minimum required sideroom
Track type 2” Track (51 mm) 3” Track (76 mm)
Standard lift 4 1/2” (114 mm) 6 1/2” (165 mm)
Low headroom 9” (229 mm) 10” (254 mm)
Lift clearance 4 1/2” (114 mm) 5 1/2” (140 mm)
Full vertical 4 1/2” (114 mm) 5 1/2” (140 mm)

MODELS 511/521/522
overheaddoor.com
Centerline
of Shaft
8' 8" 8' ~~-~ / Pad Location*~
7 7
Header
Centerline of Door
Square and Plumb
_;/
Steel Jamb
• Pad Location for additional shaft support brackets
for doors over 18'3' wide
E
0 e
11 :,::
j
"'
!
Req'd Sideroom Opening Width Sideroom x2
Req'd Sideroom Opening Width Sideroom x 2
Centerline
of Shaft
6' Wx8" H
Steel Pad for
Spring Anchor
Bracket Mounting
;.,
Opening Width
..

Centerline of Door
0 Squ re and Plumb
~
All bolt heads countersunk
flush w~h lace of jambs
(for wood jambs only)
Wood Jamb
• Pad Location for additional shaft support brackets
fordoorsover18'3" wide
Req'd Sideroom Opening Width Sideroom x2
i
.1,
-~ :,::
g,
!
Req'd Sideroom Opening Width Sideroom x2
2"x6"x12"
Wood Pad for
Spring Anchor
Bracket Mounting
0 pening Wid h It
ine Centerl
of Shaft
Shaft support
brackets mounted - ~ 7 to concrete/masonry
l
) ~Header
Centerline of Door
Square and Plumb
-~ 1
~Concrete/Masonry Jamb
Req'd Sideroom Opening Width Sideroom x2
Req'd Sideroom Opening Width Sideroomx2
Operator control options
• Push-button, key or combination stations;
surface- or flush-mounted for interior and/or
exterior locations
• Vehicle detectors, key card r
eader, photocell
and door timer controls
• Treadle or pull switch stations
•
Telephone entry and coded keyboard stations
•
Universal programmable door timer
• Radio control systems (24 VAC or 120 V
AC)
• Explosion and dust ignition-proof systems
Electric operator selection guideHorsepower/
Newtons
Max. height of
door
Max. weight of
door
Super Belt™/
Polybelt
Worm gear
Adjustable
clutch
Totally enclosed
Continuous duty
Explosion proof
Mounting type
RHX
®

1/2 HP ,
3/4 HP
1 HP ,
3 HP
24’
(7315
mm)
3696
lbs
(1676
kg)
• • • • T, S,
C
RSX
®

1/2 HP ,
3/4 HP
1 HP
24’
(7315
mm)
1620
(735
kg)
• • • • T, S,
C
RMX
®

1/2 HP 14’
(4267
mm)
620
(281
kg)
• T, S
Mounting options:

T=Trolley
S=Side mount C= Center mount
Safety recommendations
We strongly recommend the use of a primary safety
device as defined by UL325 2010. A primary safety
device can be approved monitored photo-eyes or an
approved monitored sensing edge. If a primary safety
device is not installed, a constant contact control
switch must be used to close the door. Contact your
Overhead Door
™ Distributor for more information.
14 ALUMINUM DOOR SYSTEMS
Electric operators
Model RMX®
Model RMX® is our most
advanced medium-duty
operator. It is designed for
quicker installation and
hassle-free operation and
operates doors up to 14'
(4267 mm) in height and
620 pounds (282 kg). It is
available as a trolley-type or
side-mounted unit.

Model RHX®
Model RHX® is a heavy
duty commercial
operator designed to
operate doors up to 24'
(7315 mm) in height and
3696 pounds (1676 kg).

Available as either a trolley,
sidemount or centermount.

Model RSX
®
Model RSX® is a standard
duty commercial operator
designed to operate doors
up to 24' (7315 mm) in height
and 1620 pounds (735 kg).

It offers unique features like
LimitLock
®, SuperBelt™ and
16 digit menu setup.

We offer a broad line of electric operators to suit new construction and retrofit applications, as well as unusual or special requirements. In order to improve safety and enhance door and motor life, industry quality assurance guidelines recommend the choice of a single manufacturer for both door and operator applications.

We are one of the only national manufacturers to offer a full line of commercial and industrial doors and operators specifically designed for integral applications.

ALUMINUM SECTIONAL DOORS
15 Mounting details

Trolley-type (Drawbar)
RMX
®
, RSX
®
,RHX
®
Trolley-type (Drawbar) operators
feature a power unit mounted
between, above and to the rear of
the horizontal tracks. The drawbar
drive provides positive control of
the door at all times, making this
operator the preferred choice
whenever possible. Maximum
door width is 20' per drawbar.

Door width over 20' requires dual
drawbar installation. Available on
Models RMX
®
, RSX
®
and RHX
®
.

Side mount type (Jackshaft)
RMX
®
, RSX
®
, RHX
®
Side-mounted (Jackshaft) RMX®,
RSX®, and RHX® operators feature
a power unit mounted on the
inside front wall and connected
to the crosshead shaft, with an
adjustable coupling or drive chain
and sprockets.

Center mount type/Jackshaft
RSX
®
, RHX
®
Center-mounted (Jackshaft)
operators feature a power unit on
the front wall above the door
opening. No additional backroom
is required. Available on models
RSX
® and RHX®.

Depth requirements - “A” dimension (backroom)
RMX
®
Door height +4’ 0” (1219 mm)
RSX
®
Door height +4’ 0” (1219 mm)
RHX
®
Door height +4’ 10” (1219 mm)
“A” dimension - minimum (sideroom)
2” track (51 mm) 3” track (76 mm)
RMX® 18 1/2” (470 mm) 19 1/2” (495 mm)
RSX® 21” (533 mm) 22” (559 mm)
RHX® 21” (533 mm) 22” (559 mm)
Minimum headroom requirements
RSX® Track requirements +14” (356 mm)
RHX® Track requirements +23 5/8” (600 mm)
MODELS 511/521/522
overheaddoor.com
Minimum headroom requirements
RMX
®
Track requirements +4 1/2” (114 mm)
RSX
®
Track requirements +5” (127 mm)
RHX
®
Track requirements +5” (127 mm)
Top of Opening
Door
Centerline of Shaft
Edge of Opening
Track---~
l-A
Centerline of Door -I---~
Edge of Opening--~
Track
10 0 S E RI ES

THE SMART

ALTERNATIVE TO VINYL
2 *When 100 Series products were tested against five leading competitors’ painted vinyl window products.

FIBREX
®

MATERIAL

THAN VINYL

STRONGER
2X 15 0

WITHSTANDS

TEMPERATURES
FIBREX
®

MATERIAL

THAN PAINTED VINYL

THICKERFINISH
12 X
FIBREX
®

MATERIAL
*

A BETTER CHOICE FOR YOUR HOME
Whether you’re replacing, remodeling or building new, Andersen ® 100 Series windows and patio doors offer many advantages over vinyl. They offer superior strength and performance because they’re made of innovative Fibrex ® composite material, which is 2X stronger and more durable than vinyl. They’re also available in a variety of rich dark colors with finishes that are made to last and they’re designed to retain their stability and rigidity in all climates. Plus, 100 Series windows and doors are environmentally responsible and energy efficient, making them a better choice for your home. - •
-
3 *Visit andersenwindows.com/warranty for details.
**When 100 Series products were tested against five leading competitors’ painted vinyl window products. 100 Series sash corner seam
Vinyl sash corner seam
®

STRENGTH & PERFORMANCE
Fibrex ® material is 2X stronger than
vinyl and it retains its stability and
rigidity in all climates so weathertight
seals stay weathertight.
100 Series products can withstand
temperatures up to 150°F , even in dark
colors, meaning they won’t warp due to
sun exposure.

ENERGY EFFICIENT
Our weather-resistant construction seals
out drafts, wind and water so well, you
can relax in comfort whatever the weather.

Plus, Fibrex material blocks thermal
transfer nearly 700 times better than
aluminum to help reduce heating
and cooling bills.

TRANSFERABLE LIMITED WARRANTY
Most other window and door warranties end when a home is sold, but our coverage — 20 years on glass, 10 years on non-glass parts — transfers from each homeowner to the next.

And, because it’s not prorated, the coverage offers full benefits, year after year, owner after owner. * So it can add real value when you decide to sell your home.

ADVANCED CRAFTSMANSHIP
100 Series products feature virtually
seamless corners for a cleaner, more
contemporary look.

ENVIRONMENTALLY RESPONSIBLE
Our exclusive Andersen ® Fibrex composite
material is composed of 40% reclaimed
wood fiber by weight , most of which
is reclaimed from the manufacturing
of Andersen wood windows.

COLORS THAT LAST
Durable, factory-finished interiors
and exteriors feature a premium matte
finish that isn’t shiny like vinyl plus they
never need painting and won’t fade,
flake, blister or peel .
*
On 100 Series products, the finish is
12X thicker than that of painted vinyl
windows
** resulting in superior scratch
resistance so they’ll look beautiful for
years to come.

See how Andersen
created Fibrex material at
andersenwindows.com/fibrex
OWNER20WNER
LIMITED WARRAtolTY
5 *Products with dark bronze, black and Sandtone interiors have matching exteriors.

Printing limitations prevent exact replication of colors and finishes. See your Andersen supplier for actual color and finish samples.

White Sandtone Terratone
Dark Bronze Black
White Sandtone
*
Dark Bronze
*
Black
*
Exterior Interior
Antique Brass | Bright Brass
Black | Satin Nickel
Lock automatically engages when window is closed.

Hardware color matches the window's interior. Shown in white.

TULSASTANDARD

STANDARD FOLDING

OPTIONAL AFTON
Interior handle
matches interior
door color.

Shown in white.

OPTIONAL SLIM LINE METAL HARDWARE
Folding handle avoids interference with window treatments.

Casement & Awning
Exterior Interior
Exterior handle
matches exterior
door color. Shown
in dark bronze.

Single-Hung & Gliding Patio Doors

HARDWARE OPTIONS

COLOR OPTIONS
100 Series windows and patio doors come in five exterior colors, including dark bronze and black — colors that are darker and richer than those of most vinyl windows. They also feature a premium matte finish inside for an attractive appearance.

EXTERIOR COLORS INTERIOR COLORS
Gliding patio doors features a multi-point locking systems for enhanced security. Optional auxiliary foot lock is available to secure the gliding panel and provides an extra measure of security when the door is in a locked position. Exterior keyed lock also available.

Bold names denotes finish shown.
i i
6 *TruScene insect screens let in over 25% more fresh air than standard Andersen fiberglass insect screens.

Stainless Steel
Center of glass performance only. Ratings based on glass options as of May 2021. Visit andersenwindows.com/energystar for ENERGY STAR ® map and NFRC total unit performance data.

ENERGY LIGHT
How well a product blocks
heat caused by sunlight.

Visible Light
Transmittance
How much visible light comes
through a product.

UV Protection
How well a product
blocks ultraviolet rays.GLASS
How well a product prevents
heat from escaping.

Solar Heat
Gain CoefficientU-Factor
Clear Dual-Pane lmmm mmmm llll mmmmHigh visibility with basic thermal performance. lllm llll lmmm lllmSun Outstanding thermal control in southern climates where less solar heat gain is desired.

Low-E
with HeatLock Coating
SmartSun
with HeatLock ® Coating
Applied to the room-side surface, it reflects heat
back into the home and improves U-Factor values. lllm lllm llmm lllm Low-E lllm lllm lllm lllmOutstanding overall performance for climates where both heating and cooling costs are a concern.
lllm llll llmm llll
Applied to the room-side surface, it reflects heat
back into the home and improves U-Factor values.
lllm llll llmm llllSmartSun ™ Thermal control similar to tinted glass, with visible light transmittance similar to Low-E glass.

GLASS OPTIONS
Andersen has the glass you need to get the performance you want with options for every climate, project and customer.

Check with your Andersen supplier for the selections that meet ENERGY STAR ® requirements in your area.

INSECT SCREEN OPTIONS
Insect screens for windows and patio doors have a fiberglass screen mesh. Optional TruScene ® insect screens for windows are made with a micro-fine stainless steel mesh, providing 50% more clarity and letting in 25% more fresh air
* than our conventional insect screens.

Gliding insect screens are
available for two-panel doors.

Insect screens are available
for all venting windows.

Obscure
Fern
Reed
Cascade

ADDITIONAL GLASS OPTIONS
Tempered safety glass, standard on patio doors. Sound reducing glass options are also available.

Patterned glass lets in light while obscuring vision and adds a unique, decorative touch.

For more details on glass options, visit
andersenwindows.com/ glass .

Cascade and Reed patterns can be ordered with either a vertical or horizontal orientation.

Satin Etch

GLASS SPACER OPTIONS
Choose from stainless steel or black glass spacers
to create a customized look.

Black
•
•
• •
*Visit andersenwindows.com/warranty for details.

All trademarks where denoted are marks of their respective owners. ©2021 Andersen Corporation. All rights reserved. 07 /21 Part #9122169 Andersen makes windows and doors with
options that make them ENERGY STAR ®
v. 6.0 certified throughout the U.S.

Andersen is a charter member of the U.S. Green
Building Council and a strong supporter of its LEED
®
(Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design)
National Green Building Standard rating system.

THE ENVIRONMENT HAS A BUSINESS PARTNER
Respect for the environment is nothing new at Andersen. For more than a century, it’s been part of who we are. Our commitment to recycle and reclaim materials began simply because it was good business. Now it’s part of our broader commitment to sustainability and responsible stewardship of all our resources. Andersen is committed to providing you with long-lasting, * energy-efficient windows and doors. Visit andersenwindows.com/ sustainability for more information.

ANDERSEN.

WINDOWI ol. DOOll

- - ,. .
■ ■ ■ ■
■ ■ ■ ■ I I O I
. .
■ ■ ■ ■

BUILDING FACADE BY ALUCOBOND®
Created: 11/22/2021
Type of Facade: Triangle 4
Surface: Carb Red
Scan QR-Code
or click HERE
to open this
facade in
Facademaker.

Your contact person: Please call/email for your Sales Rep information Alucobond USA: E: [email protected]

The facademaker tool is meant to be an inspirational aid to the design community. The facades created within it are for conceptual purposes. Our sales and technical staff are available to provide guidance on any questions you have about ALUCOBOND PLUS.
3A Composites USA Inc 721 Jetton St, Ste 325
Davidson, NC, 28036
800-626-3365
[email protected]
ALUCOBOND®

FACADE MAKER
■
'.. . . . . .
+ ..
[!] 'LL • •

COMPOSITES
ALUCOBOND® is a registered trademark of 3A Composites USA Inc. © 2020 3A Composites USA. All Rights Reserved.

PRODUCT DESCRIPTION TECHNICAL SUMMARY
As the original “aluminum composite material,” ALUCOBOND PLUS consists of two sheets of smooth .020” aluminum thermo- bonded to a solid, fire retardant core and has been developed exclusively to allow architects and designers to meet today’s fire performance requirements set by the International Building Code (IBC) while using ACM as the material of choice. Proven product properties and benefits of ALUCOBOND PLUS include:
• Flatness & Rigidity • Formability
• Durability • Ease of fabrication
• Ability to be perforated • Wide range of colors & finishes The versatile characteristics of ALUCOBOND PLUS provide for a plethora of applications such as exterior and interior cladding, column covers, canopies, soffits and even signage, allowing architects to offer inspiring, creative, and innovative designs while meeting the standards of sustainable planning.

ALUCOBOND PLUS is available in all of our current finishes and custom colors.

To download PDF or AutoCAD details and specifications, visit our website at www.alucobondusa.com Information contained herein, or related to, is intended for use at one’s own discretion. Such information is believed to be reliable, but 3A Composites shall have no responsibility or liability for results obtained or damages resulting from such use. 3A Composites USA, Inc. does not make any warranties, expressed or implied.

MATERIAL COMPOSITION
- Aluminum interior and exterior facings in 0.020” nominal thickness - 4mm total nominal thickness, including proprietary fire retardant core

SHEET WIDTHS
- Standard coil-coated width of 62”
*
*Some finishes are stocked in 40”, 49.2” or 50”. Please refer to stock material list
- Custom widths of 40” and 50” available on request

SHEET LENGTHS
- Standard coil-coated length of 196”
- Reflect Mirror is offered in 146”
- Custom lengths for coil coating: maximum 400”
- Custom lengths for anodized: maximum 216”

MINIMUM BENDING RADIUS
- The minimum bending radius of ALUCOBOND PLUS without
routing the interior skin is 15 times the thickness
- 4mm x 15 = 60mm (2.36”)

MANUFACTURING
- ALUCOBOND PLUS is made in Benton, Kentucky USA

TEMPERATURE RESISTANCE
- Withstands environmental temperature changes from -55 o
F to +180
o
F
- Coefficient of linear expansion is governed by the aluminum sheet

TECHNICAL PROPERTIES
- Nominal thickness: 4mm
- Nominal weight: 1.56 lb/ft2
- Moment of intertia: .000212 in4/in
- Section of modulus: .00275 in3/in
- Rigidity: 2143 lb-in2/in

SUSTAINABILITY DESIGN
- LEED 3
- LEED v4/4.1
- LCA Industry Standard
- EPD Industry Standard

ACCEPTED EVALUATION REPORTS
- ICC-ES: 1185
- Florida Product Approval: FL29842
- Miami Dade County NOA: 15-0923.03
- Los Angeles Research Report: 24868
- Underwriters Laboratory: 19980

WALL ASSEMBLY FIRE TESTING
- CAN/ULC S134**
- NFPA 285**

TECHNICAL DATA SHEET
ALUCOBONDUSA.COM / 800.626.3365
ALUCOBOND® PLUS

GIVING SHAPE TO GREAT IDEAS

COMPOSITES
ALUCOBOND® is a registered trademark of 3A Composites USA Inc. © 2020 3A Composites USA. All Rights Reserved.

ALUCOBONDUSA.COM / 800.626.3365
Engineering Properties for
ALUCOBOND PLUS Material
Standard Test Method*
ASTM C-365
ASTM C-393
ASTM C-393
ASTM D-790
ASTM D-790
ASTM D-790
ASTM D-790
ASTM D-790
ASTM D-790
ASTM D-638
ASTM D-638
ASTM D-638
ASTM D-638
ASTM D-732
ASTM D-732
ASTM C-518
ASTM C-518
ASTM C-518
ASTM D-648
ASTM D-648
ASTM C-273
ASTM C-297
ASTM D-1781
ASTM E-90
ASTM E-90
ASTM C-272
ASTM D-696
ASTM D-635
ASTM D-1929
ASTM D-1929
ASTM E-84
ASTM E-84
CAN/ULC-S102
CAN/ULC-S102
CAN/ULC-S134
NFPA 285
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Mechanical
Thermal
Thermal
Thermal
Thermal
Thermal
Bond Integrity
Bond Integrity
Bond Integrity
Acoustical
Acoustical
Physical
Physical
Fire Performance
Fire Performance
Fire Performance
Fire Performance
Fire Performance
Fire Performance
Fire Performance
Fire Performance
Fire Performance
9291 psi
24,720 psi
22,732 psi
1891 ksi
18,573 psi
1815 ksi
17,703 psi
6667 psi
6930 psi
2930 ksi
7750 psi
6570 psi

14.2%
2198 lbs.
4615 psi
U=6.5 Btu/hr ft
2 o
F
R=0.16

6.25 185
o
F
189
o
F
765 psi
1016 psi
> 22.5 in-lb/in
30 24

0.003%

1.11x10
-5 in/in
o
F
Classified CC1
783
o
F
784
o
F
< 25
< 100
< 25
< 100
Meets Criteria**
Meets Criteria**
Flatwise Compression Strength (Ultimate)
Core Shear Properties (Perpendicular) Ultimate Facing Bending Stress Core Shear Properties (Parallel) Ultimate Facing Bending Stress Flexural Modulus (Perpendicular)
Ultimate Flexural (Perpendicular)
Flexural Modulus (Parallel)
Ultimate Flexural (Parallel)
Yield Flexural Stress (Perpendicular)
Yield Flexural Stress (Parallel)
Modulus of Elasticity (Perpendicular)
Tensile Strength (Perpendicular)
Tensile Yield at 0.2% Offset (Perpendicular)
Elongation (Perpendicular)
Punching Shear (Maximum Shear Load)
Punching Shear (Shear Strength)
Thermal Conductivity
Thermal Resistance
Thermal Conductance
Deflection Temperature - Perpendicular
Deflection Temperature - Parallel
Shear Test in Flatwise Plane (Ultimate Core Shear Strength) Tensile Bond Strength Test in Flatwise Plane (Ultimate) Bond Integrity
Sound Transmission (STC)
Sound Transmission (OITC)
Water Absorption
Coefficient of Linear Thermal Expansion
Rate of Burning
Ignition Temperature - Self
Ignition Temperature - Flash
Surface Burning Characteristics (Flame Spread)
Surface Burning Characteristics (Smoke Development)
Surface Burning Characteristics (Flame Spread)
Surface Burning Characteristics (Smoke Development)
Flame Spread of Exterior Wall Assemblies
Flame Spread of Exterior Wall Assemblies
Description Category 4mm
*The ASTM (American Society for Testing & Materials) Standard Test Method defines the way a test is performed and the precision of the result.

The result of the test is then used to assess compliance with a standard specification. ** Results based upon tests made with ALUCOBOND PLUS panels in specific wall assemblies. For more information about assemblies that have been tested, please contact technical support: [email protected] TECHNICAL DATA SHEETALUCOBOND® PLUS

GIVING SHAPE TO GREAT IDEAS

COMPOSITES
Arch.: Delugan Meissl Associated Architects, Vienna, Austria :E0UIT0NE
Fibre cement facade materials
.

I I I I
EQUITONE fiber cement
facade materials
When Ludwig Hatschek invented fiber cement in the late 19th century, he combined the basic elements of the earth: mineral materials, water, air and fire (heat) in a simple filtration process. He named the resulting material ¨Eternit¨, hinting at the superior durability of this new material. Our mother company, Etex, has been manufacturing fiber cement materials since 1905. The most prestigious incarnation in this proud heritage of unique materials is the EQUITONE® facade material range.

The Hatschek production process makes each EQUITONE facade panel unique with an individual fiber cement texture. Most EQUITONE facade materials are through-colored with a raw, unfinished character.

In the 1950s leading architects such as Walter Gropius pioneered the use of coated fiber cement panels using the ventilated facade (rainscreen) system. Designer Willy Guhl created the famous “loop chair” from 1 piece of fiber cement in 1954. This design still bears witness to the core qualities of the fiber cement base material: thin, light, durable and beautiful. In 1987 , Herzog & De Meuron designed the Ricola storage building in Laufen using uncoated fiber cement panels. The resulting shutter facade, which is a reference to the cardboard boxes inside, inspired our company to start the industrial development of raw, untreated fiber cement materials.

Today EQUITONE has a full range of through-colored, untreated fiber cement materials.

Leading architects of our time are exploring and transforming the EQUITONE material in remarkable facade designs.

Arch.: Jo Coenen, Amsterdam, Netherlands
P W 141 PG243
P W841 PG843
PG542
PG642
PG641 PG544 PG442 PG7 42
PG241 PA041
PA944
PG342
PG341PG443
PG444
PG844
PG546
PG545
Thickness Sheet Size Nominal Weight
8mmmm 4’ x 8’ (1 250 x 2500mm)
4’ x 10’ (1 250 x 3100mm)

3.15lb/ft2
1 2mm 4’ x 8’ (1 250 x 2500mm)
4’ x 10’ (1 250 x 3100mm)

4.67lb/ft
2 Color
EQUITONE [pictura] offers a selection of contemporary color coatings.

Matte Surface
Smooth and ultra-matte finish for high class architectural look. :E0UIT0NE [pictura]
DS269
STRATOTONE™
High Performance Colorants
San Antonio Library
San Antonio, Texas
dryvifl
• • •
111111111111111 1111
STRATOTONE™ HIGH PERFORMANCE COLORANTS
Fade resistance is backed by a 5-year warranty – regardless of color! The challenge of color
Bright, bold, fade resistant textured finishes and coatings are easily achieved with StratoTone colorants from Dryvit Systems. As is commonly known across many industries, designing with expressive color has been limited by the low UV resistance of many commercial pigment systems. StratoTone raises the bar for color science to a whole new level of stability and color brightness, and does so with virtually no VOC or APEO content.

Whitener Law Offices
Albuquerque, New Mexico
TRADITIONAL VS.

STRATOTONE™
Colors in the red, blue and yellow range tend to be most prone to fading over time, as shown in these graphs. Note the dramatic difference between these colors when comparing “traditional” and StratoTone colorants! 0 5
10 15
20 870 MJ/m2 UV 540 MJ/m2 UV290 MJ/m2 UV
Traditional Colorants
StratoTone Colorants

EMMAQUA ASTM
G90 ExposureΔE
0 2
4 6
8 10
12 870 MJ/m2 UV 540 MJ/m2 UV290 MJ/m2 UV
Traditional Colorants
StratoTone Colorants

EMMAQUA ASTM
G90 ExposureΔE
0 5
10 15
20 25
30 35
40 870 MJ/m2 UV 540 MJ/m2 UV290 MJ/m2 UV
Traditional Colorants
StratoTone Colorants

EMMAQUA ASTM
G90 ExposureΔE
ASTM G90 is the Standard Practice for Performing Accelerated Outdoor Weathering of Nonmetallic Materials Using Concentrated Natural Sunlight. Full test details available upon request. ---0--- ,0 --0---
--0- --0-
---0---
--0-
--~ -------
D
/
.

T anger Outlets
Phoenix, Arizona
“ The owner wanted to include some bright colors inspired by the Arizona landscape. The fade-resistance warranty that is available with StratoTone was key in selecting this product. The project has been completed for over 1 1/2 years and the colors haven’t faded a bit. The owner is very satisfied, and StratoTone has been specified on Phase II of this project. ”
John W. Martin, AIA, LEED AP | Architect, Project Manager Adams & Associates Architecture | Mooresville, North Carolina TRADITIONAL VS.

STRATOTONE™
Below are actual samples that were exposed for four (4) years in the harsh Florida environment. The samples were not cleaned before the photographs were taken. You will note that the bottom of the samples was shielded from direct UV exposure, but not completely protected against the elements.

Exposed at a 45˚ angle facing South.

Traditional StratoTone Traditional StratoTone Traditional StratoTone Dryvit Systems, Inc.

One Energy Way
West Warwick, RI 02893
401-822-4100
dryvit.com
Information contained in this brochure
conforms to the standard detail
recommendations and specifications for
the installation of Dryvit Systems, Inc.
products as of the date of publication of
this document and is presented in good
faith. Dryvit Systems, Inc. assumes no
liability, expressed or implied, as to the
architecture, engineering or workmanship
of any product. To ensure that you are
using the latest, most complete
information, contact Dryvit Systems, Inc.
© Dryvit Systems, Inc. 2017
Printed in U.S.A. R2: 5-12-17 5-17-5M
DS269
“ When we repainted the resort, we wanted to use the best available technology to stand up to the Lake Tahoe altitude and elements - and Dryvit’s HDP Paint* with StratoTone fit the bill. We are extremely pleased with the results and have recommended this solution to other Marriott properties as well. ”

Gerry De Young | Director of Engineering
Marriott Grand Residences Club/TimberLodge
Lake Tahoe, California
*HDP Paint is a hydrophobic formulation that helps to keep walls cleaner longer.

See DS267 for more information.

Marriott Resort
Lake Tahoe, California
Warranty
Dryvit offers a written warranty against fading when StratoTone colorants are used. Contact Dryvit Warranty Services for more information.

MIX
Paper from
responsible sources
FSC-DS269
dryvtfl
DESCRIPTION:

LaHabra Santa Barbara Mission Finish
provides a lasting, durable smooth stucco
finish over LaHabra Fiber-47 Fastwall
Scratch & Brown, LaHabra Fastwall Stucco
Base, exterior plaster “brown coat”
and Parex USA Stucco Level Coat. It is
integrally colored with fade-resistant
pigments, and is economical with low
maintenance. Product is available in
premix (25 bag minimum) or tint Base 100
and 200 for use with LaHabra Color Packs.

USES:

Exterior color coat for portland cement
brown coat.

COLORS:
30 standard colors and 12 Lifestyle colors
are available for SBMF. LaHabra Color
Packs are specifically designed for use with
LaHabra Santa Barbara Mission Finish.

Special colors are available on request.

Meets SCAQMD Rule 1113 when using
Parex USA Non-VOC Colorants.

COVERAGE:

Coverage will vary depending on
substrate, thickness and texture of the
application.
n
Approximate coverage per 90 lb. (40.8 kg)
bag is 90-135 ft
2 (8.36-12.5 m2).

COMPOSITION:
n
Binder: Portland cement and hydrated
lime
n
Aggregates
n
Proprietary additives

MATERIAL ST
ANDARD:
n Type-S Hydrated Lime:

ASTM C-206
n White Portland Cement:

ASTM C-150 Type 1;
n LaHabra Santa Barbara Mission
Finish:

Conforms to ASTM C926
recommendations.

PACKAGING:
90 lb (40.8 kg) net weight in a multi-wall
bag.
n
Storage: Store off ground and protect
from rain and moisture.
n
Shelf Life: Reference Parex USA
Expiration Date of Products Technical
Bulletin.

SURF
ACE PREPARATION:
n The surface of the plaster “brown
coat” base or concrete partially
determines the texture, color and final
result of the finish.
n
After application, of the brown coat
rod, darby or trowel it to produce the
specified level.
n
Next, hard float the base to eliminate
“slick spots” and open the surface to
enable a good mechanical bond for
the finish coat.
n
Hand application over portland
cement plaster: Prior to application
of SBMF stucco finish, the portland
cement base shall be dampened with
clean water to control and equalize
suction. Allow surface moisture to
dissipate prior to application of the
Santa Barbara Mission Finish. For
application over any surface other
than a portland cement brown coat,
contact Parex USA Technical Support
for proper preparation.

MIXING:

n Read the entire label before using this
product.
n Using a mechanical plaster mixer, start
with approximately three gallons of
cool, clean potable water add one
90 lb. bag of Premix Santa Barbara
Mission Finish or the appropriate tint
Base and mix to a thin consistency
until it is smooth and free of lumps.
n
Add all of the color packs (1 per bag
for a standard color, a maximum of
4 standard 1 lb. color packs can be
added per 90 lb. bag for increased
color depth) to be used for one
“batch” and mix until color is evenly
dispersed, (approximately 1 to 2
minutes).
n
Thin the mixture with water and then
add the remaining bags of stucco
finish (adjusting water as necessary) to
correspond with the number of color
packs mixed in step 3. Allow material
to mix at a somewhat stiff consistency
for approximately 15 minutes. Add
the remaining amount of water to
achieve the desired consistency, and
then disengage the mixing blades for
approximately 5 to 10 minutes in order
to allow the material to slake. Doing
this allows the material to start its
initial set. Re-engage the mixing blades
for approximately 5 minutes, adjusting
the water and mixing only long enough
to achieve uniformity. The material
is now ready to be removed from the
mixer and applied to the wall. (Please
see Application section.)
n For additional batches of the same
material, thin the remaining mixture
with water, then repeat adding the
color packs and mixing as described.

W
ash out mixer completely to change
colors.
n Santa Barbara Mission Finish is a finish
material installed at approximately
1/8” thick, it is not for use as a stucco
base material.

Note: All LaHabra cement/lime finish products
should be mechanically mixed for a minimum
of 20 minutes after the last bag of stucco
base is added to fully disperse the color
APPLICATION:
n
Color coat shall be approximately 1/8”
thick.
n
Hand application over a portland
cement plaster brown coat: Prior to
application of SBMF stucco finish, the
portland cement base coat shall be
dampened with clean water to control
and equalize suction. Allow surface
moisture to dissipate prior to the
application of the Stucco Finish.
n Trowel or float apply an even coat
completely covering the base coat and
allow it to set although prior to drying
out, trowel apply a second tight coat
of the same material over the first to
the desired finish level.

Traditional Smooth Santa Barbara
Mission Finish
Allow the application to set although
prior to drying out, trowel the surface
to the desired or approved finish level
using as little water as possible.
30/30 Float Finish
Before the second coat has set, use
a float to bring the aggregate to
the surface to achieve the desired
sand finish.
n During periods of hot or dry weather
condition, a light spray (mist) of clean
water is recommended over the stucco
finish. LaHabra Santa Barbara Mission
Finish will normally dry and set the
same day. Allow 28 days for curing.
(SBMF) Santa Barbara Mission Finish
LaHabra·
LaHabra ®
.... ....... , ..... 1 ... , ... JIIADX'JSA
n Color and performance may be
affected by the addition of field
additives. Field additives are not to
be used except at the direction of the
Parex USA Technical Support.
n Variations in color due to weather, job
conditions, and method of application
should be expected. T
o change
the color of Santa Barbara Mission
Finish that has not been painted
or sealed apply Allegro II Cement
Coating. Allegro II is available in all
of LaHabra’s standard and Lifestyle
colors.

LIMITATIONS:
n
A finish with variegated or mottled
color is often desired when SBMF is
used. Variegated or mottled color is
achieved with repeated troweling which
can lead to check cracking, also referred
to as eggshell or spider-cracking. Check
cracking does not affect the performance
of the finish and should be considered a
normal element of the desired aesthetic.
n Because variegated or mottled color
relies heavily on the application
technique, LaHabra assumes no
responsibility for the outcome of the
variegated finish. If the finished color
is not acceptable, for any reason,
Allegro II Cement Coating is the
recommended repair to even the color.
n

The water troweling procedure that
achieves the smooth finish also leaves
the surface very dense which prevents
the stucco from being refinished,
without extensive surface preparation
because of the lack of mechanical key.
n Raw materials that are used in the
composition of Santa Barbara Mission
Finish sometimes contain small pieces
of lime, pigment or cement that are not
detectable during manufacturing but
that can contribute to color streaks or
spots when the material is over troweled.

This cannot be controlled during the
manufacturing process. The applicator
has the option during the application
process to remove material that may be
undesirable or to repair the finish after
installation if the property owner so
requests.
n Use only on surfaces that are sound,
clean, dry, unpainted, and free from any
residue that might affect the ability of
this product to bond to the surface.
n Always wear proper safety equipment,
including NIOSH particle mask, eye
protection, and gloves when mixing
and applying this product.
n

Ambient and surface temperature
must be 40°F (4°C) or higher during
application. Protect from freezing
for a period of not less that 48 hours
after set has occurred. Provide
supplemental heat and protection
from precipitation as needed.
n
Ambient and surface temperatures must
not exceed 120°F (4°C) during and 24
hours after application.
n Application in direct sunlight in hot
weather may adversely affect aesthetics.
n Avoid application in direct sunlight in
hot weather
.
n
Colors may vary due to substrate,
weather, job conditions and method
of application. Before applying
product, a sample should be applied
and allowed to cure for color
approval.
n

Protect adjacent surfaces from
overspray and droppings, drips
or spills. They should be removed
immediately with water or soap and
water to prevent the possibility of
permanent staining.

WARNING:
n
Read complete Warning information
printed on product container prior
to use. For medical emergency
information, call 1-800-424-9300.
n
For more information on handling
this product refer to its Safety Data
Sheet (SDS). The most current SDS
and Product Data Sheet (PDS) can be
found on our website.
n
This Product Data Sheet has been
prepared in good faith on the basis of
information available at the time of
publication. It is intended to provide
users with information about the
guidelines for the proper use and
application of the covered product(s)
under normal environmental and
working conditions. Because each
project is different, Parex USA,
Inc. cannot be responsible for
the consequences of variations in
such conditions, or for unforeseen
conditions.

Parex USA, Inc.
4125 E. La Palma Ave., Suite 250
Anaheim, CA 92807
(866) 516-0061 Tech Support: (800) 226-2424
EIFS SOLUTIONS • STUCCO ASSEMBLIES • TILE AND STONE SYSTEMS ENVISION IT ALL © Parex USA, Inc. September 2016 • LH SBMF DS 00916
LaHabra®
• - E)&gE! t6J SLJSTAINABILllY

PAREXUSA
DPR FINISHES DS416
“Original” Aggregate Textured 100% Acrylic-Based Dirt Pickup Resistance Finishes

Description
Quarzputz®, Sandblast®,
Freestyle®, Sandpebble®, and
Sandpebble® Fine finishes are
premixed 100% acrylic-based
coatings which are offered in
standard colors as well as custom
colors. They provide the finishing
touch that adds lasting color and
texture to exterior and interior
walls. These are the original five
finish textures with DPR (dirt pick-
up resistant) chemistry that will
remain clean longer after
application.

Uses
DPR finishes are durable
architectural finishes providing
surface color and texture for Dryvit
systems. These finishes can also
be applied over properly prepared
substrates such as exterior
masonry, stucco, precast or cast-
in-place concrete and other
approved substrates. The finishes
are also suitable for interior
applications. All finishes can be
trowel applied or spray applied
with a hopper gun or pole gun-type
sprayer.

Coverage
All coverages are approximate and
depend upon substrate, details
and individual application
technique. The finishes are
shipped in 32 kg (70 lb.) pails.

Quarzputz: approximately
13 m
2 (140 ft2) per pail.

Sandblast: approximately
14 m2 (150 ft2) per pail.

Freestyle: Must be calculated
based on the texture desired.

However, a coating thickness of

1.6 mm (1/16 in) to 6.4 mm (1/4 in)
must be maintained.

Sandpebble: approximately
12 m
2 (130 ft2) per pail.

Sandpebble Fine: approximately
15 m2 (160 ft2) per pail.

Texture
Quarzputz, Sandblast, Sandpebble
and Sandpebble Fine finishes
achieve a texture which is
governed by aggregate size as
well as the trowel motion in
finishing the wall. Quarzputz
produces an open-textured pattern
in a regular or random style.

Sandblast produces a sand-like
texture. Sandpebble produces a
rough, pebbly texture, which is
ideal for masking surface
imperfections. Freestyle allows
almost any ornamental trowel
texture to be achieved.

Sandpebble Fine produces a fine
pebble texture.

Properties
Drying Time - Drying of the
finishes is dependent on the air
temperature, relative humidity and
finish thickness. Under average
drying conditions [21 °C (70 °F),
55% R. H.], the finish will dry in
24 hours. Lower temperature and
higher humidity will require that the
DPR finish be protected for longer
periods. Protect work from rain
during the drying period.

Testing Information
For individual test data on this
product’s properties, refer to the
chart included with this document.

Application Procedure
Job Conditions - Air and surface
temperature for application of
finishes must be 4 °C (40 °F) or
higher and must remain so for a
minimum of 24 hours.

Temporary Protection - Shall be
provided at all times until the DPR
finish is dry, and installation of
permanent flashings, sealants, etc.
are completed to protect the wall
from inclement weather and other
sources of damage.

Surface Preparation
• Surface must be smooth and
free of imperfections to ensure
satisfactory appearance.
• Interior or exterior surfaces must
be above 4 °C (40 °F) and must
be clean, dry, structurally sound
and free of efflorescence,
grease, oil, form release agents
and curing compounds.
• Dryvit Reinforced Base Coat:

The base coat must dry and cure
for a minimum of 24 hours
before application of any finish.
• Concrete: Shall have cured a
minimum of 28 days prior to
application of the finishes. If
efflorescence, form release
agents or curing compounds are
present on the concrete surface,
the surface shall be thoroughly
washed with muriatic acid and
flushed to remove residual acid.

All projections shall be removed
and small voids filled with Dryvit
Primus®, Primus® DM,
Genesis® or Genesis® DM
mixture (see product data sheets
for mixing and application).

Dryvit Color Prime™ shall be
applied to the prepared concrete
surface using a roller or brush
(see product data sheet for
mixing and application) prior to
application of the finish.
• Masonry: The masonry surface,
with joints struck flush, shall be
"skim coated" with Primus,
Primus DM, Genesis or
Genesis DM mixture (see
product data sheets for mixing
and application) to produce a
smooth, level surface.
• Stucco: Dryvit Color Prime,
Color Prime W™ or Primer with
Sand™ shall be applied over the
cured brown coat surface using
a roller or brush (see product
data sheet for mixing and
application) prior to applying the
finish. If additives are present in
the stucco, a test patch shall be
made and bond strength
checked prior to application.

Mixing – Some settling of the finish
may occur during shipping.

Thoroughly mix the finish with a
“Twister” paddle or equivalent
mixing blade powered by a

12.7 mm (1/2 in) drill, 450-500 rpm,
until a uniform workable consistency
is attained.

Application
• Quarzputz or Sandblast: using
a stainless steel trowel, apply
and level a coat of Quarzputz or
Sandblast to a uniform thickness
(Quarzputz- no thicker than the
-
DPR Finishes DS416

2 largest aggregate; Sandblast -
applied in a thickness of

1.2 mm (3/64 in) – approximately
1 1/2 times the largest
aggregate). The textures are
achieved by uniform hand
motion and/or type of tool used.

Maintain wet edge for uniformity
of color and texture.
• Sandpebble or Sandpebble
Fine: roughly apply an even coat
of finish to a thickness slightly
thicker than the largest
aggregate size. Then pull
across the rough application
coat using a horizontal trowel
motion and develop a uniform
thickness no greater than the
largest aggregate of the material.

The textures are achieved by
uniform hand motion and/or type
of tool used. Maintain wet edge
for uniformity of color and
texture.
• Freestyle: using a stainless
steel trowel, apply a coat of the
Freestyle slightly thicker than

1.6 mm (1/16 in). The texture is
either pulled out of this base or
achieved by adding more
Freestyle finish to the base layer
using the same texturing motions
that are used with other plaster
materials, such as a skip trowel
finish. The thickness of any
Freestyle finish texture shall not
exceed 6.4 mm (1/4 in).

Clean Up - Clean tools with water
while the finishes are still wet.

Maintenance - All Dryvit products
are designed to require minimal
maintenance. However, as with all
building products, depending on
location, some cleaning may be
required. See Dryvit publication
DS152 on cleaning and recoating.

Storage
Finishes must be stored at a
minimum of 4 °C (40 °F) and a
maximum of 38 °C (100 °F) in
tightly sealed containers out of
direct sunlight.

Cautions and Limitations
• Dryvit finishes must not be used
on exposed exterior horizontal
surfaces. Minimum slope is
6 in 12 which is 27°. Maximum
length of slope is 305 mm (12 in).
• Dryvit finishes shall not be used
below grade when applied as the
finish for an EIF System.
• Dryvit finishes are not intended
for direct-applied, vertical
applications over exterior type
gypsum based sheathing board,
foam plastic insulation or other
type insulation board.
• Dryvit finishes shall not be
returned into any sealant joint.

Instead, a coat of Dryvit Color
Prime or Dryvit Demandit®
should be applied over the base
coat in the joint.
• Minimize exposure of materials
to temperatures over 32 °C
(90 °F).
• Finishes exposed to
temperatures over 43 °C
(110 °F) for even short periods
may exhibit skinning, increased
viscosity, and should be
inspected prior to use

Technical and Field Services
Available on request.

DPR Finishes DS416

Printed in USA R18: 05-08-08 3 Dryvit Systems, Inc. 1989, 1994
Information contained in this product sheet conforms to the standard detail recommendations and specifications for the installation of Dryvit Systems, Inc. products as of the date of publication of this document and is presented in good faith.

Dryvit Systems, Inc. assumes no liability, expressed or implied, as to the architecture, engineering or workmanship of any project. To ensure that you are using the latest, most complete information, contact Dryvit Systems, Inc.

DPR Finish Testing
Test Test Method Criteria Results 1
Surface Burning
Characteristics
ASTM E 84 ICC and ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001
Flame Spread <25
Smoke Developed <450
Passed
Flexibility2 ASTM D 522 Method B No ICC or ANSI/EIMA Criteria Passed: 1.5" diameter @ 73 °F Water Vapor
Transmission
ASTM E 96 Procedure B ICC: Vapor Permeable
No ANSI/EIMA Criteria
40 Perms
ASTM G 154 Cycle 1
(QUV)
ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001
2000 hours: No deleterious
effects
3 5000 hours: No deleterious effects3 Accelerated Weathering ASTM G 155 Cycle 1
(Xenon Arc)
ICC: 2000 hours: No deleterious
effects
3 2000 hours: No deleterious effects3
Chalk Rating ASTM D 4214 after
ASTM G 154 Cycle 1
No ICC or ANSI/EIMA Criteria Chalk rating: 8 after 5000 hours QUV
Instrumentally Measured
Color Difference
4 (includes yellowing)
ASTM D 2244
CIELAB, 10° Observer after
ASTM G 154 Cycle 1
No ICC or ANSI/EIMA Criteria Color change: 0.51 Delta E after 5000 hours QUV
ASTM E 2485 (formerly
EIMA 101.01)
ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001
60 cycles: No deleterious effects
3 90 cycles: No deleterious effects3 Freeze-Thaw Resistance ASTM E 2485
ICC – ES Proc. (AC212)
ICC: 10 cycles No deleterious
effect
3 10 cycles: No deleterious effects3
Mildew Resistance ASTM D 3273 ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001
28 days: No growth
60 days: No growth
Salt Spray Resistance ASTM B 117 ICC and ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001 300 hours: No deleterious
effects
3 1000 hours: No deleterious effects3
Water Resistance ASTM D 2247 ICC and ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001 14 days: No deleterious effects3
42 days: No deleterious effects3
ASTM D 968 Method A
Falling Sand
ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001
500 liters (528 quarts):

No deleterious effects
3 1000 liters (1057 quarts): No
deleterious effects
3 Abrasion Resistance
ASTM D 4060 Taber
Abrasion (1 kg load)
No ICC or ANSI/EIMA Criteria 1000 cycles: .83 mg mass loss Adhesion to Concrete ASTM D 4541 ICC and ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001:
15 psi minimum
>200 psi
Tensile Bond ASTM C 297/E 2134
(formerly EIMA 101.03)
ICC and ANSI/EIMA 99-A-2001:
15 psi minimum
>25 psi

1. Testing referenced is based on Quarzputz Pastel Base.

2. Finish applied over aluminum panels, bent on cylindrical mandrels as described in ASTM D 522 Method B. Lower diameter indicates higher flexibility.

3. No cracking, checking, rusting, crazing, erosion, blistering, peeling, or delamination when viewed under 5x magnification.

4. Delta E is total color difference, including yellowing, lightening, darkening, changes in red, blue, and green color values. Finish exposed to 5,000 hours of QUV prior to evaluating Delta E.

Dryvit Systems, Inc.

P.O. Box 1014
One Energy Way
W. Warwick, RI 02893
(800) 556-7752
www.dryvit.com
I

L I I I
I
I -
I
I
~
-
I
r
I
-
-
I
-
f F
-
-
-
-
-
r
-
-
An~ Company
Installation/Application
Hot Air WeldMechanically
Fastened
Adhered
Refer to JM TPO application guides and detail drawings
for instructions.

Packaging and Dimensions
RS-8634 9-18 (Replaces 6-18)
Meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D 6878
Features and Components
Thickness Over Scrim: Optimized and tested on a continual basis with a state-of-the-art thickness gauge to verify that the thickness valued by our customers is incorporated into the sheet.

One of the Widest Melt Windows: Promotes better welds over a wider variety of speeds and temperatures, and leads to a softer, more flexible and workable sheet.

Reinforced fabric scrim layer and top-ply thickness: Lends to durable physical properties including:
• Long-term weathering, UV resistance and heat-aging properties • High breaking and tearing strength
Optimized TPO formulation: delivers high-performance ozone resistance, cool roof reflectivity and overall weather resistance.

Component
M
Membrane
Single Ply
System Compatibility This product may be used as a component in the following systems. Please reference product application for specific installation methods and information.

Multi-Ply

BUR APP SBS
Single Ply

TPO PVC EPDM

HA CA CA HW HA CA HW SA MF AD MF AD MF AD BA
Do not use with Multi-Ply systems Compatible with the selected Single Ply systems above Key: HA = Hot Applied CA = Cold Applied HW = Heat Weldable SA = Self Adhered MF = Mechanically Fastened AD = Adhered BA = Ballasted Colors
Grey* White Tan*
* Grey and Tan lead times are subject to availability and may require an upcharge for smaller projects.

JM TPO – 80 mil
Thermoplastic Polyolefin Membrane
Refer to the Safety Data Sheet and product label prior to using this product.

The Safety Data Sheet is available by calling (800) 922-5922 or on the Web at www.jm.com/roofing.

Energy and the Environment
Standard Reflectivity Emissivity
CRRC®
White Initial 0.77 0.87
3 Yr. Aged 0.70 0.86
Tan Initial 0.67 0.87
3 Yr. Aged 0.62 0.90
Gray Initial 0.35 0.87
3 Yr. Aged 0.34 0.90
CA Title 24
White Pass 0.77 0.87
Tan Pass
3 Yr. Aged
SRI=75
ENERGY
STAR®
White Initial 0.77 0.87
3 Yr. Aged 0.70
Tan Initial 0.67 0.87
3 Yr. Aged 0.62
LEED®
(SRI)
White Initial 95
3 Yr. Aged 85
Tan Initial 81
3 Yr. Aged 75
Gray Initial 39
3 Yr. Aged 37
Recycled
Content
Post-consumer 0%
Post-industrial 5%
The LEED® Solar Reflectance Index (SRI) is calculated per ASTM E1980.

Peak Advantage® Guarantee Information
Product Guarantee Term
JM TPO 80 mil 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, or 30 yrs
Codes and Approvals
Roll Widths 5' (1.52 m) 6' (1.83 m) 8' (2.44m) 10' (3.05m) 12' (3.66 m) Roll Lengths 75' (22.86 m)
Roll Cover-
age
375 ft2
(34.84 m2)
450 ft2
(41.81m2)
600 ft2
(55.74 m2)
750 ft2
(69.68 m2)
900 ft2
(83.61 m2)
Rolls per
Pallet 8
Pallet
Weight
1400 lb
(627.8 kg)
1680 lb
(762.0 kg)
2300 lb
(997.9 kg)
2820 lb
(1251.9 kg)
3420 lb
(1551.3 kg)
Pallets per
Truck* 28-32 22-26 18-20 14-16 11-13
Producing
Location Scottsboro, AL
*Assumes 48' flatbed truck and does not reflect pallets of accessories or impact of mixed sizes. □
I I
W /# ~
~
i i
---
..... MJ.ca County
---
Meets or exceeds the requirements of ASTM D 6878
RS-8634 9-18 (Replaces 6-18)
Refer to the Safety Data Sheet and product label prior to using this product.

The Safety Data Sheet is available by calling (800) 922-5922 or on the Web at www.jm.com/roofing.

Tested Physical Properties
Physical Properties
ASTM
Test Method
Standard for
ASTM D 6878 (Min.)
JM TPO – 80 mil
MD* XMD**
Strength
Breaking Strength, min, lbf (N) D 751 220 (976) 464 (2,064) 439 (1,953) Elongation at Break, min % D 751 15 29 31
Tearing Strength, min, lbf (N) D 751 45 (200) 65 (289) 179 (796) Factory Seam Strength, min, lbf (N) D 751 66 (290) 137 (609) Longevity
Thickness, min, in. D 751 +/- 10% from Nominal 0.080 (Nominal) Thickness Over Scrim, min, in. (mm) D 7635 0.015 0.033 (0.84) Water Absorption, max, % D 471 3.0 0.03
Brittleness Point, max, -40°F D 2137 No Cracks Pass
Ozone Resistance D1149 No Cracks Pass
Heat Aged
Performance
Properties after Heat Aging @ 240°F D 573 Pass/Fail Pass Breaking Strength, % (after aging) D 751 90 >90 >90
Elongation, % (after aging) D 751 90 >90 >90
Tearing Strength, % (after aging) D 751 60 >60 >60
Weight Change, max, % (after aging) D 751 ±1.0 0.22
Linear Dimensional Change, max, % (after 6 hrs @ 158°F) D 1204 ±1.0 <0.1 Weather
Performance
Accelerated Weathering, min G 151 & G 155 10,080 kj/m2 • nm @ 340 nm (4,000 hrs @ 0.70 W)
>20,160 kj/m2
(>8,000 hrs)
Cracking (@ 7x magnification) G 155 No Cracks Pass
*MD = Machine Direction
**XMD = Cross-Machine Direction
Note: All data represents tested values.

Supplemental Testing
Physical Properties
ASTM
Test Method
Standard for
ASTM D 6878 (Min.)
JM TPO – 80 mil
Result
Dynamic Puncture D 5635 N/A Pass @ 25 Joules
Static Puncture D 5602 N/A Pass @ 44 lb (20 kg)
Impact Resistance of Bituminous Roofing Systems D 3746 N/A Pass - minor indentations Reflectance
C 1549 N/A 78%
E 903 N/A 80%
Emittance
C 1371 N/A 0.87
E 408 N/A 0.96
SRI E 1980 N/A 95
Resistance of Synthetic Polymer Material to Fungi G 21 N/A 0 rating Puncture Resistance (FTMS 101C, Method 2031) N/A N/A 526 lb (239 kg) Moisture Vapor Transmission E 96 N/A 0 g/m2 per 24 hours Hydrostatic Resistance, Mullen D 751 N/A 474 PSI (3268 kPa) Standard Test Method for Air Permeance of Building Materials E 2178 N/A Pass @ <0.0005 L/(s∙m2) (Pass @ <0.0001 CFM/ft2)
JM TPO – 80 mil
Thermoplastic Polyolefin Membrane
Solatube International, Inc. | 2210 Oak Ridge Way | Vista, CA 92081-8341 | T: 888.SOLATUBE | F: 760.597.4488 | www.solatube.com | Part No. 900330 v4.2 Model: Solatube 750 DS-C Closed Ceiling
(21 in./530 mm Daylighting System)
1 Model
2 Dome
2a Dome Options (Leave blank if not desired)
750 DS-C SolaMaster® Solatube 750 DS-C (21 in./530 mm Daylighting System) Closed Ceiling
DA Acrylic Dome
DAI Acrylic Outer Dome + Acrylic Inner Dome
DPI Acrylic Outer Dome + Polycarbonate Inner Dome (Required for High Velocity Hurricane Zones and FM*+) MIL Acrylic Dual Dome (Required for UFC-A TFP)
B Security Bar PB Dome Edge Protection Band (Required for FM*+) SK Dome Security Kit** PBC
**Inner dome required for Dome Security Kit
Capture Zone
2 32a 3a
Capture Zone
1 S750DS-C
Model
Project:

Location:

Type:

Product Specifications Appear in CSI Division 08, Section 08 62 23. For budgeting and quotations use only. Qty:
4 6 6a5 6b 74a 4b
A K
Transfer Zone Delivery Zone
3 Flashings
F4 4 in. (102 mm)
Self Mounted
F11 11 in. (279 mm)
Self Mounted
(FM Approved*
+)
F8 8 in. (203 mm)
Self Mounted
(FM Approved*
+)
FC Curb Cap
(FM Approved*
+)
C12** Metal Insulated Curb
26 in. x 26 in. x 12 in.
(673 mm x 673 mm x 305 mm)
CXX** Metal Insulated Curb
26 in. x 26 in. x XX in.
(673 mm x 673 mm x XX mm)
XX: Custom curb height determined
by bidding contractorC14** Metal Insulated Curb
26 in. x 26 in. x 14 in.
(673 mm x 673 mm x 355.5 mm)
C16** Metal Insulated Curb
26 in. x 26 in. x 16 in.
(673 mm x 673 mm x 406.5 mm)
C20** Metal Insulated Curb
26 in. x 26 in. x 20 in.
(673 mm x 673 mm x 508 mm)
** Curbs designed for single-ply roofing, lightweight fill or tapered insulation low slope roof types. *+ Only product that is FM approved. Must use Dome Polycarbonate (DP). It is required that a dome Edge Protection Band (PB) is used with FM approved flashings.

FG Rooftop Fire Glazing
Required for High Fire Zones
- C]C]-~C]- _J_II II 1-c=JI II ID □
-
■
■
■
■
3a Flashing Options (Leave blank if not desired)
T12*† Roof Flashing Turret Extension 12 in./305 mm
T24*† Roof Flashing Turret Extension 24 in./610 mm
T36*† Roof Flashing Turret Extension 36 in./914 mm
T48*† Roof Flashing Turret Extension 48 in./1219 mm

* Specify additional extension tubes in #4a
† Comes with Bracket Kit
MCF Membrane Counter Flashing (use with F8 or F11)
FI Flashing Insulator
CI Curb Insulator
CCI Curb Cap Insulation
4a Extension Tubes Required
Run measured from top of roof deck to bottom of ceiling plane along centerline of tubing (allow for 2” overlap) using 24” lengths. See 4b for optional 48” length.

E0 No Extension Tube – Max Run = 38 in. (965 mm)
E1* One Extension Tube – Max Run = 60 in. (1524 mm)
E2* Two Extension Tubes – Max Run = 82 in. (2083 mm)
E3* Three Extension Tubes – Max Run = 104 in. (2642 mm) E4* Four Extension Tubes – Max Run = 126 in. (3200 mm)
E5* Five Extension Tubes – Max Run = 148 in. (3759 mm)
E6* Six Extension Tubes – Max Run = 170 in. (4318 mm)
Transfer Zone
Assuming 8 in. (203 mm)
self flashing**
Top Tube
Extension Tube
Bottom Tube
Transition Box
16”
22”
14”
8”
4b Product Options (Leave blank if not desired)
A1 One 0-90 Degree Extension Tube (Angle Adapter)
A2 Two 0-90 Degree Extension Tubes (Angle Adapter)
ES 24 in. (610 mm) Spectralight Infinity SoftLight Extension Tube TIP Thermal Insulation Panel
E Wire Suspension Kit (50 ft./15 m)
EL Optional 48” Extension Tube
(Substitute one 48 in./1219 mm for two
24 in./610 mm above)
*Compatible with dome ring to be used as a top tube or extension tube **Total tube run will vary depending on flashing used.
4 Top Tube and Bottom Tube Required
AK 16 in. (406 mm) Top Tube Angle Adapter and 16 in. (406 mm) Bottom Tube Angle Adapter 16 in. (406 mm)
22 in. (559 mm)
14 in. (356 mm)
8 in. (203 mm)
E7* Seven Extension Tubes – Max Run = 192 in. (4877 mm) E8* Eight Extension Tubes – Max Run = 214 in. (5436 mm) E9* Nine Extension Tubes – Max Run = 236 in. (5994 mm)
E10* Ten Extension Tubes – Max Run = 258 in. (6553 mm)
EXX* Total Run Length to be Determined by
Bidding Contractor
Solatube International, Inc. | 2210 Oak Ridge Way | Vista, CA 92081-8341 | T: 888.SOLATUBE | F: 760.597.4488 | www.solatube.com | Part No. 900330 v4.2 ■
■
■
■
Example
S750 DS-C-DAI-FSM-AK-E3-ES-L1-LN-I
SolaMaster Series® 750 DS-C (21 in./530 mm Daylighting System), Acrylic Outer Dome + Acrylic Inner Dome, Metal Roof Flashing, 16 in./406 mm Top Tube Angle Adapter and 16 in./406 mm Bottom Tube Angle Adapter, Three Extension Tubes, One 24 in./610 mm Spectralight Infinity with SoftLight Extension Tube, OptiView® Diffuser, and Natural Effect Lens. For non-metric installations.

Solatube International, Inc. | 2210 Oak Ridge Way | Vista, CA 92081-8341 | T: 888.SOLATUBE | F: 760.597.4488 | www.solatube.com | Part No. 900330 v4.2 Accessories (Order separately)
S1 Low voltage 0-10V switch (white) required to operate Solatube 0-10V Daylight Dimmers. Only one switch is required per forty-eight (48) synchronously contr olled dimmers. (For ‘D1’ only) Note: For use when no controls have been specified and customer is looking for an off-the-shelf solution. If dif ferent controls have been specified please source those from others.

TR20 UL Listed Class 2 Transformer 24 V AC, Rated 20 VA (For ‘D1’ only) TR96 UL Listed Class 2 Transformer 24 V AC, Rated 96 VA (For ‘D1’ only) 6 Diffuser Lens
5 Bottom Assembly
6b Options (Leave blank if not desired)
7 Measurement Standard
Diffuser/Ceiling Assembly includes transition box.

TM Transition Box (Metal)
D1 0-10V Daylight Dimmer
M Metric I Imperial
Delivery Zone
L2 Prismatic Diffuser
TP Transition Box (Polymeric)
6a Effect Lens* (Leave blank if not desired)
LN Natural Effect Lens
*Effect lens is optional; does not come standard.

LED 75W 100-277V, 1.1A, 50/60Hz
L5 Optiview Wide
L6 Optiview Superwide
L7 Optiview Narrow
■
■
■
■
■
Product Specification

SPORTS AND MULTI-FUNCTIONAL FLOORING

Triumph

1. PROPRIETARY PRODUCT/MANUFACTURER

1.1. Proprietary Product: Triumph Rubber Multi-functional and Sports Floor Tiles designed specifically for weight room, ice rinks. and other high impact applications. Skate-and-spike resistant product.

1.2. Manufacturer:

Tarkett Phone: (800) 899-8916
30000 Aurora Rd. (440) 543-8916
Solon, Ohio 44139
Web: www.tarkettna.com
E-mail: [email protected]

1.3. Proprietary Product Description:

1.3.1. Construction: Johnsonite Triumph Rubber Multi-functional and Sports Floor Tiles are manufac tured of dual durometer layers composed of 100% synthetic and natural rubber, high quality additives, and colorants.

All Johnsonite Triumph Rubber Multi-functional and Sports Floor Tiles are designed for interior applications only and not recommended for environments where the product will be exposed to animal fats, vegetable oils, or petroleum based materials (e.g.:
commercial kitchens).

1.3.2. Physical Characteristics:

Square Tiles (Glue down tiles): 24" x 24" (61 cm X 61 cm), .375” (9.5 mm) thickness, wear layer th ickness of 0.090" (2.3 mm), 13.3 lbs (6.0 kgs) per tile, 40 lbs (18 kgs) per carton, 3 tiles per carton [12 ft² (1.1 m2)], 4 ft² per tile
Interlocking Tile (Loose lay): 24″ x 24″ (61 cm X 61 cm) net, .375" (9.5 mm) thickness, wear layer th ickness of 0.090" (2.3 mm), 12.6 lbs. (5.7 kg) per tile, 38 lbs (17.2 kgs) per carton, 3 Interlocking tiles per carton [11 ft² (1.03 m
2)], 3.67 ft² per tile
SlideLock™ Tile (studded back): 24” x 24” (61cm x 61cm) net, .375” (9.5 mm) thickness, wear layer thickness of 0.090" (2.3 mm),

12.8 lbs (5.8 kgs) per tile, 38 lbs (17.2 kgs) per carton, 3 SlideLock tiles per carton [12 ft² (1.1 m2)], 4 ft² per tile

1.3.3. Styles:

SMH - Triumph Hammered Surface Rubber Multi-functional and Sports Floor Square Edge Tiles
SMHI - Triumph Hammered Surface Rubber Multi-functional and Sports Floor Interlocking Tiles
SMHSL- Triumph Hammered Surface Rubber Multi-functional and Sports Floor SlideLock Tiles

2. PRODUCT PERFORMANCE AND TECHNICAL DATA
 Abrasion Resistance: ASTM D 3389 – less than 1 gram weight loss.

 Acoustical: ASTM E 492 (Impact Insulation Class) - 59 IIC  Hardness: ASTM D 2240 – 70 Shore A
 Slip Resistance : ASTM D 2047 – Meets or Exceeds a static coefficient of friction of 0.8
 Basketball Recovery: DIN 18032 – 99%.
 Static Load Limit: ASTM F 970 – Passes at 250 PSI.
 Fire Resistance:

ASTM E 648/NFPA 253 (Critical Radiant Flux) Class 1
ASTM E 662/NFPA 258 (Smoke Density), less than 450
 Chemical Resistance: ASTM F 925 – Passes
5% Acetic Acid, 70% Isopropyl Alcohol, 5% Sodium Hydroxide, 5% Hydrochloric Acid, 5% Ammonia, Bleach, 5% Phenol, and Sulfuric Acid.

3. INSTALLATION
See Johnsonite installation instructions for complete details.

3.1. Adhesives:
 Important: adhesives not recommended for SlideLock tiles.

3.2. Adhesives for Square Edge Tile Only:
 Tarkett 965 Adhesive Coverage:

Porous Substrate: 75-100 sq. ft. per gallon
Non-porous Substrate: 75-100 sq. ft. per gallon
 Tarkett 975 Two-Part Polyurethane Adhesive Coverage:

Porous & Non-porous Substrate: 150-175 sq. ft. per gallon  Tarkett 901 SpraySmart Adhesive Coverage:

Porous & Non-porous Substrate: 80 sq. ft. per can (480 sq. ft. per carton)
 Installation Manual: Refer to Johnsonite Triumph Rubber Multi- functional and Sports Floor Tiles Installation Instructions for complete installation details.

4. AVAILABILITY AND COST
Available through authorized Tarkett distributors nationwide.

5. WARRANTY
Limited 5 year warranty. For complete details, contact Tarkett or an authorized Tarkett distributor.

6. MAINTENANCE
72 hours after installation is completed, initial maintenance procedures must be implemented in accordance with
manufacturer's requirements. Refer to Triumph maintenance instructions for complete maintenance details.

SPORTS AND MULTI-FUNCTIONAL FLOORING

Technical Services Department
30000 Aurora Road, Solon, Ohio 44139
(800) 899-8916 ext 9297
Fax (440) 632-5643
email: [email protected]
www.tarkettna.com

Triumph Product Specification

7. TECHNICAL SERVICES
Samples: Submittal samples for verification and approval available upon request from Tarkett. Samples shall be submitted in compliance with the requirements of the contract documents.

Accepted and approved samples shall constitute the standard materials which represent materials installed on the project.

For current Installation and Maintenance Instructions, Product Specifications, and other technical data, visit us on the web at www.tarkettna.com or contact Tarkett at 1-800-899-8916.

Tarkett

THE ULTIMATE

FLOORING EXPERIENCE
J
Triumph Multi-Functional and Sport s Rubber Tile
Color
26 designs
Microtone BRIGHT
SUN KL3
Microtone GREAT
PLAINS LB2
v Shade
Microtone
BROWNOUT KJ3
Microtone GREY
AREA KJ6
Microtone
RAJ NSTORM LB9
v Installation
Microtone BROWNS

TOWN KJS
Microtone LOG
CABIN LE4
Microtone STRONG
BLUE KJ8
v Locking system
Microtone BURGED
KJ7
Microtone LUNAR
EXPLORER LD7
Microtone TEA
LEAVES KK3
Microtone COCOLITE
KJ4
Microtone MARINO
KJ1
Microtone TIDAL KJ2
Microtone
FORESTATION KJ9
Microtone MOTTLED
EGG LB4
Microtone VORTEX
LBS
•• ••
Microtone
FORTUNATE KK6
Microtone PASSION
KL2

NORDIC STORIES
Hidden Plains / Isograd
Tectonic
Hidden Plains
Tectonic
Isograd
8 9
Get more at millikenfloors.com
Isograd (tip shear insets, loop field) in Malmo Ferry, monolithic tile 12 13
251-124 BIRCH SAUNA
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
251-153 PULPIT ROCK
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
124-94 SANDPIPER
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
124-174 MALMO FERRY
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
94-59 NORSE
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
67-59 LAHAR
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
251-122 SMORGASBORD
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
171-67 ORESUND BRIDGE
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
122-120 SPIRITLAND
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
67-119 NORDIC NOIR
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
133-120 FLUME
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
79-133 DARK DANSK
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
108-13 FJORD
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
25-152 MELTWATER
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
13-119 ESKER
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
154-119 POLAR NIGHT
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
119-27 ASH BLANKET
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
27-52 ROCK POWDER
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
140-52 CRYSTAL CAVE
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
231-124 COLZA
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
228-107 GLASS IGLOO
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
109-179 FALU RED
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
230-107 BOREALIS
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
232-107 BILBERRY
(Isograd Loop IGD, Isograd Sheared
IGR, Tectonic TTC, Tectonic Sheared
TTN, Hidden Plains HDP)
Colorline shown in Tectonic
Hidden Plains is not available in Tip Shear construction or planks.

LOOPTIP SHEARLOOPTIP SHEARLOOPTIP SHEAR

14 15
Complete Flooring Solutions
Milliken Floor Covering offers products and expertise in all areas of your commercial spaces, including high-performance entryway systems, broadloom & modular carpet, luxury vinyl tile, and milliCare®.

Simplify your flooring needs with a trusted partner that will let you enjoy creating a great space without having to worry about everything else.

Entry Systems
milliCare®Luxury Vinyl Tile
Broadloom &
Modular Carpet
Entry Systems
The OBEX® brand of products offers highly effective, comprehensive modular entry solutions designed as a three-zone barrier system to prevent dirt and moisture from entering the building.

Available in coordinated colors and patterns, OBEX® entry products are engineered to increase the functionality of a building’s entrance without forsaking elements of design or aesthetic. Simple and easy to work with, OBEX® offers entry systems that can be recessed or surface-mounted as well as exterior and interior applications.

Broadloom & Modular Carpet
Milliken’s broadloom and carpet tile incorporate the latest innovations in tufting and dyeing technology, achieving unique looks and excellent performance. With our Color Reference system, coordinating multiple products across a single project is a snap; whether it’s carpet, LVT, or entry systems. All carpet tile products have cushion backing for an extended lifespan, as well as ergonomic and environmental benefits.

Broadloom carpet also has cushion-back options, and all are standard with StainSmart®, a proprietary treatment applied to Milliken carpets to protect against stains and enhance soil release.
milliCare®
We care for the environment with products and a method that improve Indoor Air Quality and reduce water consumption and your carbon footprint. We care about you professionally by saving you time through customized service plans for your entire space provided for by our franchise network. You work healthier and live healthier, and the planet is a better place because of it. We can bring that same quality of care and service to you wherever you are. milliCare takes caring for your flooring and textiles off your to-do list, which means that you get to skip right to the part where you get to lean back, put your hands behind your head, and be a hero for keeping a beautifully cleaned space.

Luxury Vinyl Tile
From natural looks of wood and stone to more modern textures and abstracts, Milliken’s collection of Luxury Vinyl Tile flooring creates new options for a commercial or hospitality interior. Our simple-to-search Color Reference system provides easy coordination of the LVT options to modular and broadloom carpets. From carpet tile to broadloom to planks to LVT, Milliken provides durable and elegant options for your project. "-------
Customer Concierge 800.824.2246 | millikenfloors.com © 2017 Milliken & Company | Design © Milliken & Company | Made in the USA SM

NORDIC STORIES
Hidden Plains / Isograd / Tectonic
Cover image: Wooden cottage in the valley,
by Oleksandr Mazur. © 2017 Shutterstock
This cushion-back carpet tile product is covered
by one or more patents, published applications
and/or patents pending. Specifications are subject
to normal manufacturing tolerances and may be
changed without prior notice.
2710027563
0720
Growing greener for over 100 years.

This product has a UL® Environment 3 rd party verified Environmental Product Declaration(EPD). A copy of the EPD is available online at millikencarpet.com/epd and productguide.ulenvironment.com.

Construction
All: Tufted, Textured Loop
Isograd & Tectonic: Tufted, Tip Shear
Tile Sizes
Hidden Plains, Isograd, Tectonic:
50 cm x 50 cm (19.7” x 19.7”)
Isograd & Tectonic Loop:
25 cm x 1 m (9.85” x 39.4”)
Yarn Type
Universal
® Fibers Solution-Dyed
Nylon Type 6,6
Stain Resist / Soil Release
StainSmart
®
Tufted Face Weight - Loop
Hidden Plains: 18.9 oz/yd² (641 g/m²)
Isograd: 16.7 oz/yd² (566 g/m²)
Tectonic: 18.9 oz/yd² (641 g/m²)
Tufted Face Weight - Tip Shear
Isograd: 18.5 oz/yd² (627 g/m²)
Tectonic: 19.9 oz/yd² (675 g/m²)
Finished Pile Height - Loop
Hidden Plains: 0.13” (3.30 mm)
Isograd: 0.13” (3.30 mm)
Tectonic: 0.14” (3.56 mm)
Finished Pile Height - Tip Shear
Isograd: 0.17” (4.32 mm)
Tectonic: 0.17” (4.32 mm)
Finished Pile Thickness - Loop
Hidden Plains: 0.101” (2.57 mm)
Isograd : 0.104” (2.64 mm)
Tectonic: 0.105” (2.67 mm)
Finished Pile Thickness - Tip Shear
Isograd: 0.107” (2.72 mm)
Tectonic: 0.116” (2.95 mm)
Average Density - Loop
Hidden Plains: 6,807
Isograd: 5,504
Tectonic: 6,504
Average Density - Tip Shear
Isograd: 3,918
Tectonic: 4,214
Standard Backing
PVC-Free WellBAC
™ Comfort
Cushion
Available with TractionBack ®
Texture Appearance Retention
Rating (TARR)
Severe
Recommended Installation Methods
MONOLITHICV. ASHLAR
(Not Tectonic)
TractionBack®
Simplify your modular installation with Milliken’s
patented TractionBack ®, an innovative backing
system that is faster, more cost efficient, and
environmentally superior to wet adhesives and
peel-and-stick carpet tile.

Images in this brochure are approximate for
color and pattern scale. Please use actual carpet
samples to make your final selections.

Have you seen our other collections? Visit us online today.

LapidusCommon Thread

ALL PLANK

METHODS
( [R Tlrl[[l
't 't
't 't
r-
r- r-
Porcelain Stone®
Color Blox 2.0
D273010.indd 1 6/25/21 11:04 PM
2 Celebrate the enduring
power and infinite
possibilities of color
with Color Blox 2.0.

This fresh faced enhancement
to the original Color Blox line
reignites the collection with bright
playfulness grounded in nature’s
roots. With warmer, on-trend
neutrals, blues and greens rooted
in biophilic design trends, and
a brighter, cleaner white, this
concrete inspired line brings a
modern, clean sensibility to tile.

Color Blox 2.0 is about more than
color. It is about functionality. This
line brings to you a variety of sizes
– 4 x 12, 6x6, 12x12, 12x24, and an
impressive 24x24 – all calibrated
to coordinate with one another.

Keep it simple or play with pattern
to achieve dynamic designs. And
when you are done, /f_inish the job
with a variety of trim from cove
bases and bull noses to corners
and mosaics. Made in the USA,
Color Blox 2.0 is Green Square
Certi/f_ied and Petal Certi/f_ied by
the International Living Future
Institute, making it a beautiful
responsible selection for your next
design project. Bring joy and play
back to design with Color Blox 2.0,
the next generation of colorful tile
from Crossville.

Learn more at CrossvilleInc.com.

Floor: CBX33  Wet Clay 12 x 24
Porcelain Stone®
Color Blox 2.0
D273010.indd 2 6/25/21 11:04 PM
d
lHII
l41AIH

CEITIFIED
n---t---+---L _ _
Color Palette
6 Available Colors
CBX01  Sandbox CBX03  Slinky
CBX32  Boot Black CBX33  Wet Clay CBX34  Spring Sage CBX36  Just Ducky CBX37  Cayenne
CBX07  Mud Pie
CBX31  Cotton Sheets
CBX08  Sea Otter
CBX35  Celestial Horizon
CBX38  Little Boy Blue
CBX14  Tree House CBX13  Blue Suede Shoes CBX17  I See the Moon D273010.indd 6D273010.indd 6 6/28/21 11:04 AM6/28/21 11:04 AM

Speciﬁcations
10 Sizes Shown in CBX33 Wet Clay
Get Planked!
Our Porcelain Stone ® products
are available in popular plank
shapes with no minimum order
and quick fulfillment.

See website for more details
and sizes.
24 x 24**
12 x 24
12 x 12 4 x 12*
6 x 6
Sizes & Finishes
Field Tile Available in all colors*
Nominal (in) Actual (in) Thickness (mm) Grout Joint (in) Finish 4 x 12 †* 3-3/4 x 11-3/4 9.5 3/16 UPS
6 x 6 5-13/16 x 5-13/16 9.5 3/16 UPS
12 x12 11-13/16 x 11-13/16 9.5 3/16 UPS
12 x 24 11-13/16 x 23-13/16 9.5 3/16 UPS
24 x 24** 23-13/16 x 23-13/16 10.5 3/16 UPS
Product Performance
Breaking Strength 500 lbf ASTM C648
Bond Strength >200 psi ASTM C482
Chemical Resistance Unaﬀected ASTM C650
Frost Resistance Resistant ASTM C1026
Water Absorption <0.20% ASTM C373
Scratch Hardness 7 Mohs Scale
Wet Dynamic Coefficient of Friction Range
UPS 0.50 - 0.60 AcuTest sm
All ﬁeld tile is calibrated (non-rectiﬁed). Crossville recommends a minimum 3/16” grout joint. † The cut/bevel tile is cut from a larger format tile and the edges are beveled to provide a factory appaerance. * Custom Cut Program. Allow 2-4 weeks based on availablity for delivery. ** 24 x
24 is available in these colors only: CBX01, CBX03, CBX07, CBX08, CBX14, CBX17, CBX31, CBX32 and CBX33 Mosaic
Nominal (in) Actual (in) Thickness ( mm) Grout Joint (in) Finish 3 x 3* 2-7/8 x 2-7/8 6.4 1/8 UPS
* 3 x 3 Mosaic Tile in 11-3/4 x 11-3/4 sheets with a 1/8 inch grout joint.

Shade & Texture Index
Color Blox 2.0 has a shade variation of V2.

V2 V3 V4V1 V1 Uniform appearance
V2 Slight Variation
V3 Moderate Variation
V4 Substantial Variation
3 x 3 Mosaics
Coordinating Trim
Nominal (in) Actual (in) Thickness ( mm) Grout Joint (in) Finish 3 x 3 Mounted Bullnose
1 Linear Foot
2-7/8 x 11-3/4 6.4 1/8 UPS
3 x 3 Bullnose Corner 2-7/8 x 2-7/8 6.4 1/8 UPS
3 x 3 Mounted Cove Base
1 Linear Foot
3-5/8 x 11-3/4 6.4 1/8 UPS
4 x 24 Single Bullnose 3-3/4 x 23-13/16 9.5 3/16 UPS
4 x 12 Bullnose Corner
Left & Right
3-3/4 x 11-3/4 9.5 3/16 UPS
6 x 12 Cove Base 5-7/8 x 11-3/4 9.5 3/16 UPS
6 x 8 Cove Base Corner
Left & Right
5-7/8 x 7-3/4 9.5 3/16 UPS
4 x 12 Single Bullnose
Corner Left
4 x 12 Single Bullnose
Corner Right
3 x 3 Mounted Bullnose
1 Linear Foot
3 x 3 Bullnose
Corner
3 x 3 Mounted Cove Base,
1 Linear Foot
4 x 24 Single Bullnose
6 x 12 Cove Base 6 x 8 Cove Base Left 6 x 8 Cove Base Right D273010.indd 10 6/25/21 11:04 PM
----
.................................................................................................................................................................................................. __ _ ··························································---······························································································----·····-························-······ ......................................................... , ___ .............................................................................................. ____ ................................... .. ······························································································································································································--- ···································································································································································································--- ···································································································································································································--- ____ ............................................................................... ___ _ ~ (!__II ~I ~I___,
l □ I □
C
CJ
■
■
■ ■
■ ■
■
■ ■■
DITO □
I JOO
11 Environmentally AwareT rade Organizations
Available
Color Blox 2.0 is recommended for
interior floors, walls, countertops,
and exterior walls in both residential
and commercial applications.

Color Blox 2.0 is not recommended
for exterior horizontal surfaces or
exterior paving. If offset pattern
is required for tiles 15 inches or
longer, Crossville
® recommended
an offset of not greater than 33%.

See CrossvilleInc.com for detailed
installation instructions.

Crossville
® produces the Color Blox

2.0 Mosaics with the Cross-Sheen ®
(UPS) finish that has an AcuTestsm
Wet Dynamic COF of ≥ .50. Their
small sizes ensure frequent grout
joints which provides traction and
drainage. Crossville cannot control
situations involving incorrect
installation, improper slope to the
drain for elimination of standing water
and poor surface cleaning.

This information is provided so that
customers may make a realistic and
informed decision when comparing
Crossville Mosaics to other tile
products in wet area environments,
such as residential/commercial
bathrooms, showers, and interior
pool decks.

Recommended Use
Wet area use for Color Blox 2.0 Mosaics
Regular cleaning is the best way to
keep Color B
lox 2.0 tile looking good
for years to come. Use clean, hot
water (combined with a household
cleaner for more aggressive cleaning).

Rinse thoroughly and dry with a soft
cloth. No waxes are needed. More
information regarding the care and
maintenance of Crossville
® products
is available at CrossvilleInc.com.

Crossville Inc. guarantees that
its products will meet or exceed
the performance specifications
outlined in ANSI A137.1- 2012 and
in the performance data section of
the Crossville, Inc. general product
catalog. For complete details check
our website at CrossvilleInc.com.

Our porcelain tiles are available with
Hydrotect
™. Crossville’s revolutionary
invisible coating harnesses the
power of light, water, and oxygen to
create the best defense against dirt
and pollution. Whether indoors or
out, floors and walls stay cleaner,
providing a superior experience in
any space. Please request a sample
before ordering. For complete details
check our website at CrossvilleInc.com.

Care and MaintenanceCare and Maintenance
Our Warranty
HydroTect™
If you want a better idea of what
Crossville tile would look like in a
particular room setting, simply visit
our website and click on Cross-Vision.

This powerful software tool allows
you to visualize different types of
Crossville tile. In addition, you’ll
find comprehensive information
about Crossville’s entire portfolio of
products. You can also learn about
the latest styles and trends from
industry experts, download detailed
care and maintenance instructions
for our various products, or browse
electronic versions of Crossville’s
product brochures. So whether you
need information about Crossville
products or tile in general, please visit
us at CrossvilleInc.com. Information
listed here is subject to change.

Information listed here is subject
to change. Please refer to
CrossvilleInc.com for the latest, most
accurate information.

Our WarrantyCrossvilleInc.com
Visit the website to learn more:

CrossvilleInc.com/Products/
Color-Blox-2-0
Loose Samples for
Architects & Designers
Loose Tile Samples
Sizes may vary depending on
product series
Max. of 4 large field tile per order
Replacement Chips for PSS Rack
Max. of 5, 2 x 2 chips per color
Standard Shipping
UPS Ground
Crossville ® Sample Express
Floor: CBX17  I See the Moon 12 x 24 UPS
D273010.indd 11 6/25/21 11:04 PM
► ►► ______ _
.HYDROTECr
by~CR!OSSVILLE.,.

Technical Data Sheet
Last Updated: 2017.August.02 | Page 1 of 3
Category > Protect
3D SP
Stain Protector
Ameripolish, Inc.• 120 Commercial AVE • Lowell, AR 72745 • (479) 725-0033 • www.ameripolish.com Information subject to change. Visit website for current information. © 2017 Ameripolish, Inc. All rights reserved.

Product Specification
Application: Spray and Ameripolish® Microfiber Pad
Appearance: Milky liquid
VOC: Compliant (5g/l)
Shelf life: 1 year
Solvent: Water-based
Packaging Specification
Product # Shipping Wt. Container
3DSP-1 10 lbs. 1 gallon RTU
3DSP-5 50 lbs. 5 gallons RTU
3DSP-30 300 lbs. 30 gallons RTU
3DSP-55 550 lbs. 55 gallons RTU
3DSP-250 2,500 lbs. 250 gallons RTU
Product Description
Ameripolish® 3D SP™ is a breathable semi-penetrating/
semi-topical sealer that helps to protect surfaces against stains and etching. 3D SP™ creates a water-resistant
barrier that prevents liquids from infiltrating the surface, protecting against staining and color dispersion.

Features
• Ameripolish® 3D SP™ is a semi-penetrating stain
protector specifically formulated to protect polished,
dyed concrete from oil and water-based stains and
acidic etching agents
• Bonds with the other Ameripolish® components to
protect color in slab
• RTU = Ready to use
• UV stabilizers help protect against fading
• Creates water resistant barrier to prevent staining,
etching, and protect color
• 3D SP™ is a color enhancer for polished concrete
floors with dye
• Contains 3D densifier properties to aid in hardening
and dust proofing
• Provides “window of opportunity” to clean up spills
before they stain or etch surface
• Low-odor, non-flammable, VOC compliant (<5g/L)
Uses
Ameripolish® 3D SP™ is ideal to be used on:
• New or existing polished concrete
Dilution & Coverage
Ameripolish® 3D SP™ is shipped Ready to Use
(RTU). On polished concrete floors, 3D SP™ will cover
approximately 2000-2500 sf/gal (49-60 m2/L) for each
application, depending on the porosity of the concrete.

Test areas to determine appropriate application procedure and adjust application rate.

Technical Data Sheet
Last Updated: 2017.August.02 | Page 2 of 3
Category > Protect
3D SP
Stain Protector
Ameripolish, Inc.• 120 Commercial AVE • Lowell, AR 72745 • (479) 725-0033 • www.ameripolish.com Information subject to change. Visit website for current information. © 2017 Ameripolish, Inc. All rights reserved.

Application (cont’d)

6. Areas that will be exposed to excessive, ongoing spills may benefit from a third application of 3D SP™ before
burnishing. If additional applications are desired, check that work surface is tack-free before proceeding.

Next Steps
Floor is ready for light foot traffic when 3D SP™ is tack- free; ready for equipment traffic within 24 hours. 3D SP™ cures fully within seven days. However, concrete, even after becoming densified and polished, is still a porous substrate. Densifiers can take up to 2 weeks to attain full densification.

Cleanup
Clean tools and equipment immediately with water. Always remove rundown and spills immediately.

Storage
• Store upright in safe dry place at 40-110Fº (4 -43Cº) • Keep product from freezing
• Keep out of reach of children
• Seal container after use
• Do not mix with other chemicals
VOC Compliance
In addition, Ameripolish® 3D SP™ offers VOC compliance
with low VOC at 5g/L and is also compliant with national, state and district regulations:
• US Environmental Protection Agency
• California Air Resources Board SCM Districts*
• South Coast Air Quality Management District*
• Maricopa County, AZ
• Northeast Ozone Transport Commission*
*Before application, verify product conformance with local and state codes.

Preparation
In most cases, 3D SP™ will extend protection against
color fading or dissipating, due to variables in application, maintenance, and the concrete itself. Complete all grinding, coloring, densification, and polishing before applying.

Thoroughly clean the surface that 3D SP™ is to be applied to, removing all oil, dirt, laitance, and other contaminants.

Vacuum and clean surface with auto-scrubber and fresh
water. Allow to dry thoroughly. New concrete should cure for 28 days.

Application
Testing: Prior to starting project, apply Ameripolish® 3D SP™ to sample area of each type of concrete to be treated, using applications procedures proposed for project.

Confirm that concrete is receptive to 3D SP™.

Project Conditions: Ambient temperature during application should be 40-90°F (4-32°C).

Equipment: Apply 3D SP™ using a low pressure sprayer
fitted with Green #4 conical mist tip with 4.2 gal/hr flow at 40 psi (15.9 L/hr at 275.8 kPa) and Ameripolish® Microfiber pad.

Application: 3D SP™ provides the best protection when
applied in two light applications.

1. Submerge Ameripolish® microfiber mop in 3D SP™ to
wet thoroughly. Ring out excess material. Spray a light mist of 3D SP™ onto concrete surface, and immediately
spread evenly with Ameripolish® microfiber mop. Apply
enough material to attain 100% coverage, without dry
streaking or puddling.

2. Once dry to a tack-free state, high-speed burnish fitted with 3000 grit or higher pad.

3. Apply the second coat using same spray and spread
method and allow to dry.

4. Once dry to a tack-free state, high-speed burnish fitted with 3000 grit or higher pad.

5. Chemical resistance gains strength over time. Avoid exposure to etching agents for 7 days if possible.

A MER1Pdl1sH·
architectural concrete products
Technical Data Sheet
Last Updated: 2017.August.02 | Page 3 of 3
Category > Protect
3D SP
Stain Protector
Ameripolish, Inc.• 120 Commercial AVE • Lowell, AR 72745 • (479) 725-0033 • www.ameripolish.com Information subject to change. Visit website for current information. © 2017 Ameripolish, Inc. All rights reserved.

Warning & Safety Information
KEEP OUT OF REACH OF CHILDREN. DO NOT TAKE
INTERNALLY . BEFORE USING THIS PRODUCT PLEASE
READ THE SAFETY DATA SHEET IN ITS ENTIRETY!
Safety Data Sheets (SDS) can be found online at
www.ameripolish.com or upon request by contacting
Ameripolish at 1-800-592-9320.

Warranty
The information contained herein is believed to be reliable.

This information is based on laboratory testing and results.

Because of variations in methods, conditions and equipment, each user must test this product to make a judgment of
performance. Applicator is responsible for testing material for effectiveness and performance. Manufacturer obligation is limited to the refund of purchase price or replacement of material if proven to be defective. Claims must be made in writing and received within one year from date of product sale to original buyer. Sole remedy shall be replacement of product proven defective.

A MER1Pdl1sH·
architectural concrete products
Chart a new
course in
performance
and value.
iD Latitude™
LUXURY VINYL TILE + PLANK
• ,.:l
c • ' ;. ; ' • • I ; :
. . ' .

I·
I,
I '
iD Latitude™ Woods
PLWD 7523 Suntoned Teak
48 Grey*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 7521 Beech Natural
TA2 Saddlebrook*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 4694 Scout
283 Toast*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3606 Chamois Oak
09 Clay*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3603 Urban Oak
63 Burnt Umber*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 5134 Blanched Pine
29 Moon Rock*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3307 European Cherry
TA2 Saddlebrook*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3523 Laurel Oak
TA1 Tannery*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 4693 Warm Silver
150 Wetlands*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 4695 Peppercorn
63 Burnt Umber*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3522 Crème Oak
24 Grey Haze*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 0512 Craft Maple
130 Sisal*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 4692 Brined
TA1 Tannery*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3530 Vintage Oak
29 Moon Rock*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 7526 Pearl Maple
280 Shoreline*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3308 Ash
130 Sisal*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3605 Taos Oak
283 Toast*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 5136 Acadia Pine
283 Toast*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3305 American Cherry
TA2 Saddlebrook*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3401 Black Walnut
TA2 Saddlebrook*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 3405 Hickory
TA2 Saddlebrook*
Latitude
Wood
s
PLWD 7524 Natural Teak
TA2 Saddlebrook*
Latitude
Wood
s
*Suggested Tarkett colors for finishing borders (wall base).

Coordinated Tarkett Accessories are a printed approximation. Please refer to the Color Guide for accurate color representation. *Suggested Tarkett colors for finishing borders (wall base).

Coordinated Tarkett Accessories are a printed approximation. Please refer to the Color Guide for accurate color representation.

iD LATITUDE™
LUXURY VINYL TILE + PLANK
ASTM F1700 Class III Type B

0.120" (3.0 mm)
20 mil (0.50 mm)
Techtonic
®
Square Edge
Standard shown on sample
20-Year Limited Warranty
22 Wood, 14 Abstract, 8 Stone/Concrete

ASTM F970
250
psi, ≤0.005 inches
ASTM F1914 Pa
sses
ASTM D2047 ≥0
.5 SCOF
ASTM E648 ≥0.4
5W/cm 2
ASTM F925 Pa sses
ASTM F1515 ∆E
≤8
ASTM F1514 ∆E
≤8
ASTM F2199 Pa
sses
ASTM F137 Pa
sses

SPECIFICATIONS
Classification:

Total Thickness:

Wear Layer Thickness:

Finish:

Edge Treatment:

Emboss:

Warranty:

Colors:

TESTING
Static Load:

Residual Indentation:

Slip Resistance:

Flammability:

Chemical Resistance:

Resistance to Light:

Resistance to Heat:

Dimensional Stability:

Flexibility:

ENVIRONMENTAL INFO: Please visit tarkettna.com
for environmental information on all Tarkett products.

No heavy metals; non-toluene ink system; phthalate-free Third-Party Verified Carbon Neutral
Cradle to Cradle principles: 100% of ingredients used have been assessed by a third-party, EPEA, for environmental and human health impacts; CERTIFIED asthma & allergy friendly ®
Meets CDPH standard method v1.2-2017; FloorScore ® certification FloorScore®
Contributes to LEED ® v4.0, LEED v4.1; WELL
UN Sustainability Goals; CE100; World Economic Forum; UN Global Compact; C2C principles Part of Tarkett ReStart
® program
ISO 19001, ISO 14001; closed loop water system
Transparency certifications and product details are located on the Tarkett website, ecomedes.com and mindful MATERIALS

SUSTAINABILITY ATTRIBUTES
Healthy Materials:

Carbon Footprint:

Material Health Assessment by Third-Party:

Indoor Air Quality:

Transparency Certifications by Third-Party:

Sustainable Building Programs:

Responsible Business Practice:

Responsible Product Management:

Sustainable Manufacturing:

Access to Transparency Documents:

ON FRONT COVER:

LATITUDE ABSTRACT—STRIA MARBLE PLSM 5104 Breccia, STRIA MARBLE PLSM 5102 Nimbus, TEXGRAIN PL TG 3542 Cool Beige, FINELINES PLFL 5103 Greige 6" x 36"
For more accurate color and pattern representation, we suggest you visit an authorized Tarkett dealer to view an actual product sample.

Tarkett North America
30000 Aurora Road
Solon, Ohio 44139
800.248.2878
tarkettna.com ©Tarkett North America 6295110012 11/2020 All third-party trademarks are the property of their respective owners. The CERTIFIED ASTHMA & ALLERGY FRIENDL Y Mark is a Registered Certification Mark of the ASTHMA AND ALLERGY FOUNDATION OF AMERICA and ALLERGY STANDARDS L TD.

Cradle to Cradle Certified™ is a registered trademark of the Cradle to Cradle Products Innovation Institute. •r:CHTONIC'

LUXURY VINYL TILES AND PLANKS
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS Contour, Event, iD Latitude, and Resolve

INTRODUCTION
These instructions are written as a guide to be used by professionals for the proper care and maintenance of the floor. Utilizing these guidelines, with the cleaning products listed below, will ease the ma intenance process and provide the customer with a product that will perform to its intended purpose.

Always visit www.tarkettna.com for the most current installation and maintenance instructions. Technical videos and tip sheets are also available. Contact Tarkett Technical Services at (800)-899-8916 with any questions.

POST INSTALLATION / INITIAL CLEANING
Job site conditions will cause grit and dirt to accumulate. Initial cleaning must not be performed until 72 hours after install ation. However, it is necessary the floor be swept and protected until maintenance begins.

1. Thoroughly sweep or vacuum the flooring to remove all loose dirt and grit.

2. Prepare a cleaning solution using one of the recommended pH neutral cleaners identified on the reference chart below.

3. The dilution ratio depends on light to heavy soil conditions. Follow the manufacturer’s label instructions.

4. Apply the cleaning solution with a nylon or rayon mop, or pump type sprayer. DO NOT FLOOD THE FLOOR.

5. Let the cleaning solution dwell for 5 to 15 minutes (dwell time is based on soil conditions of the floor). DO NOT ALLOW THE SOLUTION TO DRY.

6. Scrub the flooring using a single disc rotary machine (175 – 350 RPM) equipped with a 16 to 24 gauge nylon bristle brush, or a 3M 5100 red pad or equivalent. In small areas, use a deck brush attached to a handle. DO NOT USE BROWN OR BLACK PADS.

7. Remove the cleaning solution using a wet vacuum or a mop.

8. Rinse the floor thoroughly with clean water.

9. Allow the flooring to dry completely.

NOTE: The cleaning process may need to be repeated on heavily soiled floors.

PREVENTIVE CARE

1. An effective barrier matting system should be installed at all entrances to reduce cleaning costs and extend the life of the floor.

2. Protect the flooring from damage by using good quality protective glides and casters for chairs, tables, and other furniture us ing products designed for resilient floors. Caster or wheel damage, in work stations or similar environments, can be avoided with the use of chair pads.

3. Do NOT use steel wool, strong solvents (gasoline, turpentine, and acetone), or all-purpose cleaners (Lestoil, Top Job, etc. and similar products).

4. Do NOT use sweeping compounds or mops treated with petroleum solvents, silicone compounds or loose abrasives that damage the flooring.

5. Do NOT use disinfectant cleaners and insecticide sprays containing oil or solvents that may settle on the floor in sufficient quantity to discolor, cause slipperiness, and harm the flooring.

ROUTINE / DAILY CLEANING
It is very important to clean the flooring at a frequency consistent with the amount and type of traffic and soil conditions. D aily cleaning is recommended.

1. Thoroughly sweep or vacuum the flooring to remove all loose dirt and grit.

2. Prepare a cleaning solution using one of the recommended pH neutral cleaners identified on the reference chart below.

3. The dilution ratio depends on light to heavy soil conditions. Follow the manufactures label instructions.

4. Damp mop the cleaning solution onto the floor with a nylon or rayon mop. Be sure to wring the mop between each application. Or, use an auto scrubber equipped with a 16 to 24 gauge nylon bristle brush, or a 3M 5100 red pad or equivalent. DO NOT FLOOD THE FLOOR.

5. Allow the flooring to dry completely.

6. Remove minor stains and scuffs in conjunction with the damp mopping. Use a white or red pad if required.

PERIODIC / DEEP CLEANING
When Routine / Daily Cleaning no longer provides adequate results, a more aggressive deep cleaning is required to thoroughly clean the floor.

1. Thoroughly sweep or vacuum the flooring to remove all loose dirt and grit.

2. Prepare a cleaning solution using one of the recommended pH neutral cleaners identified on the reference chart below.

3. The dilution ratio depends on light to heavy soil conditions. Follow the manufacturer’s label instructions.

4. Apply the cleaning solution with a nylon or rayon mop, or pump type sprayer. DO NOT FLOOD THE FLOOR.

5. Let the cleaning solution dwell for 5 to 15 minutes (dwell time is based on soil conditions of the floor). DO NOT ALLOW THE SOLUTION TO DRY.

7. Remove the cleaning solution using a wet vacuum or a mop.

8. Rinse the floor thoroughly with clean water.

9. Allow the flooring to dry completely.

NOTE: The cleaning process may need to be repeated on heavily soiled floors.

Flooring may be maintained by following a conventional floor finish maintenance system if desired. Conventional floor finish maintenance systems require periodic stripping of the floor finish. Always follow the manufacturers label instructions for proper application and use.

~Tarkett

MAINTENANCE PRODUCT REFERENCE CHART
NOTE: Always follow the manufactures label for proper mixing ratios and use.

Initial Cleaning Daily Cleaning Deep Cleaning
Buckeye
www.buckeyeinternational.com
1-800-321-2583
Straight Up Crossroads Crossroads

Diversey
www.diversey.com
1-800-558-2332
Profi Profi Profi
GP Forward GP Forward GP Forward
Prominence Prominence Prominence
Certified Green Products Stride Stride

Spartan Chemical
www.spartanchemical.com
1-800-537-8990
Tribase
Tribase Tribase
Damp Mop Damp Mop
Certified Green Products Green Solutions
Industrial Cleaner
Green Solutions
All Purpose
Cleaner
Green Solutions
All Purpose
Cleaner

XL North
www.xlnorth.com
1-888-530-2259
XL APC All
Purpose Cleaner
XL APC All
Purpose Cleaner
XL APC All
Purpose Cleaner
Tarkett North America
Technical Services Department
30000 Aurora Road
Solon, OH 44139
800.899.8916 Fax 440.632.5643
[email protected]
www.tarkettna.com

• Apply floor protection suitable for construction foot traffic such as: undyed heavy Kraft paper, Ram Board, 1/8” Masonite panels, or similar product designed for resilient floor protection.
b. 72 hours after installation:
• Areas that will receive heavy traffic, rolling loads, pallet jacks, and furniture or appliance placement must be protected with ¼” thick Masonite or similar wood panels.
• The floor must be swept or vacuumed prior to the placement of the floor protection panels. (Lightly damp mop if necessary) NOTE: Do not use plastic or other non- porous materials to protect the newly installed flooring that could prevent the adhesive from drying properly.

ADHESIVE CLEAN UP
Excess adhesive should be removed during the installation process.

RollSmart™ Adhesive
959™ Vinyl Tile and Plank Adhesive
• Use a clean white cloth dampened with water to remove wet adhesive from floor covering and tools. • Dried adhesive may require the use of denatured alcohol applied to a clean white cloth. (Follow manufacturer's precautions when using denatured alcohol.)
975™ Two-Part Urethane Adhesive
• Before the adhesive sets, remove excess adhesive from flooring and clean tools with denatured alcohol applied to a clean white cloth. (Follow manufacturer's precautions when using denatured alcohol.) • Do not allow adhesive to dry on the flooring surface. • Removing dried adhesive may cause irreparable damage to the flooring surface.

MAINTENANCE

1. Wait 72 hours after installation before performing initial cleaning.

2. A regular maintenance program must be started after the initial cleaning.

3. Refer to Tarkett’s Maintenance Instructions for complete details.

ADHESIVE SELECTION CHART

Tarkett North America
Technical Services Department
30000 Aurora Road
Solon, OH 44139
800.899.8916 Fax 440.632.5643
[email protected]
www.tarkettna.com
Application and Coverage Moisture / pH Limits Notes Products Adhesive Porous Non-Porous RH% CaCl2 pH Contour Collections
Event
ID Latitude
Mixonomi
Resolve

RollSmart
3/8” Nap Paint Roller
(used with a paint tray)
350 – 400 sq. ft. per
gallon
3/8” Nap Paint Roller
(used with a paint tray)
350 – 400 sq. ft. per
gallon
95% 8 lbs. 10
Adhesive coverage must not
exceed 400ft2 / gallon. While still
wet, adhesive bed should read
10 – 14 mil on wet film thickness
gauge.

Contour Collections
Event
ID Latitude
Mixonomi
Resolve

959 Vinyl Tile
and Plank
Adhesive
1/16 x 1/16 x 1/16 V
150 – 175 sq. ft.
per gallon
1/32 x 1/16 x 1/32 U
250 – 300 sq. ft.
per gallon
90% 8 lbs. 10
The 959 adhesive is sensitive to
substrate porosity. Determine
substrate porosity and follow the
adhesive label instructions
regarding porous and non-porous
substrate drying times prior to the
installation.

Contour Collections
Event
ID Latitude
Mixonomi
Resolve

975 Two-Part
Urethane
Adhesive
1/32 x 1/16 x 1/32 U
225 – 250 sq. ft.
per gallon
1/32 x 1/16 x 1/32 U
225 – 250 sq. ft.
per gallon
90% 8 lbs. 9
For application in areas subject
to heavy point loads, rolling
loads, topical moisture, or
temperature extremes.

ID Latutude
ONLY LVT Rollable
3/8” Nap Paint Roller
(used with a paint tray)
350 – 400 sq. ft. per
gallon
3/8” Nap Paint Roller
(used with a paint tray)
350 – 400 sq. ft. per
gallon
95% 8 lbs. 10
Adhesive coverage must not
exceed 400ft2 / gallon. While still
wet, adhesive bed should read
10 – 14 mil on wet film thickness
gauge.
10/2020

Tarkett Warranty Overview
Tarkett is pleased to offer the world’s
most-integrated, high-performance flooring
system, bringing together design, function
and safety; leading to enhanced
productivity in high-performance
environments. All Tarkett products are
warranted against manufacturers’ defects
to ensure high standards of quality,
performance and aesthetics.

Limited Warranty Information
Section 1: Rubber Sheet Flooring
Limited 5-Year Commercial Warranty for
Manufacturing Defects: Tarkett warrants
from the date of purchase for a period
of five (5) years of Commercial use that
rubber sheet flooring products conform
to written specifications and are free of
manufacturing defects, subject to the
terms and conditions specified herein.

If the customer believes the product to be
defective after installation, the customer
must promptly notify Tarkett and permit
an inspection of the product. If, upon
inspection, Tarkett determines that the
product is
defective, Tarkett will replace or
repair the defective product at its own cost,
subject to the limitations in this warranty,
and prorated as follows: Material and 100% Reasonable Labor Costs (Year 1); Material and 50% Reasonable Labor Costs (Year 2); and Material Only (Years 3-5).

Tarkett warrants that the products will not wear through for the warranty period of five (5) years of Commercial use. For claims based on wear-through, the customer must notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the flooring. If Tarkett determines that the original flooring is worn through, Tarkett will replace or repair the worn flooring at its own cost; however, labor costs will be the customer’s responsibility except as provided on the prorated basis described in the prior paragraph.

SECTION PRODUCT TYPE TARKETT BRAND PRODUCT LINES
1 Rubber Sheet
Flooring Replay® Rolls

2 Compression Molded
Rubber Tile
Circulinity™; CorkTones™; Defiant™; ColorSplash; MicroTone™; Mesto Configurations™; Minerality™; Organics; Prima® Olio® and Marbleized; Replay® Tiles; Solid Color Rubber Tile; Tactile Walking Surface Indicators; Terra-Turf®; Triumph and Inertia™ 3 Stairwell
Management
Rubber or Vinyl Stair Treads, Nosings, Risers, Stringers; Tactile Warning Surface and Safe-T-First®

4 Finishing Borders
(Wall Base)
Finishing
Accessories
BaseWorks®; Masquerade ®; Millwork®; Perceptions®; TightLock®; Traditional Rubber or Vinyl; Safe-T-First®; Vent Cove; and Transitions

5 Vinyl Sheet
and Tile Flooring
A: iQ™ Optima®; iQ™ Granit™; iQ™ Granit™ Micro; iQ™ Granit™ SD; iQ™ Toro SC; Granit™ Safe-T
B: Acczent®
C: Aria™; Melodia™; Performa™;Training®; iQ™ Optima® Acoustiflor ®
D: Standard Plus

6 Vinyl Composition
Tile and Plank
A: Vinyl Composition Tile (VCT): Tarkett
B: Vinyl Enhanced Tile (VET): Azterra™ ; Color Essence™ Solid Vinyl Tile (SVT): Cortina Grande™
7 Linoleum Sheet
Flooring LinoFloor xf2™
; LinoFloor Acoustiflor xf2™
and LinoWall xf2™

8 Luxury/Solid Vinyl
Tile and Plank
A: Adaptt™; iD Inspiration™ 55; iD Principle; Resolve; Transcend™ SureSet™ and iD Mixonomi
B: Event; iD Inspiration™ 70; iD Latitude + Techtonic™ and Victory®
C: Contour + Techtonic™; Collections Infinies

9 Luxury Tile and
Plank (Light
Commercial) Transcend™ Click
10 Underlayment SureStart™ Underlayment; Tarkolay Underlayment

Limited
Warranty
@)Tarkett
Tarkett Limited Warranty P4
10/2020

defects, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein.

The customer must notify Tarkett of any obvious visual defects prior to installation; otherwise this warranty will not apply. If the defect is found and Tarkett is notified in writing prior to installation, Tarkett will replace any defective product, at no charge. If the customer believes the product to be defective after installation, the customer must promptly notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the product. If, upon inspection, Tarkett determines that the product is defective, Tarkett will replace or repair the defective product at its own cost, subject to the limitations in this warranty, and prorated as follows: Material and 100% Reasonable Labor Costs (Year 1); Material and 50% Reasonable Labor Costs (Year 2); and Material Only (Years 3-10).

T
arkett warrants that the products will not wear through for the warranty period of ten (10) years of Commercial use. For claims based on wear-through, the customer must notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the flooring. If Tarkett determines that the original flooring is worn through, Tarkett will replace or repair the worn flooring at its own cost; however, labor costs will be the customer’s responsibility except as provided on the prorated basis described in the prior paragraph.

Section 7: Linoleum Sheet Flooring
Limited 10-Year Commercial Warranty for Manufacturing Defects: Tarkett warrants from the date of purchase for a period of ten (10) years of Commercial use that linoleum sheet flooring products conform to written specifications and are free of manufacturing defects, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein.

Tarkett warrants that the products will not wear through for the warranty period of ten (10) years of Commercial use. For claims based on wear-through, the customer must notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the flooring. If Tarkett determines that the original flooring is worn through, Tarkett will replace or repair the worn flooring at its own cost; however, labor costs will be the customer’s responsibility except as provided on the prorated basis described in the prior paragraph.

Section 8A: Luxury Tile and Plank
Limited 10-Year Commercial Warranty for Manufacturing Defects: Tarkett warrants from the date of purchase for a period of ten (10) years of Commercial use that luxury tile and plank flooring products conform to written specifications and are free of manufacturing defects, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein.

Tarkett warrants that the products will not wear through for the warranty period of ten (10) years of Commercial use. For claims based on wear-through, the customer must notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the flooring. If Tarkett determines that the original flooring is worn through, Tarkett will replace or repair the worn flooring at its own cost; however, labor costs will be the customer’s responsibility except as provided on the prorated basis described in the prior paragraph.

Section 8B: Luxury Tile and Plank
Limited 20-Year Commercial Warranty for Manufacturing Defects: Tarkett warrants from the date of purchase for a period of twenty (20) years of Commercial use that luxury tile and plank flooring products conform to written specifications and are free of manufacturing defects, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein.

Tarkett warrants that the products will not wear through for the warranty period of twenty (20) years of Commercial use. For claims based on wear-through, the customer must notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the flooring. If Tarkett determines that the original flooring is worn through, Tarkett will replace or repair the worn flooring at its own cost; however, labor costs will be the customer’s responsibility except as provided on the prorated basis described in the prior paragraph.

Tarkett Limited Warranty P5
10/2020

Section 8C: Luxury Tile and Plank
Limited 25-Year Commercial Warranty for Manufacturing Defects: Tarkett warrants from the date of purchase for a period of twenty five (25) years of Commercial use that luxury tile and plank flooring products conform to written specifications and are free of manufacturing defects, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein.

Tarkett warrants that the products will not wear through for the warranty period of twenty five (25) years of Commercial use. For claims based on wear-through, the customer must notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the flooring. If Tarkett determines that the original flooring is worn through, Tarkett will replace or repair the worn flooring at its own cost; however, labor costs will be the customer’s responsibility except as provided on the prorated basis described in the prior paragraph.

Section 9: Luxury Tile and Plank (Light Commercial)
Light Commercial Warranty for Manufacturing Defects: Tarkett warrants from the date of purchase for a period of ten (10) years of Light Commercial use that luxury tile and plank flooring products conform to written specifications and are free of manufacturing defects, subject to the terms and conditions specified herein. Light Commercial applications are defined as foot-traffic only (no rolling loads).

Tarkett warrants that the products will not wear through for the warranty period of ten (10) years of Light Commercial use. For claims based on wear- through, the customer must notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the flooring. If Tarkett determines that the original flooring is worn through, Tarkett will replace or repair the worn flooring at its own cost; however, labor costs will be the customer’s responsibility except as provided on the prorated basis described in the prior paragraph.

Section 10: Underlayment
Limited 10-Year Light Commercial Warranty for Manufacturing Defects: Tarkett warrants from the date of purchase for a period of ten (10) years of Light Commercial use of SureStart™ underlayment with approved Tarkett LVT products, subject to subfloors being prepared & meeting Tarkett Installation Instruction guidelines and subject to the terms and conditions specified herein.

The customer must notify Tarkett of any obvious visual defects or concerns prior to install; otherwise this warranty will not apply.

If the defect is found and Tarkett is notified in writing prior to installation, Tarkett will replace any defective product, at no charge.

If the customer believes the product to be defective after installation, the customer must promptly notify Tarkett and permit an inspection of the product. If, upon inspection, Tarkett determines that the product is defective, Tarkett will replace or repair the defective product at its own cost, subject to the limitations in this warranty, and prorated as follows: Material and 100% Reasonable Labor Costs (Year 1); Material and 50% Reasonable Labor Costs (Year 2); and Material Only (Years 3-10).

A
ll Tarkett Commercial Products:

This Limited Warranty applies only for products installed, used and maintained according to the written recommendations and specifications provided at the time of material purchase.

Warranty Claim Procedure
To be eligible for replacement under this warranty, the customer must file a claim by giving Tarkett written notice of the defect. This notice must be filed immediately, but in no event more than 10 days following discovery of the defect. Notice shall be given to Tarkett at its corporate address of 30000 Aurora Road, Solon, Ohio 44139.

Phone: (800) 899-8916; Fax: (440) 543-5774.

If defective product has been discontinued or is otherwise unavailable, Tarkett reserves the right to select and supply the customer with Tarkett replacement flooring, similar in quality and quantity to the material claimed to be defective.

Tarkett Limited Warranty P6
10/2020

Warranty Exclusions
The Tarkett Limited Warranty does not apply to:
• The exact matching of shade, color or mottling.
• Tears, burns, cuts or damage due to improper installation or use or improper cleaning agents and maintenance methods. • Labor costs outside of prorated schedule defined in the warranty. • Sales of non-first quality materials, i.e., “seconds,” “off goods” or other irregular flooring. Such non-first quality materials are sold “AS IS.”
• Issues associated with the use of adhesives other than those recommended by Tarkett. • Issues caused by moisture or alkali in the subfloor. Pre-installation moisture and alkali testing is required and must be made available to Tarkett upon request.
• Issues of discoloration or staining associated with subfloor contamination or markings that bleed through the flooring material. • Problems caused by installation, uses and maintenance that are contrary to Tarkett’s specifications, recommendations or instructions.
• Material installed with obvious defects not notified to Tarkett prior to installation. • Exterior installations – Tarkett products are designed for interior applications only. • Fading and/or discoloration resulting from heavy sunlight penetration and ultraviolet ray exposure from direct or glass-filtered sunlight.
• Damage to flooring products caused by high or spiked heels, improper protectors/casters or furniture rests. Some rolling-type casters on furniture or appliances may damage resilient flooring. Warranty as to the suitability of the factory-installed casters rests with the furniture or appliance manufacturers. To avoid Tarkett warranty exclusions, casters must be suitable for use on resilient flooring.
• Damage to flooring products from pallet jack and tow-motor traffic. • Premature wear or deterioration from spikes and skate blade exposure. • Variations in color or embossing between products, photography or printed color illustrations. • Installation of Tarkett flooring in work or commercial areas exposed to oil and grease, such as commercial kitchens or butcher shops. Defiant™ Oil and Grease-Resistant Rubber tiles are recommended in such situations. • Additional expense associated with overtime, replacing or moving appliances or furniture, business interruptions, loss of use or other related costs associated with the replacement of the flooring. • Shifting, cracking, or movement of the substrate or foundation. • Hydrostatic pressure, flooding, standing water or moisture on the surface of the substrate. • Issues related to exposure to heavy rolling loads (Light Commercial Products). • Warranty Disclaimer
• EXCEPT AS STATED HEREIN, TARKETT MAKES NO WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED. ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES

WHICH MAY ARISE BY LAW, IMPLICATION OF LAW OR APPLICATION OF COURSE OF DEALING, PERFORMANCE OR USAGE OF

TRADE INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED AND EXCLUDED. ANY ORAL STATEMENTS ABOUT THE PRODUCTS DESCRIBED HEREIN

ARE NOT WARRANTIES, SHOULD NOT BE RELIED UPON BY BUYER, DO NOT FORM ANY PART OF THE BASIS OF THE BARGAIN, AND
ARE NOT PART OF THIS OR ANY OTHER LIMITED WARRANTY. NO AGENT, DISTRIBUTOR OR REPRESENTATIVE OF TARKETT,

EXCEPT AN AUTHORIZED OFFICER OF TARKETT, SHALL HAVE AUTHORITY TO AGREE TO ANY TERM, CONDITION OR PROVISION INCONSISTENT HEREWITH OR NOT CONTAINED HEREIN. IN NO EVENT SHALL TARKETT BE LIABLE TO BUYER FOR

INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, DAMAGES OR LOSS OF PROFIT

ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANY, REGARDLESS OF THE LEGAL OR EQUITABLE THEORY (CONTRACT, TORT, OR OTHERWISE) UPON WHICH THE CLAIM IS BASED. • These warranties provide specific legal rights; these and other rights may vary from state to state.

TARKETTNA.COM 800 .899.8916
©2020 TARKETT 05/ 20
~Tarkett
I

ARCHITECTURAL
factory-finished
stained wood doors
Complete Designer Stain Collection
hl1
MASONITE.

Factory-Finishe d stained wood doors 9
white Birch
naturally light in color, the broad grain texture of white birch is enhanced and receptive to your choice of stain.

Clear
Cinnamon
Nutmeg
Toast
Bourbon
Cocoa Bean
Rolled Oats
Cane
Espresso
Saffron
Caramel
Honey
Stout
actual colors may vary depending on wood species.
rotary cut Veneers are not a
vailable in aspiro stile & rail doors.
order samples at
mas
onitearchitectural.com/stains.

4 Factory-Fini shed stained wood doors
Variations in authentic
wood Veneers
A quick guide to help you understand the variations in natural wood veneers, so you can specify with confidence.

COMMOn CUT S
Grain pattern and consistency is determined by the type of veneer cut.

Plain sliced*
Plain sliced — or fla t cut — v eneers are the result of sawing a log parallel to the center or cut line.
• Leaf widths vary based on log size and location of
ce
nter cut
• offers greater consistency and straight grain patterns • one of the most preferred cuts for architectural doors rot
ary cut v
eneers are the result of turning a blade in a
continuous roll against a log mounted on a lathe.
• Produces a variety of patterns and wide sheets
• Blade slices through the path of the growth rings
• Grain pattern is naturally inconsistent making the
leav
es difficult to match
Quarter cut v
eneers are the result of slicing flat through
a quartered log.
• Produces a narrow striped pattern
• Blade slices at a right angle against the growth rings • tight vertical grain eliminates arches and cathedral patt
erns found in Plain slic
ed veneer
• this cutting method produces a visual characteristic commonly kno
wn as flake. the flake ma
y appear
rough and is not c
onsidered a defect.
rif
t cut v
eneers are the result of slicing a quartered log
against the growth rings.
• only available in oak species
• reduces the "flake" effect
• Produces a narrow striped pattern similar
to Quart
er cut
rotary cut
Quarter cut* rift cut*
our standard samples are available in Plain sliced (Flat cut) and rotary cut. other v eneer cuts available upon request. * other pr
ocessing methods to achieve Plain slic
ed, Quarter cut and rift cut v
eneer may be used.
cathedral pattern very broad pattern

1 of 4
Subject to the terms, conditions, tolerances and exclusions contained in this Warranty, Masonite Architectural warrants its Aspiro™ & Cendura™ branded door slabs as follows:

Lifetime & Limited Lifetime Coverage. Masonite Architectural interior doors are covered under this warranty beginning on the date that the doors are originally purchased and continuing for as long as the doors remain in use at the commercial structure where, and as, originally installed.

Limited One-Y ear Coverage. Cendura Hollow Core and Bifold doors are covered under this limited warranty for one year from the date that the doors are originally purchased.

The Masonite Architectural finish on the door and any accessories installed by Masonite Architectural at its manufacturing facility are warranted for a period of only one (1) year. Any glass lites are not warranted hereunder and may have a separate warranty.

Masonite Architectural warrants for the applicable time period that its doors will be free from defects in design, material and manufacture at the time of shipment that would render them unserviceable or unfit for the ordinary purposes for which the door is recommended.

This warranty is valid for products sold and installed only in the United States, Canada and Mexico.

The “Tolerances” set forth below are acceptable and not deemed defective under this warranty. In addition, if any condition described in the “Exclusions” set forth below is applicable, the door will not be warranted.

This warranty covers only the original installation of the door and only if installed in accordance with the written instructions contain in the Masonite Architectural Care & Handling Guide.

REMEDIES:

If a claim is asserted during the warranty period, Masonite Architectural, at its option will: (1) repair the defect; (2) replace the door; or (3) refund the purchase price of the door that was actually paid to Masonite Architectural. If replaced or repaired, the door will only be warranted for the remainder of the original warranty period. Masonite Architectural will assess each situation and determine on a case by case basis whether it will pay all or any amount to remove, refinish and rehang a defective door. In the instance of Cendura limited lifetime doors and Aspiro Exterior Stile & Rail doors, such consideration will only be given if the defect is detected in the first three years. For Cendura Hollow Core or bifold doors the warranty will not cover any labor or other costs associated with rehanging or refinishing. Masonite Architectural does not cover any expense relating to the removal or rehanging of a door when any defect for which the door is being rejected was apparent prior to installation. All concealed damage must be reported within 5 business days of delivery.

SERIES PRODUCT CATEGORY INTERIOR EXTERIOR
Aspiro™ Authentic Stile & Rail Lifetime* 3-year
Aspiro™ Select Wood Veneer Lifetime* Not Warranted
Aspiro™ Premium Painted Lifetime* Not Warranted
Aspiro™ Choice Laminates/Impact Lifetime* Not Warranted Cendura™ Stile & Rail Limited Lifetime* Not Warranted
Cendura™ Standard Wood Veneer Limited Lifetime* Not Warranted Cendura™ Everyday Laminates Limited Lifetime* Not Warranted Cendura™ Standard Painted Limited Lifetime* Not Warranted Cendura™ Hollow Core or Bifold 1-year Not Warranted
*Lifetime of original installation
~I ti MASONITE. 1111 ARCHITECTURAL
Warranty
Warranty
2 of 4
TOLERANCES:

1. Size t
olerances: nominal length, width and thickness ±1/16"; prefit sizes ±1/32"

2. Squarenes
s tolerance: diagonal measurement difference will not exceed 1/8"

3. Fact
ory hardware preparation: a plus 1/32" minus 0" tolerance will be allowed on hinge and lock front preparation cutouts A ±1/32" t
olerance will be allowed on hinge and lock front locations

4. Stile
, rail and core show-through (telegraphing) will not be considered a defect unless the face of the door varies from a true plane in ex
cess of 1/100" in any three-inch-span

5. Humidity on both sides of an interior door mus
t be at a consistent level and not be less than 25%, nor greater than 55%.

Temper
ature must not be less than 50°F, nor greater than 90°F

6. Warp shall not be c
onsidered a defect unless it exceeds 1⁄4" in the plane of the concave side of the door itself. The following warp allo
wances are for 1-3⁄4" or thicker doors. For doors wider than 3'6" and less than 7' in height, the warp shall not exceed 1⁄4" in a section 3'6" by the height of the door
. For doors wider than 3'6" and higher than 7', the warp shall not exceed 1⁄4" in any 3'6" b
y 7' section. For doors up to and including 3'6" wide and over 7' in height, the warp shall not exceed 1⁄4" in any 7' length of door section. “Warp” is an
y distortion in the door itself and does not refer to the relationship of the door to the frame or jamb in which it is hung. T
he term “warp” shall include bow, cup and twist. In measuring the amount of warp present in a door, the f
ollowing method shall be used: bow, cup, and twist shall be measured by placing a straight edge, taut wire or string on the suspect c
oncave face of the door at any angle (i.e., horizontally, vertically, diagonally), with the door in its installed position. The measur
ement of bow, cup and twist shall be made at the point of maximum distance between the straight-edge, taut wire or s
tring and the face of the door.

GENERAL EXCLUSIONS: This warranty does not cover:

1. Any c
ondition or appearance caused by failure to follow Care & Handling instructions

2. The appear
ance of field finished or factory primed doors

3. Doors alter
ed by others (excluding machining by Masonite Architectural authorized dealers)

4. Interior doors subject
ed to different temperature or humidity conditions on each side of the door or stored or used in conditions outside the care and handling guidelines

5. Doors that ar
e improperly hung or do not swing freely

6. Fading or dark
ening due to exposure to ultra-violet light sources

7. Incompa
tibility of hardware with a particular door construction

8. Natur
al variations in color or texture of wood

9. The na
tural characteristic of the “barber pole” effect

10. Normal wear and t
ear or deterioration for reasons other than material and workmanship of the door itself

11. Doors shipped outside of the United S
tates, Canada or Mexico will not be warranted

12. If an interior door is ins
talled or used for any exterior applications

13. Doors where self-tapping or c
ombination metal/wood screws are used to attach surface applied hardware

14. Repairs, r
ework or replacements made without prior written consent from manufacturer

15. Any delamina
tion caused by failure to protect and seal exposed hardwood rails or veneer surfaces of the door and failure to maintain these surfac
es
FLUSH DOOR EXCLUSIONS in additional to the general exclusion: This warranty does not cover:

1. The appear
ance of high gloss plastic as defined by the laminate manufacturer, or factory finished doors with a gloss higher than 40° (based on 60°gloss met
er)

2. The w
arranty against warp does not apply to the following:
a. Doors that ar
e wider than 3'0" or longer than 7'0" and less than 1-3/4" b. Doors hung without a hinge or pivot e
very 30" of door height. This exclusion is waived on non-rated SCL core doors up to

9'0" for w
arp not to exceed allowable warp per WDMA I.S. 1A
c. Doors with unbalanced c
onstruction
d. Doors wider than 4'0" and longer than 10'0”
e. Not
e: Action on any claim for warp may be deferred, at the option of Masonite Architectural, for a period not to exceed one year fr
om date of claim to permit conditioning of the doors to temperature and/or humidity

3. Particlec
ore Doors with wood beading
a. With cut
out areas exceeding 40 percent of the door area
b. With individual cut
outs exceeding 54” in height or 36” wide
c. With les
s than 3-1/4" between lock and lite cutouts
d. With les
s than 5" between lite cutout and door edge or other cutouts e. With les
s than 10” bottom rail for full lite cutouts

4. Particlec
ore Doors with metal vision frame
a. With lit
e and/or louver cutout areas exceeding 2,835 square inches of visible glass b. With individual cut
outs exceeding 81" long or 36" wide
c. With les
s than 3-1/4" between lock and lite cutouts
d. With les
s than 5" between lite cutout and door edge or other cutouts e. With les
s than 10” bottom rail for full lite cutouts
~I ti MASONITE. 1111 ARCHITECTURAL
Warranty
Warranty
3 of 4

5. EHD
a. With lit
e and/or louver cutout areas exceeding 2,835 square inches of visible glass b. With individual cut
outs exceeding 81" long or 36" wide
c. With les
s than 3-1/4" between lock and lite cutouts
d. With les
s than 5" between lite cutout and door edge or other cutouts e. With les
s than 10” bottom rail for full lite cutouts

6. SCL Doors:
a. With lit
e and/or louver cutout areas exceeding 2,835 square inches of visible glass b. With individual cut
outs exceeding 81" long or 36" wide
c. With les
s than 1-1/16" between lock and lite cutouts
d. With les
s than 5" between lite cutout and door edge or other cutouts e. With les
s than 10” bottom rail for full lite cutouts

7. Louv
ers, lites and any other cutouts in hollow core construction

8. Doors with conc
ealed closers deeper than 2" or wider than 1-1/4"

9. Doors with re
veals that are greater than 1/4" in depth both faces or not the same pattern each face

10. No hardw
are is to be mortised into or attached to a transom that does not include a metal transom bar in the door frame

11. MDF Rout
ed doors wider than 3’6” x 8’

12. Door acc
essories installed by others

13. Cracking of high pr
essure decorative laminate faced doors with openings cut by parties other than the manufacturer or its authorized r
epresentative

14. Varia
tion between exterior and interior stain finish appearance

15. Machined pockets tha
t leave less than 1/4" thick cavity walls

16. Mortise door bottom pr
eps that exceed 2-1/4" in depth
INTERIOR STILE & RAIL EXCLUSIONS in additional to the general exclusion: This warranty does not cover:

1. The w
arranty against warp does not apply to the following:
a. Doors that ar
e more than the maximum size per stated qualifications
b. Doors with unbalanced c
onstruction
c. Note: A
ction on any claim for warp may be deferred, at the option of Masonite Architectural, for a period not to exceed one

year fr
om date of claim to permit conditioning of the doors to temperature and/or humidity

2. Doors with re
veals that are greater than 1/8" in depth both faces or not the same pattern each face

3. Field painting of stain gr
ade wood veneer surfaces

4. Natur
al movement of floating panels

INTERIOR STILE & RAIL QUALIFICATIONS

1. Maximum door size - 48” x 108” with 14” bott
om rail (applies to over 43”w & 100”h)

2. Maximum door size - 42” x 99” with 12” bott
om rail (applies to over 36”w)

3. Maximum door size - 36” x 98” with 10” bott
om rail

4. Minimum size f
or stiles & top rail – 4 1/8”

5. Doors may be finished or unfinished

6. NOTE: fix
ed units may have 2-1/2” stiles at minimum
EXTERIOR STILE & RAIL EXCLUSIONS in additional to the general exclusions: This warranty does not cover:

1. Doors that ar
e not factory finished

2. Dual wood species a
t exterior applications

3. Job site fitting will not be permitt
ed

4. Prolonged e
xposure to extreme atmospheric conditions [heat-sunlight-moisture etc.] may limit the warranty

5. Conc
ealed Vertical Rod exit devices

6. Plank doors at e
xterior locations

7. Red Oak doors a
t exterior locations

8. Utilizing solid lumber stiles
9 . Varia
tion between exterior and interior stain finish appearance

EXTERIOR STILE & RAIL QUALIFICATIONS

1. Harring Doors must f
actory finish [pre-finish or prime] the product

2. Maximum door size = 42” x 96”

3. Minimum size f
or stiles and top rail = 5” door over 36” wide = 5-1/2”

4. Minimum size f
or bottom rail = 10” door over 36” wide = 12”

5. Outswing doors r
equire metal flashing at top of door

6. Exterior caulk mus
t be used on lights and hardware

7. An ov
erhang of four feet [ 4’ ] must be maintained from the exterior face and edge of the door[s]

8. Rec
ommended Exterior Application Species: White Oak, Mahogany, Cherry, Pine, Walnut ~I ti MASONITE. 1111 ARCHITECTURAL
Warranty
Warranty
MA_LIT-4003_v4 5/ 2018
877.332.4484
www.masonitearchitectural.com
©2018 Masonite Architectural
4 of 4

9. An owner maintenance [regarding the finish] program is required. See below

10. Minimum 2 coats of topcoat must be applied to all of the six sides of the door. Recommended to use a clear coat or sealer with a high UV blocker
Exterior Stile & Rail Maintenance Program:

The owner maintenance program must begin no more than six [6] months after installation. Keep the maintenance program simple, and stick to a schedule. Early May and mid-October should be periods of time with moderate temperatures and low humidity. If the finish deteriorates, the wood will be exposed to atmospheric conditions that will cause moisture levels within the wood to vary and cause the wood to move. Warp, twist, joint separation, and operational issues will be inevitable. Properly maintaining the topcoat will help prevent these issues. The stain grade maintenance program should exist as follows: Doors should be lightly and evenly sanded from P180 and progressed through finer sanding grits P200, P220, and finer (if needed) to the desired surface smoothness of the fac
e. After sanding, one should wipe the door down to remove dust. Use of a mechanical sander is not recommended as it may be too aggressive. Wood door finishes must be appropriately maintained to prevent degradation of the coated surface and to extend the service life of the door. To produce the best, most durable results, use good quality Exterior grade finishing materials and apply acc
ording to the manufacturer’s directions. Make sure to seal and inspect all 6-surfaces (top, bottom, hinge side, lock side, exterior face and interior face) of the active door panel(s). Finishing must be completed within 3-days from the time the protective packaging was removed and/or the installation was performed. The sanding of the door is designed to prepare the door to take an additional topcoat (promotes adhesion of coats), not to repair scratches, gouges, or other cosmetic issues that may exist from everyday use.

When purchasing the topcoat material, please inform the seller of the wood species of the doors. Compatibility may or may not be an issue. Minimum 2 coats of topcoat must be applied to all of the six sides of the door. Recommended to use a clear coat or sealer with a high UV blocker. Masonite Architectural suggests an annual or biannual inspection of exterior top-coats. If inspection shows wear, reapply top-coat as required.

Claims Procedure
The purchaser shall inspect ALL doors for damage and defects at the time of delivery. A written notice of any apparent and visual defects must be submitted by the purchaser / installer to the supplier and to Masonite Architectural within 30 days of delivery if the defect is apparent or within 30 days of detection if the defect is latent. Any freight related damage shall be recorded on the receiving shipment paperwork and reported to Masonite Architectural within 5 days of delivery. Failure to so notify Masonite Architectural within the specified time frames shall fully and completely relieve Masonite Architectural from any obligation under this warranty for such defects. All parties must be given a reasonable opportunity to investigate the reported problem and Masonite Architectural must be given reasonable opportunity to implement corrective action. Claims shall be processed through the supplier from whom the door was acquired unless the door was purchased directly from Masonite Architectural. If purchased directly from Masonite Architectural, please submit a Customer Incident Report (CIR) form within the requisite period. The claim form is located on Masonite Architectural’s website: https://www.masonite.com/architectural/technical-resources/warranty.

Remedy and Liability Limita
tion: If an issue is detected during the applicable warranty term, Masonite Architectural, in its sole discretion, will repair or replace the door or will refund the original purchase price paid to Masonite Architectural subject to reduction based on the proration. The remaining warranty term for any replaced or repaired door will run from the date of the original door warranty.

MASONITE ARCHITECTURAL’S MAXIMUM LIABILITY IS LIMITED TO THE AMOUNT OF THE ORIGINAL PURCHASE PRICE PAID TO MASONITE ARCHITECTUAL SUBJECT TO FURTHER REDUCTION BASED ON THE PRORATION SCHEDULE. MASONITE

ARCHITECURAL IS NOT OBLIGATED UNDER THIS WARRANTY TO COVER THE COSTS OF LABOR, INSTALLATION, REHANGING OR FINISHING ANY REPLACEMENT DOOR. THIS IS THE SOLE WARRANTY GRANTED TO ANY PARTY AND THERE ARE NO OTHER

WARRANTIES GRANTED, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR

PURPOSE
AND MERCHANTABILITY. MOREOVER, IN NO EVENT WILL MASONITE ARCHITECTURAL BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES. Your rights may vary based on the laws in your state or province. If your state or province does not allow the exclusion of implied warranties, the length of any implied warranty shall be one year or the shortest time in excess of one year permitted under the applicable law. Similarly, if your state or province does not allow exclusions or limitation of consequential damages, this limitation will not apply. Any dispute under this warranty must be resolved by mandatory arbitration under the commercial rules of the American Arbitration Association. If you disagree with this remedy, you must notify Masonite Architectural in writing within thirty days of the purchase of the door. Contractors and distributors agree to provide a copy of this warranty to the purchaser of the building where the door is installed.

Unless Masonite Architectural agrees in writing to an alternative, any dispute under this warranty or related to the warranted product, shall be resolved by mandatory arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA) and governed by the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C. section 1 et seq. as interpreted by the U.S. Supreme Court and the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Eleventh Circuit. Such an arbitration shall be before a single arbitrator and conducted under the AAA Consumer Arbitration Rules in e
ffect at the time of the arbitration, except that the parties agree not to exercise any option to proceed in any small-claims court and waive any such right. Any in-person arbitral proceedings shall occur in Tampa, Florida, If, however, the arbitrator decides, based on evidence submitted, that the specified venue would result in undue hardship to the person making the claim (“claimant”), in which event the arbitration will occur in a the location specified by the arbitrator. Neither you nor Masonite Architectural will be entitled to join or consolida
te claims in arbitration.

Masonite Architectural
201 N Franklin Street, Suite 300 • Tampa, FL 33602
~I ti MASONITE. 1111 ARCHITECTURAL
Warranty
Warranty
SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL 5’x5’ BALTIC BIRCH PANELS
THICKNESS 3mm 6mm 8mm 9mm 10mm 12mm 15mm 18mm 25mm 28mm 32mm 40mm

CORE BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH PLY COUNT 3ply 5ply 7ply 7ply 7ply 9ply 11ply 13ply 17ply 19ply 21ply 28ply SHEETS PER UNIT 130 65 50 44 40 33 26 22 16 14 12 10
GLUE Urea Urea Urea Urea Urea Urea Urea Urea Urea Urea Urea Urea WEIGHT PER SHEET 11 lbs 22lbs 29lbs 32lbs 36lbs 43lbs 55lbs 64lbs 88lbs 101lbs 118lbs 141lbs

THICKNESS

TOLLERANCE
**sanded panels
+0.3mm
-0.4mm
+0.4mm
-0.5mm
+0.4mm
-0.6mm
+0.4mm
-0.6mm
+0.5mm
-0.7mm
+0.5mm
-0.7mm
+0.6mm
-0.7mm
+0.7mm
-0.9mm
+0.9mm
-1.1mm
+1mm
-

1.2mm
+1.1mm
-1.2mm
+1.2mm
-1.3mm

DIMENSION

TOLLERANCE
+/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm
+/-
4mm
+/- 4mm

SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL 4’x8’ BALTIC BIRCH PANELS
THICKNESS 6mm 9mm 12mm 15mm 18mm 24mm 28mm 32mm 40mm

CORE BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH PLY COUNT 5ply 7ply 9ply 11ply 13ply 17ply 19ply 21ply 28ply SHEETS PER UNIT 65 44 33 26 22 16 14 12 10
GLUE Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
Phenolic Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
WEIGHT PER SHEET 29lbs 42lbs 56lbs 72lbs 84lbs 116lbs 132lbs 155lbs 185lbs

THICKNESS

TOLLERANCE
**sanded panels
+0.4mm
-0.5mm
+0.4mm
-0.6mm
+0.5mm
-0.7mm
+0.6mm
-0.7mm
+0.7mm
-0.9mm
+0.9mm
-1.1mm
+1mm
-1.2mm
+1.1mm
-1.2mm
+1.2mm
-1.3mm

DIMENSION

TOLLERANCE
+/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm

SPECIFICATIONS FOR ALL 10’x5’ BALTIC BIRCH
PANELS
THICKNESS 6mm 9mm 12mm 15mm 18mm 24mm

CORE BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH BIRCH
PLY COUNT 5ply 7ply 9ply 11ply 13ply 17ply
SHEETS PER UNIT 65 44 33 26 22 16
GLUE Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
Phenolic Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
Phenoli
c
WEIGHT PER SHEET 44lbs 64lbs 86lbs 110lbs 128lbs 176lbs

THICKNESS

TOLLERANCE
**sanded panels
-0.5mm -0.6mm -0.7mm -0.7mm -0.9mm -1.1mm
+0.4mm +0.4mm +0.5mm +0.6mm +0.7mm +0.9mm
D
TO

IMENSION

LLERANCE
+/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm +/- 4mm

2020
NORTH

AMERICA

ACRYLIC

SOLID SURFACE

SINK AND

SHOWER SOLUTIONS
ON IT E"

SURFACES
A Br-and of Aristech Surfaces LLC
)

FIFTY YEARS

THE NEED FOR AN ASEPTIC

ENVIRONMENT DOES

NOT MEAN HAVING TO
COMPROMISE ON DESIGN.

HYGIENE COUNTS
Hospitality, Heathcare,
Education, Military - There
is no material that allows for
greater cleanliness. AVONITE

SURFACES
® Wet Wall™ 6mm
acrylic solid surface sheets do
not absorb bacteria, can be
easily cleaned using common
household products, are
seamlessly assembled, and the
material malleability makes
it possible to design curved,
rather than angular, corners, for
more efficient cleaning.

IMPERVIOUS
AVONITE SURFACES® 6mm
Wet Wall™ sheets have been
designed to resist a long list of
chemical products, including
chloric acid. This exceptionally
weatherable, strong, non-
porous, scratch and stain
resistant material is exceptional
for architectural designs and
utilitarian surfaces

FOR THE WALLS -
WET WALL™ SHEETS

EASY INSTALL
WET WALL™ 100% Acrylic Solid
Surface 6mm sheets come
in various standard sizes to
meet the marketplace needs.

Standard width options include
36 in., 48 in., and 60 in. wide
and 96 in. length.
36 in.

WIDTH
96 in. LENGTH STANDARD
48 in.

WIDTH
60 in.

WIDTH
AVONITE SURFACES ® WET WALL™ sheets are available in 8 Standard Colors 9036 Sandstorm
9117 Kokoura
7810 Malt8010 Bone
8256 Polaris
8106 Ivory
8016 White8026 Super White
15 14
IIIIXIIMIBIIWilm.A .,,..._,
l 1

CHEMICAL DATASHEET
To determine stain and chemical resistance, chemical reagents are placed on the surface for 16 hours*.

After the 16 hours period, reagents are removed.

STAIN RESISTANCE
Stain resistance looks at the effect below the surface. The following reagents show no lasting effects on the surface of AVONITE SURFACES® sheets when tested to the ISFA 2-01 cleanability/stain resistance standard.
· Acetic Acid (10 %)
· Acetone
· B-4 Body Conditioner
· Ball Point Ink Pen
· Black Paste Shoe Polish
· Bleach (Household Type)
· Butyl Acetate
· Butyl Alcohol
· Butyl Ether
· Catsup
· Citric Acid (10 %)
· Cupra Ammonia
· Dishwasher Detergent
(Cascade)
· Dishwashing Liquid
· Distilled Water
· Ethanol
· Ethyl Alcohol (90 %)
· Finger Nail Polish
Remover
· Gasoline
· Household bleach
· Household Ammonia
· Hydrogen Peroxide
· Hydrogen Peroxide
Solution, 3 %
· Instant Coff
· Isopropyl Alcohol (90 % )
· Lemon Juice
· Lye Solution (1-2 %)
· Mercurochrome (2 %)
· Methanol
· Methyl Acetate
· Methyl Ethyl Ketone
· Methyl Orange (1 %)
· Methyl Red (1 %)
· Mineral Oil
· Naphtha
· Olive Oil
· Pencil Lead
· Permanent Marker
· Pig Blood
· Pine Oil
· Povidone Iodine (10 %)
· Yellow Mustard
· Sodium Sulfate (10 %)
· Soy Sauce
· Sugar (sucrose)
· Toluene
· Tomato Juice
· Trisodium Phosphate
(5 %)
· Urea (6 % )
· Vegetable Oil
· Vinegar
· Wax Crayon
· Wet Pekoe Tea Bag
· Wine
· Xylene
· Zinc Chloride (10 %)

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE
Chemical resistance is a measure of visible surface changes. The following reagents show no lasting effects on the surface of AVONITE SURFACES® Acrylic Solid Surface sheets. · Acetic Acid (10 %)
· Acetone
· Acridine Orange
· AG Eosin Blue (5 %)
· AG Gentian Violet
· Ammonia (10 %)
· Ammonium Hydroxide
(28 %)
· Amyl Acetate
· Amyl Alcohol
· Aromatic Ammonia
· B-4 Body Conditioner
· Ball Point Pen
· Betadine Solution
· Bite Registration
Accelorator (2 % Eugenol)
· Bite Registration Base
· Black Paste Shoe Polish
· Bleach
(Household Type)
· Blood
· Butyl Acetate
· Butyl Alcohol
· Butyl Ether
· Catsup
· Citric Acid (10 %)
· Coffee
· Cupra Ammonia
· Dishwashing Liquid
(Cascade)
· Dishwashing Liquid
(Dawn)
· Distilled Water
· Equalizing Accelerator
· Ethanol
· Ethyl Acetate
· Ethyl Alcohol (90 %)
· Nail Polish Remover
· Gasoline
· Hexane
· Household Soaps
· Hydrogen Peroxide
· Hydrogen Peroxide
Solution (3 %)
· Instant Coffee
· Isopropyl Alcohol (90 %)
· Lemon Juice
· Lye Solution (1-2 % )
· Mercurochrome (2 %)
· Methanol
· Methyl Acetate
· Methyl Ethyl Ketone
· Methyl Orange (1 %)
· Methyl Red (1 %)
· Mineral Oil
· Naphtha
· Napthalene (Naptha)
· Nitric Acid (6 %)
· Olive Oil
· Pencil Lead
· Perchloric Acid
· Permanent Marker Ink
· Picric Acid
· Pig Blood
· Pine Oil
· Povidone Iodine (10 %)
· Yellow Mustard
· Salt (Sodium Chloride)
· Silica Dental Cement
(liquid)
· Silver Nitrate (10 %)
· Soapless Detergents
· Sodium Bisulfate
· Sodium Hydroxide
Solution (<10 %)
· Sodium Hypochlorite (5 %)
· Sodium Sulfate (10 %)
· Soy Sauce
· Sugar (Sucrose)
· Tea
· Toluene
· Tomato Juice
· Trisodium Phosphate
(5 %)
· Urea (6 %)
· Uric Acid
· Urine
· Vegetable Oil
· Vinegar
· Wax Crayon
· Wet Pekoe Tea Bag
· Wine
· Xylene
· Zinc Chloride (10 %)
The following reagents should not come into contact with AVONITE SURFACES® sheets for long periods of time. These reagents may cause surface changes on the sheets that are more difficult to remove:
· Bite Registration Mix (50/50)
· Dry-Bond Dental Adhesive
· Eosine Methylene Blue
· Hydrochloric Acid (>20 %)
· Nail Polish
· Nitric Acid (>25 %)
· Sodium Hydroxide Solution (>25 %)
· Sulfuric Acid (>25 %)
* Although the 16 hours period is standard test pr ocedure, it is recommended to remove chemicals as soon as possible, to prevent damage to the surface.

PHYSICAL PROPERTIES - WET WALL™
AVONITE SURFACES® ACRYLIC SOLID SURFACE PANEL SHEETS 6 mm

PROPERTY UNITS SOLIDS
SMALL

PARTICULATE
MEDIUM

PARTICULATE
LARGE

PARTICULATE
TEST
METHOD

GENERAL
Nominal thickness mm 6 6 6 6 –
Density g/cm³ 1.73 1.60 1.62 1.63 ASTM D 792
Water absorption % 0.04 0.05 0.05 0.05 ASTM D 570

MECHANICAL
Tensile strength psi 4500 4500 4100 3650 ASTM D 638
Tensile modulus psi 1,525,000 1,036,000 1,220,000 1,190,000 ASTM D 638 Tensile elongation
% 0.40 1.00 0.55 0.45 ASTM D 638
Flexural strength psi 9300 8000 7150 6850 ASTM D 790
Flexural modulus psi 1,260,000 1,063,000 1,050,000 1,170,000 ASTM D 790 Barcol hardness – 63 58 59 60 ASTM D 2583
Rockwell hardness (m scale) – 94 94 93 93 ASTM D 785
Charpy impact ft-lbs/inch 1.10 1.10 0.85 0.80 ASTM D 6110 Ball impact
(227g ball, no failure) inches 84 60 60 42 NEMA LD3-3.8

THERMAL
Dtul @ 264 psi °F 215 200 200 198 ASTM D 648
Coefficient of
thermal expansion in/in/°F 2.09x10
-5 2.46x10-5 2.46x10-5 2.46x10-5 ASTM D 696
Boiling water resistance – No effect No effect No effect No effect ISFA 2-01 High temperature resistance – No effect No effect No effect No effect ISFA 2-01 Reaction to fire – Class A Class B Class B Class B ASTM E 84 Combustion toxicity – 98 67 67 67 Pittsburgh Protocol
Total Volatile Organic Compounds μg/m²/hr 69.1 69.1 69.1 69.1 ASTM D 5116

SURFACE
Consistency of color
(same sheet) – Passes Passes Passes Passes ISFA 2-01
Light resistance – No effect No effect No effect No effect ISFA 2-01 Cleanability/Stain resistance – Passes Passes Passes Passes NEMA LD3-3.4 Stain resistance – Passes Passes Passes Passes ANZI/ICPA SS-1 Bacterial resistance – No growth No growth No growth No growth ASTM G 22 Fungi resistance – No growth No growth No growth No growth ASTM G 21 Food zone use – Approved Approved Approved Approved NSF 51 17 16

ULTIMATE FLEXIBILITY

PERSONALIZED
SIZING
With the RIGHT SIZE® Program,
AVONITE SURFACES®
manufactures the sheets in
whatever thickness, width,
length and in any color you
choose.

SAVES TIME
The use of large sheets reduces
the number of seams required.

Fewer seams mean less
adhesive, less fabrication and
therefore less cost.

SUSTAINABLE
CHOICE
The choice of an optimal size
sheet, simply reduces scrap.

Less scrap means taking a step
to help the environment.

THICKNESS
3 mm
6 mm
9 mm
12 mm
19 mm
27 in. x 84 in.

SHEET’s MINIMUM DIMENSIONS
60 in. x 204 in.

SHEET’s MAXIMUM DIMENSIONS

OTHER SOLID SURFACE BRANDS
AVONITE SURFACES®

SOLID SURFACE
WIDE SHEETS = TIME SAVED = BIG SAVINGS
30 in.
48 in.
144 in.
48 in.
19 18
'I
'--'

SHOWER BASES
THE AVONITE SURFACES® COMMERCIAL LIMITED WARRANTY

WARRANTS THAT YOUR SHOWER BASES WILL BE FREE OF
MANUFACTURING DEFECTS FOR A PERIOD OF TEN (10) YEARS
FROM THE DATE OF INSTALLATION.

FUNCTION

AND STYLE
We understand that the
functionality of the shower base
is key, in the selection process.

AVONITE SURFACES
® collection
of Shower Bases provides all
the options needed, including
a diverse color palette to fit any
design aesthetic.

RENEWABLE
One of the key attributes of Solid
Surface, when compared to other
materials, is the ability to be
resurfaced to the look and feel of
the date is was first installed.

CERTIFIED
AVONITE SURFACES® Shower
Bases are regularly tested by
Home Innovation Research Lab
in Maryland for compliance
with the harmonized CSA
B45.5/IAPMO Z124 standard.

In addition, our products have
passed the strict ANSI ICPA – 1
– 2001 solid surface standard
and was one of the original ten
solid surface products used to
establish baseline testing for the
industry. Setting the standard
again, AVONITE SURFACES
®
line of Shower Bases meets
and exceeds each of the tests
performed.
21 20
~ - · Home Innovation
~ RESEARCH LABS "'

5.75“

SHOWER BASE
Ref: SKC_6032SR
Full Curb, End Drain, Right-Hand

4.5“

4.5“
3“

5.5“
1“
SIDE
FRONT
16“
32“
60“
Ref: SKC_6030SR
Full Curb, End Drain, Right-Hand

4.5”
3”

4.5” 1”
60”
FRONT
14“
SIDE
16“

54.5”
30“

1.375“
2” 7.625”
1”4”
SIDE
FRONT

61.5“
31“
Y
X

5.5”
Ref: SKC_6030SL
Full Curb, End Drain, Left-Hand

4.5”
3”

4.5” 1”
60”
FRONT
14“
SIDE
16“
30“

5.5“
3”
1”4.5”
SIDE
FRONT
Ref: SKC_ 6036S
Full Curb, Center Drain
60“
36“

16.5“
30“

5.5“ 1”
X
Ref: SKC_ 6036STVL
Full Curb, End Trench, variable
drain location, adjustable field
installed threshold, Left-Hand

3.5”
1”5”
SIDE
FRONT
60“
36“
Y
9“
3”

4.5”

4.5” 1”
48“
48“
SIDE
FRONT
24“
24“
Ref: SKC_4848S
Full Curb, Center Drain

4.5“

4.5“
3“

5.5“
1“
FRONT
SIDE
32“
16“
60“
Ref: SKC_6032SL
Full Curb, End Drain, Left-Hand
5“ 1”

3.5”
1”5”
SIDE
FRONT
60“
36“
Y
X
Ref: SKC_6036STVR
Full Curb, End Trench, variable
drain location, adjustable field
installed threshold, Right-Hand
Ref: SKC_6153675STVF
Low Threshold, Front Trench,
Variable Drain Location
27 26
It
L
~ I
0JU 0~
I I
1;
~
I:

I
__j_
::JJ
i--
~ '~
I I
II~~~ 1:
tie= J
ri:
::JJ
f--
'~
I~
1--r
:rJ
_j_
~_J
_j_
~ _J
i 0-1
:+1
I I
I
D
~ ---------i
rr
Jh l+I
I J
i t=:= J
[r[ [~

SHOWER BASES - TECHNICAL DATA

NON-POROUS AND SOLID
AVONITE SURFACES® shower bases are made of a nonporous homogeneous blend of polyester and acrylic resins and natural mineral fillers.

Our design is solid from front to back and from top to bottom, with no overlay finish or surface coating to disrupt the inherent non-porous properties. AVONITE SURFACES® Shower Bases are stain resistant to most household reagents and is engineered to be protected from Ultra Violet light contamination.

ANSI CERTIFIED
AVONITE SURFACES® Shower Bases have been put through the test, exceeding results within the Solid Surface standard – ANSI / ICPA SS-2001. All tests were performed and certified by Home Innovation Research Labs in Maryland. Home Innovation Research Labs is a certified national testing lab and all data is readily available.

CLASS ONE FIRE RATING
AVONITE SURFACES® Shower Bases have been given a Class One fire rating with a flame spread factor of less than 25. AVONITE SURFACES® Shower Bases were tested by a nationally-certified Hardwood Plywoods Manufacturers Association laboratory to comply with the national burn test as stated in ASTM E-84.

SIMPLE MAINTENANCE
Maintenance is simple and easy as it can be cleaned with normal household detergents. While mildly abrasive cleaners will not harm surfaces, it is suggested that non-abrasive cleaners be used to clean the products. Difficult stains or abrasions can be easily conquered with the use of a green Scotchbrite
® scouring pad by 3M Corporation. All AVONITE SURFACES® products are manufactured to withstand normal household use temperatures. Our shower bases are regularly tested to the CSAB45.5/IAPMO Z124 standard, which includes a thermal shock test.

Care should be taken to avoid extreme temperature swings, which may shock the product and reduce the product’s life span. As with any composite product, extreme temperature swings can cause increased stress and damage to the product. One should always use care when pouring extremely hot liquids onto a cold surface or placing extremely hot items onto a cold surface or vice versa.

RIGOROUS TESTING
In addition, AVONITE SURFACES® Shower Bases have been tested beyond the established standard using a concentrated load test, in which increasing pressure is applied to a 3” diameter load distribution disc located near the drain orifice in the shower base. This test did not result in failure of the shower base that was being tested. Instead, the test was terminated at 78,375 pounds of pressure with no visible cracking or failure of the shower base in order to avoid damage to the testing equipment. 29 28
We Bring Excellence to the Surface™
AVONITE SURFACES is a registered trademark of Aristech Surfaces LLC. The information contained in this brochure is intended to be for information only and can be amended at any time without prior notification. © 2020 Aristech Surfaces LLC. All rights reserved.

ML100037_0120
Global Headquarters

ARISTECH SURFACES LLC
7350 Empire Drive
Florence KY 41042
USA
T 800 354 9858
European Head Office

ARISTECH SURFACES LLC
[email protected]
Find your closest distributor or more information on
WWW.ARISTECHSURFACES.COM/AVONITE
Certified leader:
c®us~ f)
LISTED
"iiiiii' ~-· Home Innovation
\ ~!..-- ~ RES E ARCH LABS •
Solid Surface

COMFORT, TRANQUILITY,

AND EXTRAORDINARY POSSIBILITIES
aiWilsonart®

SOLID SURFACE
WILSONART® SOLID SURFACEWILSONART® SOLID SURFACE

LIMITLESS DESIGN
Stunning natural stone designs in solids, small
to large particulates, veining and movement,
quartz-inspired sparkle, elegant inlays, and an
abundance of custom options.

STAIN-RESISTANT
Non-porous material allows for low maintenance
and stain resistance, so you can worry less
about spills or messes and more about your
creative vision. Unlike granite, no sealing is
required.

ECO-FRIENDL Y
Designed for indoor spaces, GREENGUARD
Gold Certification gives you added assurance
that Wilsonart® Solid Surface meets strict
chemical emission limits.

SEAMLESS
Inconspicuous waterproof seams eliminate the
growth of odor-causing mold and mildew. NSF
compliant for food contact.

REPAIRABLE
A Certified Wilsonart Fabricator can easily repair
scratches, chips, gouges, or cracks to original
condition.

MOVEMENT

TRANSLUCENT

WIDE SHEETS
Wilsonart®
Solid Surface
6 6

MONTE AMIATA
9911SS
-
I
2501 Wilsonart Drive
P.O. Box 6110
Temple, TX 76503-6110
Wilsonart.com | 800.433.3222
©2021 Wilsonart LLC
Digital representation may vary from
product. Please see actual sample for
more accurate color and composition.

SS6707-21
Front & back cover feature:

Carrara Emporio 9909SS

SOLID SURFACE
See the designs and find your inspiration at
www.wilsonart.com/solid-surfaces.

Where Your Vision
Comes to Life

NSF U L

GREENGUARD
GOLD
HPD

CERTIFICATION

US GREEN

BUILDING

COUNCIL
10-YEAR LIMITED COMMERCIAL
15-YEAR LIMITED RESIDENTIAL

WARRANTY
■
USGBC
MEMBER 0
ilWilsonart®

ENGINEERED SURFACES

TECHNICAL DATA
Wilsonart® Solid Surface

1. Manufacturer

Wilsonart LLC
2501 Wilsonart Drive
P.O. Box 6110
Temple, Texas 76503-6110
Phone: (254) 207-7000; (800) 433-3222
Fax: (254) 207-2384
Web Site: www.wilsonart.com

2. Product Description

Recommended Uses
Wilsonart® Solid Surface is recommended for interior application use and has a wide range of vertical and horizontal applications. Common design elements are decorative wall panels, shower surrounds, countertops, vanities, retail countertops, healthcare countertops, and window sills.

Product Composition
Wilsonart® Solid Surface is manufactured with acrylic resins, fire-retardant fillers and proprietary coloring agents that are homogeneous, with uniform color throughout their thickness.

Patterns & Colors
Color and pattern are uniform for the entire
material thickness and sheets are color matched to adjacent solid surface sheets within the same lot reference.

Wilsonart Product Type Colors/Patterns
051 70+
025 D354SL, 1573SL, 1530TM
*Please contact your Wilsonart® Solid Surface distributor for additional availability of special order patterns in Product Type 025. Minimum order quantities will apply for special orders, and require eight to ten weeks for delivery.

Finishes
Final finish (sheen) for surfaces ranges from matte to high gloss. Surfaces with gloss and semi-gloss finishes require more maintenance than matte or satin finishes. Darker colors will require special attention.

Standard Sheet Sizes
Wilsonart Product Type Thickness Width Length
051 1/2 inches or 0.490 inches (1.25 cm)
± 0.025 inches (0.06 cm)
30 inches
(76.2 cm)
144 inches
(365.8 cm)
051 1/2 inches or 0.490 inches (1.25 cm)
± 0.025 inches (0.06 cm)
60 inches
(152.4 cm)
144 inches
(365.8 cm)
025 1/4 inches 0.240 inches (0.61 cm)
± 0.015 inches (0.38 cm)
60 inches
(152.4 cm)
98 inches
(248.92 cm)

NOTE: Sheets may be approximately one-quarter inch (6mm) longer and wider than above measurement.
~Wilsonarr
2501 Wilsonart Drive
P.O. Box 6110
Temple, TX 76503-6110

Copyright 2020, Wilsonart LLC 2
Special Orders
Wilsonart® Solid Surface is available in other sizes. Minimum order quantities apply and require eight to ten weeks for delivery. Please contact your local Wilsonart Representative for complete order requirements.

3. Technical Data

051 Solid Surface
Properties Typical Results Test
Tensile Strength 6800 psi* ASTM D 638
Tensile Modulus 1.5 x106 psi ASTM D 638
Tensile Elongation 0.4% min. ASTM D 638
Flexural Strength 10,400 psi* ASTM D 790
Flexural Modulus 1.73 x106 psi ASTM D 790
Thermal Expansion Coefficient 1.37 x10-5 in./in./°F ASTM D 696 Hardness (Barcol Impressor) 60 ASTM D 2583
Impact Resistance 144 in. drop A ISO 4586
Izod Impact 0.28 (ft-lb.)/in ASTM D 256 Method A
Light Resistance - Xenon No effect ISO 4586
Stain Resistance Pass ANSI Z-124.3 modified
Wear and Cleanability Pass ANSI Z-124.3
Fungi Resistance Pass ASTM G 21
Bacterial Resistance Pass ASTM G 22
Boiling Water Resistance No effect ISO 4586
High Temperature Resistance No effect B ISO 4586
Weatherability ∆E<5 ASTM G 155
Moisture Absorption <0.25% ASTM D 570 Long Term
Specific Gravity 1.7 gram/cm3 ASTM D 792
Approximate Weight 4.4 lb./ ft2
Fire Behavior Class 1 and Class A ASTM E 84
* Test results vary slightly depending on pattern.

A No fracture
B High temperature resistance tests may have an effect on the surface; however, the surface can be renewed to ‘No Effect’.

Copyright 2020, Wilsonart LLC 3
025 Solid Surface
Properties Typical Results Test
Thermal Expansion Coefficient 1.50 x10-5 in./in./°F ASTM D 696 696696696 Hardness (Barcol Impressor) 62 ASTM D 2583
Impact Resistance 78 in. drop A ISO 4586
Izod Impact 0.24 (ft-lb.)/in ASTM D 256 Method A
Light Resistance – Xenon No effect ISO 4586
Stain Resistance Pass ANSI Z-124.3 modified
Wear and Cleanability Pass ANSI Z-124.3
Fungi Resistance Pass ASTM G 21
Bacterial Resistance Pass ASTM G 22
Boiling Water Resistance No effect ISO 4586
High Temperature Resistance No effect B ISO 4586
Weatherability ∆E<5 ASTM G 155
Moisture Absorption <0.25% ASTM D 570 Long Term
Specific Gravity 1.78 gram/cm3 ASTM D 792
Approximate Weight 2.2 lb./ ft2
Fire Behavior Class II and Class B ASTM E 84
* Test results vary slightly depending on pattern.

A No fracture
B High temperature resistance tests may have an effect on the surface; however, the surface can be renewed to ‘No Effect’.

The information contained in this section is based on technical data which Wilsonart LLC believes to be reliable, and is intended for use by persons having knowledge of this technical area at their own discretion.

Physical Properties of Solid Surface
Wilsonart® Solid Surface is highly resistant to
impact fracturing and elevated temperatures. The
material has very low moisture absorption, does not support fungal or bacterial growth, and is stain resistant. Refer to Wilsonart Guide Specifications for a complete list of physical properties and test results.

Typical Flame Spread and Smoke Developed Properties
Wilsonart® Solid Surface ½-inch is Class I and Class A rated. Wilsonart® Solid Surface ¼-inch is Class II and Class B rated. Ratings are achieved using ASTM E 84 test procedures.

Codes and Certifications
Wilsonart® Solid Surface has achieved the
following:
• FDA Compliance for food contact
• New York City Material Equipment Acceptance numbers 181-96-M • NSF 51 Food Zone and FDA food contact compliant.
• UL GREENGUARD® Gold Certified for low chemical emissions. • LEED® 2009 potential credits can be obtained in the Commercial Interiors category for the following:
‒ IEQ 4.1 Low-Emitting Materials
• Wilsonart® Hard Surface Adhesive is UL GREENGUARD Gold Certified for low chemical emissions and SCAQMD Rule 1168 compliant for VOC content. Wilsonart® Color Matched Caulk meets the SCAQMD standard.

Copyright 2020, Wilsonart LLC 4
Branded Cleaner and Sanitizer Resistance for Wilsonart® Solid Surface No effect was exhibited except as noted (* or **) on the following:

Cleaner or Sanitizer
Effect
Removed
with Water
Effect
Removed with
Water and
Scotch -
Brite®
Effect
Removed with
Finishing &
Sanding
Process
Clorox Healthcare Bleach Germicidal Cleaner** X
Clorox Healthcare Versa Sure Cleaner Disinfectant Wipes* X Oxivir TB** X
Oxivir 1** X
Virex II 256 X
Benefect** X
PDI Super Sani-Cloth Germicidal Disposable Wipes X
PDI Sani-Prime Germicidal Spray X
Expose II 256* X
Stride Floral Neutral Cleaner* X
PURELL Advanced Instant Hand Sanitizer* X

Test procedure: Listed materials were placed in contact with Wilsonart® Solid Surface under 1" (25.4mm) diameter watch cover glass for 16 hours duration prior to evaluation for effect. The branded cleaners and sanitizers listed above were cleaned with water only.

* Causes slight change of gloss or color.
** Causes slight damage, with degree of damage proportionate to length of exposure and concentration.

The effect of some reagents, cleaners, and/or sanitizers may require further refinishing efforts in order be removed. The refinishing effort required will depend on the concentration, temperature, and length/frequency of exposure.

Finishing guidelines can be located in the Wilsonart Solid Surface Fabrication and Installation manual and are recommended to be conducted by a certified fabricator.

4. Installation: Fabrication and Assembly Recommendations

Refer to Wilsonart® Solid Surface Fabrication
Manual and Wilsonart Fabrication Drawings for detailed
information.

5. Warranty

6. Maintenance

7. Technical Services

For samples, literature, questions or technical assistance, please contact our toll -free Hotline at (800) 433-3222, Monday through Friday, 8 am – 5 pm, CST.

Surface shall be Wilsonart® Solid Surface, produced by Wilsonart LLC, Temple, Texas 76503- 6110

Type:

Surface
Color Number: ______________ Color Name: _______________

Finish
Number: ______________ Name: _____________________

Adhesive
Name: ______________ Grade/Type: ______________
Brand: Wilsonart® Adhesive

Wilsonart
 Solid Surface Technical Data
Revised: September 14, 2020
© 1998-2020, Wilsonart LLC
IIWilsonart~

SUSTAINABILITY

SPECIALTY &

PERFORMANCE

LAMINATES

WOODGRAINS
04 06 08

STONE LOOKS

SOLID COLORS

ABSTRACTS
11 13 14
WILSONART® HD®

LAMINATE

LAMINATE SURFACE

TEXTURES

RESIDENTIAL

COLLECTION
16 18 19

CONTENTS
5001K-07 PEARL SEQUOIA

METALLICS
15 D91K-22 SLATE GREY
– 3 –

OUR SUSTAINABILITY JOURNEY
For more than 60 years, being a responsible member of the global community has been woven into all aspects of our company culture. Our commitment is to provide high quality products, reliable services, secure jobs, and community support.

PROCESSES
We strive to ensure our manufacturing and distribution processes leave minimal impact on the environment. Our sustainability programs include energy management, waste management, eco-friendly product transportation, and raw materials partnerships with suppliers who are equally committed to sustainable business practices. Visit wilsonart.com/sustainability to learn more.

Zero Waste Zero Impact Zero Barriers
Environmentally
responsible materials
Individual growth
and engagement
No unnecessary materials
or processes

OUR ENVIRONMENT
Continuous product/process improvement Minimal impact on environment Thousands of SKUs of FSC® Mix Credit
Certified HPL
First North American laminate manufacturer
to achieve Forest Stewardship Council® Chain
of Custody Certification

PRODUCTS
Wilsonart continually innovates the laminate surface, seeking to improve sustainability without sacrificing performance. 30% of fiber used to make Wilsonart® Laminate comes from recycled sources. The recycled content in Wilsonart Laminate is certified by SCS Global Services. Our laminates are also UL GREENGUARD Gold Certified for low chemical emissions, which can assist you in earning LEED® certification. All standard Wilsonart Laminates are available on request as FSC® Mix Credit, SCS-COC-002415. Wilsonart is proud to be the first adhesive manufacturer to have its low-emitting PVA and woodworking adhesives recognized by UL’s GREENGUARD Certification Program for indoor air quality. wilsonart.com/laminate-certificates.

WILSONART® LAMINATE.

WHEN PERFORMANCE MATTERS
AS MUCH AS DESIGN.

As a world-leading producer of decorative
engineered surfacing products, Wilsonart
delivers a wide range of innovative laminate
solutions and services. With products designed
to expand your inspirational horizons, Wilsonart®
Laminate meets your special needs and exceeds
the expectations of your most demanding clients.
1889K-07 RIBBON MARBLE
– 4 –
v
v
0 v
v
All Wilsonart® Laminates are suitable for use in commercial and residential settings.

WILSONART® is a trademark of Wilsonart LLC registered in the United States and other countries. HIGH DEFINITION, HD, and AEON are also trademarks of Wilsonart LLC.
8215K-12 ANTIQUE BOURBON PINE

FIRE-RATED
This long-lasting, beautiful laminate meets or
exceeds the fire codes across the country and
comes in a wide range of patterns and colors.

CHALKBOARD
Wilsonart® Chalkboard is the perfect solution
for any space or application that demands a
durable and affordable writing surface, and
unlike other chalkboard surfaces, it requires
no special maintenance.

MARKERBOARD
The ideal laminate writing surface for classrooms,
business and administrative offices, message
centers, athletic facilities, or as a menu board.

HIGH WEAR
Low-cost and built to take the extra wear that
comes with high traffic commercial projects,
Wilsonart® High Wear Laminate boasts more
than five times the industry standard for
abrasion resistance.

CHEMSURF ®

CHEMICAL-RESISTANCE
Specifically designed for environments where
chemicals and harsh cleaners are used,
Wilsonart® Chemsurf® provides exceptional
chemical resistance without sacrificing design
or style.

COMPACT
Available in thicknesses from 1/10" to 1",
Wilsonart® Compact Laminate is a durable
solution for high-impact surfaces such as lockers
and cabinets, elevator cabs, and toilet partitions.

COORDINATED SURFACES
The best-matched HPL, TFL Panel and
Edgeband solution in surface design and texture.

Visit wilsonart.com/cs.

WILSONART X YOU
Customize any surface with Wilsonart X You.

Bring us your designs, and we’ll create a
laminate that is uniquely yours. Visit
wilsonart.com/wilsonartxyou.

SOLICOR™ & SOLICOR™ COMPACT
Wilsonart® Solicor™ is a specialty laminate
created with a solid color core – eliminating
the troublesome “brown line” of traditional
laminates. A new range of our popular neutral
colorthrough designs are also available in thick
Solicor™ Compact laminate.

RE-COVER™
RE-COVER™ combines vertical grade laminate
and adhesive to create an alternative time – and
money – saving option to standard laminate
installation and fabrication.

VIRTUAL DESIGN LIBRARY
Reach beyond the wallboard with Wilsonart’s
expanded design library. From photo realistic
imagery to abstract and artistic graphics,
Wilsonart offers a wide range of patterns to fit
your needs. Learn more at wilsonart.com/vdl.

TRACELESS™
Wilsonart® Traceless™ Laminate is a high-tech,
fingerprint-resistant surface that refuses smears,
smudges and streaks. Accompanied by a velvety
texture, your senses will swoon over this soft-to-
the-touch, super matte finish.

SPECIALTY & PERFORMANCE

LAMINATES
Wilsonart makes a laminate surface for every need.

Made to endure everything from chemical spills to
fire damage, Wilsonart® Specialty and Performance
Laminates are uniquely suited to handle the
challenges of one-of-a-kind interiors. Visit
wilsonart.com/specialty-laminate to learn more
about our hard-working design options.
– 7 –
e

WOODGRAINS

ALIGNED TEXTURE
Aligned Texture is the latest innovation from Wilsonart, using synchronized texture and visual pattern for designs with striking clarity and richness. The first dynamic collection of six woodgrain colorwa ys features the Aligned Oak texture (-57) – where
authentic realism is brought to the surface as each elegantly aged oak design exhibits the natural dimension and feel of real wood. 17004K-57 CARTER OAK
7943K-07 COLOMBIAN WALNUT
– 8 – – 9 –
TFL
TFLTFL

TFL TFL TFL TFL

TFLTFLTFLTFL
TFLTFL
TFL
TFLTFL
TFLTFL

TFLTFLTFLTFLTFL
TFLTFL

TFLTFLTFLTFL

TFLTFLTFLTFLTFL

TFLTFLTFLTFL
17000K-57

ASHBEE OAK

HD PREMIUM
17001K-57

RUSKIN OAK

HD PREMIUM
17002K-57

FISHER OAK

HD PREMIUM
17003K-57

STICKLEY OAK

HD PREMIUM
17004K-57

CARTER OAK

HD PREMIUM
17005K-57

MORRIS OAK

HD PREMIUM
7977K-12

WHITE BARN

PREMIUM
7981K-12

LANDMARK WOOD

PREMIUM
7975K-12

RAW CHESTNUT

PREMIUM
7976K-12

WHITE CYPRESS

PREMIUM
7970K-18

HIGH LINE

PREMIUM
TFL7850-60

BEIGEWOOD
TFL7911-60

MANITOBA MAPLE
7952K-18

ASIAN SAND

PREMIUM
8211K-28

PHANTOM PEARL

PREMIUM
8200K-16

WHITE DRIFTWOOD

PREMIUM
8201K-12

GREY ELM

PREMIUM
8203K-28

SILVER OAK PLY

PREMIUM
8202K-28

LIGHT OAK PLY

PREMIUM
8212K-28

PHANTOM ECRU

PREMIUM
7999K-12

FIELD ELM

PREMIUM
8208K-16

FAWN CYPRESS

PREMIUM
TFL8216K-28

ANTIQUE MARULA PINE
PREMIUM NEW 2017
NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017
TFL8215K-12

ANTIQUE BOURBON PINE
PREMIUM NEW 2017
7980K-18

ZEBRAWOOD

PREMIUM
7964K-12

SKYLINE WALNUT

PREMIUM
7966K-12
5TH AVE. ELM

PREMIUM
7960K-18

STUDIO TEAK

PREMIUM
7967K-12

PARK ELM

PREMIUM
7968K-12

LOFT OAK

PREMIUM
7933K-07

CAFELLE

PREMIUM
7969K-12

WAREHOUSE OAK

PREMIUM
7965K-12

WALNUT HEIGHTS

PREMIUM
7971K-12

UPTOWN WALNUT

PREMIUM
7937-38

RIVER CHERRY

TFL TFL
TFL TFL10776-60

KENSINGTON MAPLE
10734-60

LIMBER MAPLE
TFL7909-60

FUSION MAPLE
7110K-78

MONTANA WALNUT

PREMIUM
7945K-18
XANADU

PREMIUM
7944K-01

MADAGASCAR

PREMIUM
7949K-18

ASIAN NIGHT

PREMIUM
7939K-18

BLOND ECHO

PREMIUM
7990-38

MISSION MAPLE
TFL
TFL7973K-12

OLD MILL OAK

PREMIUM
7982-38

BUKA BARK
TFL
8209K-28

VERANDA TEAK

PREMIUM
8210K-28

PORTICO TEAK

PREMIUM
7998K-18

LOW LINE

PREMIUM
7993-38

FLORENCE WALNUT
TFL
7997-38

EBONY RECON

TFL 7983-38

BOARDWALK OAK
TFL TFL8214K-28

PHANTOM CHARCOAL

PREMIUM
7995-38

STERLING ASH
TFL 8204K-16

WEATHERED CHAR

PREMIUM
8205K-16

EBONY CHAR

PREMIUM
7985-38

MORELIA MANGO
TFL
7991-38

NEOWALNUT
TFL
7994-38

LOWELL ASH
TFL
7987-38

PALISADES OAK
7992-38

PINNACLE WALNUT
TFL 7984-38

MANGALORE MANGO
TFL 8207K-16

BRANDED OAK

PREMIUM
8213K-28

PHANTOM COCOA

PREMIUM
8206K-16

SADDLE OAK

PREMIUM
7986-38

PASADENA OAK
TFL
TFL7938-38

NEW AGE OAK
7953-38

HARVEST MAPLE
TFL 7946-38

BRAZILWOOD
TFL 7951K-18

ASIAN SUN

PREMIUM
7941K-18

TAN ECHO

PREMIUM
TFL7954-38

NATURAL RIFT
r I
~.
" , I :,1
I I j I '
· I I j .11 ·
I .•
I
I
I 1' ', : I I . I :, I
I ' I 1
I
I ! I J
I I I
, ~ j I I ~

WOODGRAINS
8205K-16 EBONY CHAR

ABSTRACTS

PERFORMANCE PLUS
Design with confidence when using AEON™ Scratch and Scuff Resistant Performance Technology. Featured on Wilsonart® HD® and Premium designs, AEON outperforms competitive laminates with similar finishes on wear resistance, as well as scratch, scuff and mar resistance.
5013K-19 MUSHROOM
– 10 – – 11 –
TFLTFL
TFLTFL
TFL
7988-38

HIBISCUS CHERRY
7989-38

PERSIAN CHERRY

TFL TFL
7996-38

NATURAL RECON
TFLTFL7928-38

CASTLE OAK
7806-60

BANNISTER OAK
TFL 7816-60

SOLAR OAK
TFL TFL7925-38

MONTICELLO MAPLE

TFL TFL
TFL
7943K-07

COLOMBIAN WALNUT

PREMIUM
7959K-78

HAMPTON WALNUT

PREMIUM
7948K-07
MAMBO

PREMIUM
TFL7935K-07

SHAKER CHERRY

PREMIUM
TFLTFL 7922K-07

BRIGHTON WALNUT

PREMIUM
7936K-07

WILLIAMSBURG CHERRY

PREMIUM
TFL TFL7947K-18
RIO

PREMIUM
7957K-78

ZANZIBAR

PREMIUM
TFL7054-60

WILD CHERRY
TFL
TFL
TFL 7942K-07

COCOBALA

PREMIUM
7122K-07

EMPIRE MAHOGANY

PREMIUM
7040K-78

FIGURED MAHOGANY

PREMIUM
TFL TFL7039K-78

WINDSOR MAHOGANY

PREMIUM
7923K-07

VERSAILLES ANIGRE

PREMIUM
TFL7919K-78

AMBER CHERRY

PREMIUM
TFL
TFL
7929-38

HUNTINGTON MAPLE
7921-38

TUSCAN WALNUT
10745-60

FONTHILL PEAR
7061-60

NATURAL PEAR
TFLTFL
7924K-07

BILTMORE CHERRY

PREMIUM
7209K-78

NEPAL TEAK

PREMIUM
4940K-18

ASTRO STRANDZ

PREMIUM
TFL
5012K-19

MAGNOLIA
PREMIUM NEW 2017
5013K-19

MUSHROOM

PREMIUM
5014K-19

BATTLESHIP
PREMIUM NEW 2017NEW 2017
4962-38

GESSO TRACERY
TFL
4939K-18

VAPOR STRANDZ

PREMIUM
4965-38
BASKET WEAVING 101
4941K-18

COSMIC STRANDZ

PREMIUM
4869-60

WESTERN WHITE
TFL 4871-60

WESTERN SUEDE
TFL
2932-60

ALMOND LEATHER
TFL 4142-60

GREY GLACE
TFL 4947-38

RAW COTTON
TFL
4945-38

ORGANIC COTTON
TFL 4946-38

NATURAL COTTON
TFL 4143-60

NEUTRAL GLACE
TFL 4820-60

CARBON EV
TFL 4813-60

NICKEL EV
TFL 4810-60

TITANIUM EV
TFL
4811-60

SILICON EV
TFL 4814-60

TUNGSTEN EV
TFL 4168-60

GREY PAMPAS
TFL 4170-60

BEIGE PAMPAS
TFL 4166-60
PAMPAS
TFL
4633-60

NATURAL NEBULA
TFL 4877-38

GREY MESH
TFL 4876-38

SHEER MESH
TFL 4783-60

WHITE TIGRIS
TFL 4911-38

SOFT GOLD MESH
4912-38

GILDED MESH

TFL TFL

TFL TFL TFL
- - - . . .. ...... __ - ~ .
.,. . .. . . - . ,-~-·•·,... . - .
•·-·-- ,: -r .. ; . ... :.. ... -. . ·. -,~."".;.,,1_.. __ - ,_J •- ••- .·. - -., .... - - . .
r. , ,{:
'' .·' .' ·-"'!;
~ ,,, , ,-
. ,~ ~..., • .. ,,__,,
'" - J' .. 4:1

ABSTRACTS
7971K-12 UPTOWN WALNUT
1885K-07 MARMO BIANCO

TFL & EDGEBAND
Harmonized design is the hallmark of the Wilsonart® Coordinated Surfaces program, which includes Wilsonart® HPL, TFL, Edgeband, Doors & Moldings.

For more information: wilsonart.com/cs.

STONE LOOKS

INNOVATIVE SOLUTIONS
Improve your surfaces with Antimicrobial Protection featured on Wilsonart® HD® designs, found here and on page 18.

Antimicrobial Protection is built directly into the laminate to protect the surface against damaging microbes such as mold and mildew that cause odors.
– 12 – – 13 –
4925K-07

CALCUTTA MARBLE

PREMIUM
TFL
TFL
TFLTFL
TFLTFL
TFL1885K-07

MARMO BIANCO

PREMIUM
1889K-07

RIBBON MARBLE

PREMIUM
4745-60

MAROOCHY BRUSH
4746-60

WOOLAMAI BRUSH
4919-60

BLUE AGAVE
TFL TFLTFL 4913-60

EGGPLANT
TFL
4844-60

LODEN ZEPHYR
4845-60

TWILIGHT ZEPHYR
TFL
TFL
4856-60

CLOUD ZEPHYR
4843-60

MISTED ZEPHYR
TFL
TFL
4674-60

EVENING TIGRIS
4667-60

GREEN TIGRIS
TFL
TFL
4669-60

NATURAL TIGRIS
TFL
4623-60

GRAPHITE NEBULA
4846-60

MORRO ZEPHYR
4859-60

SPICED ZEPHYR
4841-60

DESERT ZEPHYR
4857-60

SHADOW ZEPHYR
4842-60

CANYON ZEPHYR
TFL
TFLTFL
TFLTFL
TFL
4621-60

WHITE NEBULA
4909-60

GINSENG TEA
TFL
TFL
4622-60

GREY NEBULA
TFL
4630-60

CLOUD NEBULA
TFL 4880-38

CARBON MESH
TFL4879-38

STEEL MESH
4878-38

PEWTER MESH
TFLTFL
4663-60

TAWNY LEGACY
4656-60

BRONZE LEGACY
TFL
TFL
4651-60

NAVY LEGACY
TFL
4796-60

BURNISHED CHESTNUT
TFL
4915-60

TANGERINE
4918-60
SPROUT

TFL TFL
4942-38

CRISP LINEN
TFL 4937-38

PINBALL
TFL 4943-38

CLASSIC LINEN
TFL 4990-38

FLAX LINEN
TFL 4996-38

HIGH RISE
TFL
4989-38

RUGGED LINEN
4944-38

CASUAL LINEN
TFLTFL 4991-38

PRESSED LINEN
TFL
4992-38

TAILORED LINEN
TFL 4993-38

IRISH LINEN
TFL
1854K-35

LUNA NIGHT

HD PREMIUM
4882-38

OILED SOAPSTONE
TFL
1863K-55

BAINBROOK GREY

HD PREMIUM
4924-38

WHITE CARRARA
TFL
4589K-07

SMOKY TOPAZ

PREMIUM
4862K-07

SANDY TOPAZ

PREMIUM
4588K-07

KALAHARI TOPAZ

PREMIUM
1818K-35

DEEPSTAR SLATE

HD PREMIUM
1858K-55

SILVER TRAVERTINE

HD PREMIUM
4885-38

GREEN SOAPSTONE
4883-38

SABLE SOAPSTONE
TFL
TFL
4926K-07

BLACK ALICANTE

PREMIUM
4887-38

TAN SOAPSTONE
TFL
1878K-35

GRANITO AMARELO

HD PREMIUM
1872K-35

BIANCO ROMANO

HD PREMIUM
5011K-22
POTTER’S CLAY

PREMIUM
4888-38

RUSTIC SLATE
TFL 1880K-35

MAGNATA

HD PREMIUM
4987K-07

LECHE VESTA

PREMIUM
4988K-07

MERCURY VESTA

PREMIUM
TFL4979K-07

INK VESTA

PREMIUM
TFL4978K-07

HENNA VESTA

PREMIUM
4886-38

PEARL SOAPSTONE
TFL
NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017

TFL TFL
·- " ! !::';:: ::i ,,,; ; ,.,
. i
-~ , . ., .: ·~ . . .~· ... " .
-:. ,r .,:,;; • • .0 :
.. . ... . ,, '· .
," \i,. :~~•u, ' . ..,_, r: '
-- f :: I .
. ' -
' '
' . '
'
-
.
.
.

SOLID COLORS

METALLICS

SOLID COLORS

EXPAND YOUR OPTIONS EVEN MORE
All of the solid colors here can now be specified in most of the Wilsonart textured finishes (shown on page 19).

Premiums apply. 2-3 week lead time. 4'x8' and 5'x12'
sheet sizes only.

D354K-28 DESIGNER WHITE
D503K-22 CEMENT
1787-60 OXIDE
– 14 – – 15 –
TFL
TFLD12K-18

REGIMENTAL RED

PREMIUM
D315-60

PLATINUM
TFLTFL D73-60
PEWTER
D503-60
CEMENT
NEW 2017NEW 2017
TFLD381-60

FASHION GREY
TFL
TFL
TFL
D30-60

NATURAL ALMOND
1531-60

LIGHT BEIGE
TFLTFL D439-60

WALLABY
1530-60
BEIGE
D427-60
LINEN
TFLTFL
TFLTFL
1573-60

FROSTY WHITE
1572-60

ANTIQUE WHITE
D403-60

WHITE SAND
TFL
TFL
D431-60

ALABASTER
1570-60
WHITE
TFLD354-60

DESIGNER WHITE
TFL
TFL
D495-60

COFFEE BEAN
D96-60
SHADOW
D327-60

PEPPERDUST
D50-60

KHAKI BROWN
TFLTFL TFL TFL1595-60
BLACK
D91-60

SLATE GREY
TFL

TFL TFL
1500-60
GREY
D90-60

NORTH SEA
D92-60

DOVE GREY
TFL1503-60
PUTTY
TFLTFL D501-60

ORANGE GROVE
D307-60

HOLLYBERRY
TFLD14-60
PORT
TFL
TFL
TFLD498K-18
ISLAND

PREMIUM
D321-60

BRITTANY BLUE
D502K-18
OCEAN

PREMIUM
TFL
TFL
D417-60

LAPIS BLUE
D25-60

ATLANTIS
D379-60
INDIGO
TFL
4830K-18

SATIN STAINLESS

PREMIUM
4994-60

FIRED STEEL
TFL
4794-60

WINDSWEPT BRONZE
TFL 4823-60

ANTIQUE BRUSH
TFL TFL4861K-07

GOLD ALCHEMY

PREMIUM
1787-60
OXIDE
TFL
TFL4860K-07

SILVER ALCHEMY

PREMIUM
4995-60

FORGED STEEL
4795-60

WINDSWEPT PEWTER
TFL 4779-60

PEWTER BRUSH
TFLTFL
..
' ' "> i (> '(
~ t ' , '
•·,:... .
' ,, '
NEW 2017

RESIDENTIAL COLLECTION

RESIDENTIAL COLLECTION
Wilsonart offers a flattering collection of décors sure to suit any style. From rich or cool neutrals to bold or subtle patterns, the creative possibilities in this collection are limitless. These exceptional designs are only made better by enjoying the same performance standards found in our commercial line.
4998K-22 ANDORRA SHADOW

DECORATIVE EDGES
Wilsonart® Decorative Edges for laminates forever eliminates the dreaded brown seam line. Choose from two unique, architectural options to add the perfect finishing touch to tables, desks and reception counters. Available in all Wilsonart® designs.
5005-38 SIERRA CASCADE
– 16 – – 17 –
4588-60

KALAHARI TOPAZ
4907-38

DEEP SPRINGS
4904-38

DESERT SPRINGS
4835-38

TUMBLED ROCA
5009
-60

PEBBLE PIAZZA
5006K-07
COTE D’AZUR NOIR

PREMIUM
4998K-22

ANDORRA SHADOW

PREMIUM
4999K-22

ANDORRA FOG

PREMIUM
5000K-22

TOFFEE DI PESCO

PREMIUM
5001K-07

PEARL SEQUOIA

PREMIUM
5002K-07

OYSTER SEQUOIA

PREMIUM
5003-38

WHITE CASCADE
5004-38

DUSK CASCADE
5005-38

SIERRA CASCADE
NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017
NEW 2017 NEW 2017 NEW 2017
4725-60

MILANO BROWN
4725K-52

MILANO BROWN

PREMIUM
4866K-52

JEWELED CORAL

PREMIUM
4726K-52

MILANO QUARTZ

PREMIUM
4762-60

MYSTIQUE DAWN
4726-60

MILANO QUARTZ
1876K-52

SPRING CARNIVAL

PREMIUM
1799K-07

EBONY FUSION

PREMIUM
4595K-52

BAHIA GRANITE

PREMIUM
4724-60

MILANO AMBER
4724K-52

MILANO AMBER

PREMIUM
1877K-52

AUTUMN CARNIVAL

PREMIUM
1874K-52

WINTER CARNIVAL

PREMIUM
1875K-52

SUMMER CARNIVAL

PREMIUM
1888K-22

HEBRON WHITE
PREMIUM NEW 2017
1890K-22

SERRANIA
PREMIUM NEW 2017
1886K-07
COTE D’AZUR
PREMIUM NEW 2017
1887K-22

BENJAMIN GREY
PREMIUM NEW 2017
4897K-01

GIRONA CAVERN

PREMIUM
4922K-52

MADURA PEARL

PREMIUM
4932K-52

GOLDEN JUPARANA

PREMIUM
4923K-52

MADURA GOLD

PREMIUM
4929-38

BORDEAUX JUPARANA
4931-38

WHITE JUPARANA
4932-38

GOLDEN JUPARANA
4948K-22

BRECCIA NOUVELLE

PREMIUM
4951K-22

BRECCIA

PREMIUM
4952K-22

TYPHOON ICE

PREMIUM
4953K-22

TYPHOON GOLD

PREMIUM
4954K-22

ITALIAN WHITE DI PESCO

PREMIUM
4955K-22
CAFÉ DI PESCO

PREMIUM
4957K-22

MOCHA FANTASTICO

PREMIUM
4971K-52

BRONZITE

PREMIUM
4980K-22

PORTORO

PREMIUM
4981-38

CALACATTA ORO
4905
-38

SPICEWOOD SPRINGS
4921K-52

MADURA GARNET

PREMIUM
, .. , l I'
I\. "f, ~
r; ' •
' ':: f
'
/:.. . :f '
':-- ,. , .. .
•
~~ -.. ~ ..
. . ">\ ... ¥...,
t . •
. .
f • -_, r •
' .. ~ .
.. - . . ·,
A fusion of beauty and state-of-the-art technology, Wilsonart® HD® Laminate is the hardest wearing Wilsonart® Laminate yet designed. Wilsonart HD Laminate with Antimicrobial Protection and AEON™ Enhanced Scratch & Scuff Resistant Technology is intended for residential applications and many commercial applications including countertops, work surfaces, checkout counters, and tabletops.

Not all designs are shown at 100% scale. Colors shown are printed reproductions. For maximum fidelity, please request product samples. Optional finishes may be available by special order. Call your distributor for details.

LAMINATE SURFACE TEXTURES
Finish features AEON™ Enhanced Performance Technology, providing 3x industry standard wear resistance, improved scratch, scuff and mar performance, versus comparable competitive finishes.

ANTIMICROBIAL PROTECTION is built into the laminate to protect the surface against damaging microbes. Antimicrobial agents protect the surface from the growth of mold and mildew that cause odors when used for countertops and work surfaces. #57 ALIGNED OAK* - HD PREMIUM
Authentic realism is brought to the
surface using synchronized texture as
each elegantly aged oak design exhibits the natural
dimension and feel of real wood. Recommended for
horizontal and vertical application.
#55 GLAZE - HD PREMIUM
A layering of matte features over a glaze of
semi-gloss, creates this timeworn effect.

Recommended for horizontal and vertical application.
#35 MIRAGE - HD PREMIUM
Subtle variations in matte and gloss finish
connect to nature’s own finishes: rough
and weathered, smooth and polished. Recommended for
horizontal and vertical application.
#16 CASUAL RUSTIC - PREMIUM
A woodgrain texture with a blend of grain
variations ranging from linear to subtle
movement with random, irregular features. The
overall low gloss surface is accented with higher
sheen woodgrain ticking and random highlights.

Recommended for horizontal and vertical application.
#38 FINE VELVET TEXTURE
A smooth textured finish with moderate reflective value.

Recommended for horizontal and vertical application.
#52 QUARRY - PREMIUM
Premium finish emulating the “pitted” look
of polished natural stone. Recommended for
horizontal and vertical application.
#78 FINEGRAIN - PREMIUM
This premium finish features the polish and
luxe of a real wood veneer, with a subtle, narrow
grain structure that runs the length of the sheet.

Recommended for horizontal and vertical application.
#22 ANTIQUE - PREMIUM
A mixture of varying low gloss features
combined with organic movement, indicative
of the surface of an aged stone or an antique metal.

Recommended for horizontal and vertical application.
#60 MATTE
Textured finish with a moderate reflective quality.

Recommended for horizontal and vertical application.
#07 TEXTURED GLOSS - PREMIUM
A textured finish which reproduces the high
sheen of waxed wood furniture. Recommended
for horizontal and vertical application.
#18 LINEARITY - PREMIUM
A directional texture running the length of the
sheet, having a narrow, random, matte-gloss
linear quality. It is complementary to linear woodgrains, and linear patterns and provides dimension and visual
movement to solid colors. Recommended for horizontal
and vertical application.
#28 GLOSS LINE - PREMIUM
A linear woodgrain texture with varied widths
of narrow grain structures in an alternating mix
of matte and gloss surface areas. Recommended for
horizontal and vertical application.
#12 SOFTGRAIN - PREMIUM
A dense, woodgrain structure that is low gloss
and soft to the touch. Subtle highlights of
reflectivity randomly occur within the embossed grains, creating a sophisticated raw wood look. Recommended
for horizontal and vertical application.
#19 LENO WEAVE* - PREMIUM
Random intersecting horizontal and vertical
lines create a geometric weave with a matte-
gloss mix. Recommended for horizontal and vertical
application.
#01 HIGH GLOSS - PREMIUM
A mirror sheen finish, which gives a smooth,
brilliant appearance. Recommended for
horizontal applications such as countertops and light-to medium commercial applications. Excellent for vertical
application.

WILSONART® HD® LAMINATE
1891K-55 LARIO
*Not available in Textured Solids
– 18 – – 19 –
1842K-35

CANYON PASSAGE

HD PREMIUM
1891K-55
LARIO
HD PREMIUM NEW 2017
1850K-35

LUNA WINTER

HD PREMIUM
1820K-35

BELLA NOCHE

HD PREMIUM
1849K-35

LUNA FROST

HD PREMIUM
1822K-35

BELLA CAPRI

HD PREMIUM
1824K-35

SEDONA BLUFF

HD PREMIUM
1826K-35

SEDONA TRAIL

HD PREMIUM
1832K-35

RIVER GEMSTONE

HD PREMIUM
1867K-55

PERLA PIAZZA

HD PREMIUM
1870K-55

COSMOS GRANITE

HD PREMIUM
1871K-35

GOLDEN ROMANO

HD PREMIUM
1864K-55

SALENTINA NERO

HD PREMIUM
1874K-35

WINTER CARNIVAL

HD PREMIUM
1875K-35

SUMMER CARNIVAL

HD PREMIUM
1876K-35

SPRING CARNIVAL

HD PREMIUM
1877K-35

AUTUMN CARNIVAL

HD PREMIUM
1879K-35

TRINIDAD LAPIDUS

HD PREMIUM
1882K-35

CIPOLLINO GRIGIO

HD PREMIUM
1814K-35

DEEPSTAR BRONZE

HD PREMIUM
1815K-35

DEEPSTAR AGATE

HD PREMIUM
1881K-35

CIPOLLINO BIANCO
HD PREMIUMNEW 2017
1884K-35

CIPOLLINO CON PANNA

HD PREMIUM
. •, .
·, .
< I • •
·• .
•\. . .. !
•
' . -~
• , ~ 1
~~ -.·-4 ... .. ">\ ... ¥...,
•
'
e
@
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
e
©2017 Wilsonart LLC, 2501 Wilsonart Drive, P.O. Box 6110, Temple, TX 76503-6110 For Samples: Wilsonart.com 800-433-3222 BC0430-17
To learn more about the countless design options available through Wilsonart® Laminate, visit wilsonart.com. For your convenience, most Wilsonart designs featured here are in stock and ready for immediate delivery from our distribution center. Sizes and finishes may vary. Call your Wilsonart distributor for availability.

Front & Back Cover:
17002K-57 FISHER OAK
Wilsonart literature is printed using
environmentally responsible processes and paper.
' '
,
,,
•!',·,.,1,,,.,
'
HunterDouglas
Architectural
Eco/ Pewter Eco/ Ash
SheerWeave 4400
Eco/ Tobacco Eco/ Ebony
Content: 25% Polyester, 75% PVC on Polyester/ Openness Factor 3% / Meets or Exceeds Fed. FR Spec.

NFPA701 (small scale)
Max Fabric Width: 98"
Roll Length - Yards: 30 yd
Fabric Weight: 20. 7 oz/yd2
Fabric Thickness: .037"
Openness: 3%
Composition: 25% Polyester, 75% PVC on Polyester
UV Blockage: 95%
Fire Classification: California U.S Title 19 (small scale), NFPA 701-2004 TM#1 (small scale), NFPA 101 (Class A Rating), UBC (Class I), BS 5867 2008 Part 2 Type B Performance, NFPA 701 TM#2 (large scale), ASTM E 84 (Class I), CAN/ULC-S109-03 (large and small scale) Breaking Strength: Warp 340 I Weft 250 lbs.

Acoustical Value: NRG: 0.20, SAA: 0.19
Yarn Diameter: .020"
H1.mterDouglas
ArchitectLffal
Chart Of Solar Optical Properties And Shading Coefficient

SOLAR OPTICAL PROPERTIES SHADING COEFFICIENT /INTERNAL) COLOR TS RS AS TV 1/4CL 1/4HA 1CL 1HA
Eco/ Chalk 12 70 18 7 0.30 0.30 0.16 0.15
I
Eco/
Alabaster 10 62 28 6 0.35 0.32 0.19 0.17
Eco/
Pebblestone 9 51 40 6 0.42 0.36 0.38 0.28
Eco/ Granite 6 48 46 5 0.43 0.37 0.25 0.20
Eco/
Greystone 6 39 55 5 0.48 0.40 0.44 0.32
Eco/ Pewter 3 26 71 2 0.56 0.44 0.34 0.25
Eco/ Ash 3 10 87 4 0.66 0.49 0.60 0.41
Eco/
Tobacco 3 5 92 3 0.69 0.50 0.62 0.42
Eco/ Ebony 3 3 94 3 0.70 0.51 0.63 0.43
TS: Solar Transmittance 1/4CL: 1 /4" Clear Glass
RS: Solar Reflectance 1/4HA: 1/4" Heat Absorbing Glass
AS : Solar Absorptance 1 CL: 7" Clear Glass
TV: Visual Transmittance 1 HA: 1" Heat Absorbing Glass
RB 500 Heavy Duty+ Clutch - 4" Fascia
~~~~~f~a~!l!~1r't Cei li11~
Tube Size: 50mm (2") and 62mm (2.5")
Shade Width: *Over 80" (shade width dependent
on fabric weight - see table)
Lift Capacity: 9 lbs
Lift Capacity with Spring Assist: 13 lbs
Lift Capacity with Counter Balance: Over 13 lbs
Light Gap: Clutch End - 1 ", Idle End - 7 /8"
Chain: Stainless Steel
Chain Breaking Strength: 110 lbs
Clutch Color: Grey
Bracket Color: Grey
Bracket Cover Colors: ~ ,I Grey, ~ White
Hembar: Determined by fabric
* Fabric Weight Up to 6 oz/yd2 (L)
Shade Width -192"
L = Light, M = Medium, H = Heavy
Bracket Dimensions
4' Fascia 4'Hx1'Wx4'D
6 - 12.875 oz/yd2 (M) > 12.875 oz/yd2 (H)
-170" -156"
Max Roll Up
3-3/4' (3.75") H
4' Fascia Idle Bracket
50mm Tube (2")
Tube Bearing
Plug with Nut
62mm Tube (2.5") "
Adapter for Tube Shaft
50mm & 62mm Adapter Ring
Heavy Duty+ Clutch
with Stainless
Steel Chain
4" Fascia
Clutch Bracket
End Cap
Ball Stops
Cord Tensioner
800-727-8953
H Darchitectural.com
© 2018 Hunt er Doug las. AU nghts reser voc.l
62mm
Chain
Connector
.,.

Fascia
Roller Shade
Fabric
Heat Sealed
Hembar
Fabric Wrapped
or Exposed
Oval Hembar
RB 500
Bottom Bar

OPTIONS
Spring Assist
Counter Balance System
Reverse Roll Fascia
HunterDouglas ,,
Architectural
Duette® FR Honeycomb Shades

KEY FEATURES
• GREENGUARD GOLD certified for
low-emitting products
• Fabrics meet all requirements of
NFPA 701 small scale flammability testing
for commercial applications
• Energy-efficient honeycomb design
• Fabric covered headrail standard with EasyRlse TM
• Lifetime Guarantee
JI
WWW
Fabrics: 3/4" Opaque (023) aA€1-eeffit-8j3a.~e-,(-82-2J 951 Daisy White 457 Journal
682 Platinum 713 Pearl Gray
695 Autumn Harvest 686 Truffle
907 Beach Shells
733 Patina Gray
750 Graphite
989 Bisque
687 Toasted Almond
749 Black Onyx
HunterDouglas •
Architectural
© Copyright Hunter Douglas Contract 2016
® Hunter Douglas and its product namos are registored trademarks @ The GREENGU.',RD GOLD INDOOR AIR DUALITY CERTIFIED mark is a regtSteren certification mark used under !icm1se through the GREENGUARO Environmental Institute 9/10/2020
HunterDouglas ,,
Architectural
Color Page - Hunter Douglas Architectural
Duette® FR Honeycomb Shades - Fabric Selector
Opaque- D23
951 Daisy White
695 Autumn Harvest
951 Daisy White
NOTE: Color and fabric images are for illustration only.

For accurate specification , please request product samples. • t
457 Journal
686 Truffle
457 Journal
733 Patina Gray
Available Opacities:
3/4" Opaque (D23)
3/4" Semi-Opaque (D22)
I • 682 Platinum
687 Toasted Almond
• t
989 Bisque
695 Autumn Harvest
https://www.hunterdouglasarchitectural.com/services/print_colors.jsp?id=pHoneycomb I • 687 Toasted Almond
682 Platinum
1/2
Technical Information Ouette® FR Honeycomb Shades
No. PCN Description
I. 2780229002 Headrail Light Block Strip --

2. Headrail
See Honeycomb Headrails

3. Headrail End Cap
See Honeycomb Headrail End Caps

4. Clutch Cover
See Honeycomb EasyRise Clutch Covers

5. 2801669000 Cord Sprocket

6. Clutch Assembly
2802573000 3/4" & ¾", RH
,_"--=/ _//~~-:_ /:~= ·>
2802574000 '/4" & ¾". LH
1002512 11/,", RH
1002513 11/, , LH

7. 2910001000 Screw

8. 2780115000 Gearbox

9. 2770004000 V-Shaft (steel)

10. 2780128000 Lock Collar w/Set Screw

11. 2780135000 Drop Stop Housing

12. 2780120000 Drop Stop Assembly, RH

13. Spool
2780034000 Standard
2780103000 Long Drop

14. Spool Support
2780033000 Standard
2780105000 Long Drop

15. 1003020 0.9 mm Cord, White

16. Bottom Rail
See Honeycomb Bottom Rails

17. Bottom Rail End Cap
See Honeycomb Bottom Rail End Caps

18. 2780923000 EasyAdjustN Pocket Cover (4000 /
carton)

19. EasyAdjust Assembly
2801404000 3/o", ¾"
2781318000 ! ¼"

20. Cord Loop
See EasyRise Cord Loops

21. Universal Cord Tensioner (UCT)
See Universal Cord Tensioners

22. Filler Strip
2954000000 ¾"
1000132 ¾"
2971311000 l '/4"

23. NI A Fabric
Shades with ADS

24. 2970035000 ¥, Magnet Strip with Foam (Only
for orders with AOS)
Shades with Hold-Down Magnets

25. KIT2777 Hold-Oovm Magnet Assembly

26. 2981043000 Spring Holder Pivot Lock
OB Shades Only

27. 2780228000 ER Fabric Stop

PRODUCT SPECIFICATIONS
PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.01 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURER
A. Hunter Douglas Architectural / 13915 Danielson St, Ste.100/ Poway, CA 92064 / Phone: 800-727-8953 / Fax: 800-205-9819 / Website: HDarchitectural.com or architect approved equivalent.

B. Product substitutions must be approved by architect minimum of 30 days prior to dose of bid.

2.02 COMMERCIAL HONEYCOMB SHADES
A. PRODUCT: Hunter Douglas "Duette'" FR Honeycomb Shades" B. MATERIALS:

1. FABRIC: Permanent flame-resistant textured, non-woven polyester formed into opaque 3/4" hexagonal honeycomb cells in stacked tubular construction. Single cell construction; with each cell an independent piece of fabric and containing a metal lized polyester film core. Finish selected by architect from manufacturer's available contract colors.

2. HEAD/BOTTOM RAIL: Standard 3/4" fabric type measuring 1.875" x .460" x .040" thick, EasyRise TM 2" x 1.875" x .050" thick headrail with bottom rail measuring

1.875" x .460" x .469" thick. Constructed of aluminum alloy 6063. Internally fit with components required for specified performance and designed for smooth, quiet, trou ble-free operation. Finish to be standard polyester based paint with a fabric-covered valance to coordinate with fabric (EasyRise TM head rail white finish, bottom rail to coordinate with fabric). Ends fitted with polycarbonate end caps color coordinated with fabric (EasyRiseTM headrail end caps white, bottom rail end caps color-coordi nated to sill rail).

XXX = 3-digit color code

3. LIFTING MECHANISM: Molded engineering plastic cordlock color-coordinated to fabric with stainless steel components providing durable and crash-proof operation (EasyRise TM white engineered plastic rotary clutch mechanism provides ease of operation when continuous cord loop is activated and holds shade in place unless force is applied). Color coordinated braided polyester .035" lift cord and .086" tassel cord, tassel, and stop-ball (EasyRiseTM color-coordinated braided polyester .11" continuous cord loop provides uniform cord length with polycarbonate cored tensioner for additional safety. White nylon covered polyester 2.45mm wide x

0.17mm thick lift tape allows for easy operation of heavy shades). Located on either side of individual shade unit as per architect's request.

4. MOUNTING HARDWARE: Manufacturer's standard polycarbonate universal hidden brackets (EasyRise TM nylon coated zinc-plated 1040 steel HR steel), provide a sleek, unob_trusive appearance.

5. ADDITIONAL AVAILABLE OPTIONS: Top-Down, Top-Down/Bottom-Up, 2 Blinds on 1 Headrall, Specialty Shapes, Skylight System, Hold Down Brackets, Motorization (EasyRiseTM: Hold Down Brackets, Motorization)

2.03 FABRICATION
A. Blind measurements shall be accurate to within + 1/8" or as recommended in writing by manufacturer.

2.04 RNISHES
A. FABRIC finish to be duotone with neutral tone facing the exterior and color selection facing the interior. Color selection from the following: Opaque (D23) and Semi-Opaque (D22): 951 Daisy White, 457 Journal, 907 Beach Shells, 989 Bisque, 682 Platinum, 713 Pearl Gray, 733 Patina Gray, 687 Toasted Almond, 695 Autumn Harvest, 686 Truffle, 750 Graphite, 749 Black Onyx.

Customer Service: 800.727.8953 • Fax: 800.205.9819 • www.HDarchitectural.com Care and Cleaning

FR ALUMINUM HORIZONTAL BLINDS
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Spot Cleaning • Bathtub Cleaning/Water Immersion
DUETTE® FR HONEYCOMB SHADES
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Spot Cleaning • Injection Extraction Cleaning

WOOD BLINDS
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Spot Cleaning

ALTERNATIVE WOOD BLINDS
• Dusting • Vacuuming
• Spot Cleaning • Bathtub Immersion
PALM BEACH® FR POLYSATIN SHUTTERS
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuum
• Compressed Air • Spot Cleaning

ROLLER SHADES
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Spot Cleaning
SILHOUETTE® FR WINDOW SHADINGS
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Injection/Extraction Cleaning
SKYLINE® FR GLIDING WINDOW PANELS
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Spot Cleaning

FR VERTICAL BLINDS
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Spot Cleaning
VIGNETTE® FR MODERN ROMAN SHADES
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Spot Cleaning • Ultrasonic
• Injection/Extraction • Steaming

FR WOVEN WOOD SHADES
• Dusting • Hand Held Vacuuming
• Compressed Air • Hair Dryer Cool Setting
• Spot Cleaning
HunterDouglas 0
Architectural
800.727.8953 www.HDarchitectural.com
▲

LOCATION DEPENDENT

RECYCLED

CONTENT
LEED
®
energy
management
recy c
lable/
extended
producer resp.
materi
al
ingredient
reporting
recyc
led
content
sour
cing of
raw materials
low e
mitting/
materials
ligh
ting
quality
biobas
ed
materials
regio n
al
materials
desi g
n for
flexibility
construction
waste mgmt
EPD
acoustics
Calculate LEED contribution at
armstrongceilings.com/greengenie63%UP TO
10-YEAR
Availability
High Performance
Sustainable
Ceiling Systems
Living Building
Challenge Complaint
Declare
SM
TechLine SM 877 ARM STRONG
armstrongceilings.com/suspensionsystems
SISTEMAS DE SUSPENSIÓN

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
• Offices
• Hospitality
• Healthcare
Blizzard White powder-coated finish
coordinates with Calla®, Optima®,
Ultima®, and Lyra® ceiling panels
for a clean, seamless, monolithic
installed visual.

Linear lighting integration is easy with
made-to-order main beam-to-cross
tee adapters, route spacing, miter
spacing, and short cross tees (3” to
6” lengths).

Available in coordinating Colorations
™
colors.

KEY SELECTION ATTRIBUTES
• Suprafine XL is part of the Sustain ™
portfolio and meets the most stringent
sustainability compliance standards today
• Seismic Rx® Suspension System saves
time and money; Armstrong offers an
ICC-ES approach to installations
(ESR-1308)
• PeakForm® profile increases
strength and stability for improved
performance during installation
• SuperLock™2 main beam clip is engineered
for a strong, secure connection and fast,
accurate alignment confirmed with an audi-
ble click; easy to remove/relocate
• Hot dipped galvanized coating inhibits
red rusting better than electro
galvanized
or painted systems

• Cross tees available in ML and XL2
(staked-on end detail); provides secure
locked connection; easy to remove, reuse,
and relocate
• Some items available in metric sizes
• 1-11/16” web height keeps components
vertical and stable at light fixture interface
• 10-Year Limited System Warranty; 30-Year
Limited Ceiling Systems Warranty when
used with
HumiGuard® Plus products
• FastSize™ main beams and cross tees can
be ordered with special sizing and route
spacing for your project needs in one carton
minimums with two week lead times
• Fire Guard™ options offer UL design
fire-rated performance
• Education
• Retail
NOTE: Additional Suprafine XL items for T
echZone Integrated Ceiling Systems are listed
in the TechZone Technical Guide (BPCS-4486). Available online at armstrongceilings.com/techzone

VISUAL SELECTION PERFORMANCE PACKAGING

Item
No.
◆

Face
Profile

Description

Route Spacing

Dimensions
(Inches)

Hanger
Spacing*
Lbs./Lin. Ft.

Fire
Guard
™
Seismic
Category

Pcs./
Ctn.

Lin. Ft./
Ctn.

Suprafine XL and Suprafine XL High Recycled Content (Red Numbers are Fire Guard Items) 4 Ft. 5 Ft.

Dots represent high
level of performance.
7501_ _ ◆❖
7501HRC
8501
7536
9/16" 12' HD Main Beam 6" O.C.

4" O.C.
144 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 16.86 10.62 –
–
•
–
•
•
•
•
20 20
20 20
240
240
240
240
7500 _ _❖
8500
9/16" 12' ID Main Beam

6" O.C. 144 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 12.75 5.74 –
•
–
–
20 20
240
240
7502_ _ ❖ 9/16" 10' ID Main Beam 6" O.C. 120 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 12.75 5.74 – – 20 200 XL7580_ _ ❖ 9/16" 8' Cross Tee 12" O.C. 96 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 12.73** – – • 20 160 XL7590_ _ ❖ 9/16" 6' Cross Tee 12" O.C. 72 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 12.73** – – • 20 120 XL7558_ _ ❖ 9/16" 5' Cross Tee 6", 20", 30" 60 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – 5.80 – • 60 300 XL7541HRC 9/16" 4' Cross Tee – 48 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 12.73 – – • 60 240 XL7540 _ _◆❖
XL8540
9/16" 4' Cross Tee

12" O.C. 48 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 10.34 – –
•
•
•
60 60
240
240
XL7549_ _ ❖ 9/16" 4' Cross Tee – 48 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 16.42 – – • 60 240 XL7530_ _ ❖ 9/16" 3' Cross Tee – 36 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – – • 60 180 XL7570_ _ ❖ 9/16" 30" Cross Tee – 30 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 28.67 – – • 60 150 XL7520 _ _◆❖
XL7520HRC
XL8520
9/16" 2' Cross Tee – 24 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 51.83 – –
–
•
•
•
•
60 60
60 120
120
120
XL7510_ _ ❖ 9/16" 1' Cross Tee – 12 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 51.83 – – • 120 120 FastSize ™ 9/16" Main beams L: 36" - 144" / Cross tees L: 3" - 144" / Route spacing 2" from ends, 4" thereafter Varies Varies * Simple Span
** Wire at 4'
◆ Items available in Standard, Premium, and Blizzard White powder -coated finish ❖ Items available in Blizzard White powder-coated finish only When specifying or ordering Colorations, Standard, Premium, and Blizzard White, add the two-letter suffix to the end of the item number (e.g., 7301H A – Haze) ASTM Class
HD - Heavy-duty
ID - Intermediate-duty
LD - Light-duty
SUPRAFINE ® XL ® and ML &
SUPRAFINE XL High Recycled
Content (HRC)
9/16" Exposed Tee System
ACT 1: 2 X 2
7501 CEILING GRID
COLOR: WHITE
D
D
D
D
D
D
s
8\JGTAI N"
-ti ea
@,nstrong
Cl:lllNG SOLUTION$

Configuration

Item
No.

Fixture

Planning Module

Hanger Spacing

Maximum Weight

A B A B A B A B A B
Main Beam to Main Beam – Drawing Key: Main beam ( |▲ ) Cross tee ( --- ) Hanger wire ( +• ) ••
• •
••
• •
8500/7500/7502
7501
24" x 48"
24" x 48"
24" x 48"
24" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48"
48"
48"
48"

73.36 lbs.
100 lbs.

57.07 lbs.

70.8 lbs.
• •
• •
• •
• •
7500/7502
7501
12" x 48"
12" x 48"
12" x 48"
12" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48"
48"
48"
48"
68 lbs.
85 lbs.
44 lbs.
61 lbs.

Main beams tested as follows: 7500 tested at 12.7 lbs./lin. ft. to 1/360 of 4' span; 7501 tested at 16.86 lbs./lin. ft. to 1/360 of 4' span; 8500 tested at 13.3 lbs./lin. ft. to 1/360 of 4' span. 48" cross tee tested at 10.34 lbs./lin. ft. to 1/360 of 4' span.

Cross Tee to Cross Tee – Drawing Key: Main beam ( |▲ ) Cross tee ( --- ) Hanger wire ( +• ) • •
• •
• •
• •
XL7540
XL7541
ML7540
24" x 48"
24" x 48"
24" x 48"
24" x 24"
24" x 24"
24" x 24"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48"
48"
48"
48"
55 lbs.
73 lbs.

65.71 lbs.
6 lbs.
84 lbs.
76 lbs.
• •
• •
ML7540
XL7541
24" x 48"
24" x 48"
12" x 48"
12" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48" x 48"
48"
48"
48"
48"
46 lbs.
52 lbs.
–
–
Cross tees tested as follows: 48" cross tee tested at 10.34 lbs./lin. ft. to 1/360 of 4' span.

Fixtures weighing more than 56 lbs. should be independently supported. Light fixture clips are required at all fixture locations.

Fixture weight is based on single fixture only. For end-to-end fixtures or other configurations not shown, consult your Armstrong representative.

NOTE: The above data is based on 48" hanger wire spacing, board weight of 1 lb./sq. ft., maximum deflection of tees not to exceed 1/360 of the span, and suspension system installed in accordance with ASTM C636. **
To derive maximum lbs/sf, divide the on-center spacing of the component into the lbs/lf given in the load test data table.

SISTEMAS DE SUSPENSIÓN

VISUAL SELECTION PERFORMANCE PACKAGING
Item
No.

Description

Length
(A)
Flange
(B)
Flange
(C)
Flange
Pcs./
Ctn.

Lin. Ft./
Ctn.

Suggested Wall Moldings and Shadow Moldings (Additional molding options available. See catalog pgs. 269-270) 7808_ _❖ 10' Hemmed Angle Molding 120" 2" 2" – 10 100
7804_ _❖
7804HRC
12' Hemmed Angle Molding 144" 9/16" 7/8" – 30 360
7800_ _❖
7800HRC
12' Hemmed Angle Molding 144" 7/8" 7/8" – 30 360
7835 10' Channel Molding 120" 7/8" 1-3/4" 3/8" 20 200
7873_ _❖ 10' Shadow Molding 120" 9/16" 15/16" 3/8" 30 300 7874_ _❖ 10' Shadow Molding 120" 9/16" 15/16" 1/4" 30 300 7878_ _❖*** 10' Seismic Shadow Molding 120" 15/16" 15/16" 3/8" 30 300 *** Suitable for IBC Category D,E,F installations using Armstrong Seismic Rx ® and BERC2 Clip

Item
No.
◆

Face
Profile

Description

Route
Spacing

Dimensions
(Inches)
Hanger
Spacing*
Lbs./Lin. Ft.

Fire
Guard
™
Seismic
Category
Pcs./
Ctn.

Lin. Ft./
Ctn.

Suprafine XL items for TechZone ™ Ceiling Systems 4 Ft. 5 Ft. Dots represent high level of performance.
7504_ _❖ 9/16" 120" HD Main Beam 15", 42", 48",
75", 102", 108"
120 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 12.75 10.62 – • 20 200
7505_ _❖ 9/16" 100" HD Main Beam 2", 26", 50",
74", and 98"
100 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – – • 20 166
7507_ _❖ 9/16" 144" HD Main Beam 15", 36", 42",
63", 84", 90",
11",132", 138"
144 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – –
• 20 240
7508_ _❖ 9/16" 132" HD Main Beam 10", 30", 50",
56", 76", 96",
116", 122"
132 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – –
• 20 220
TZXL7556_ _❖ 9/16" 56" Cross Tee – 56 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – – • 60 280 XL7564_ _❖ 9/16" 54" Cross Tee 6", 27", 48" 54 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – – • 60 270 XL7562_ _❖ 9/16" 42" Cross Tee – 42 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 12.34 – – • 60 210 XL7528_ _❖ 9/16" 28" Cross Tee – 28 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – – • 60 140 XL7561_ _❖ 9/16" 21" Cross Tee – 21 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – – • 60 105 XL7506_ _❖ 9/16" 6" Cross Tee – 6 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – – • 60 30 XL7504_ _❖ 9/16" 4" Cross Tee – 4 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" – – – • 60 20 Suprafine ML
ML7540_ _ ❖ 9/16" 4' Cross Tee – 48 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 10.34 – – – 60 240 ML7520_ _ ❖ 9/16" 2' Cross Tee 24 x 9/16 x 1-11/16" 51.80 – – – 60 120 * Simple Span
❖ Items available in Blizzard White powder-coated finish only When specifying or ordering items with a color or finish, add the two-letter suffix to the end of the item number (e.g., 7301 H A – Haze)
ASTM Class
HD - Heavy-duty
ID - Intermediate-duty
LD - Light-duty

MAXIMUM FIXTURE WEIGHT
SUPRAFINE ® XL ® and ML &
SUPRAFINE XL High Recycled Content (HRC)
9/16" Exposed Tee System
□
□
□
□
0[[ ru I I I IN]
@mstrong*

CEILING SOLUTIONS
TechLine SM 877 ARM STRONG
armstrongceilings.com/suspensionsystems
SUPRAFINE ® XL ® and ML &
SUPRAFINE XL High Recycled Content (HRC)
9/16" Exposed Tee System
SISTEMAS DE SUSPENSIÓN
Made-to-order
Sherwin-Williams ®
Colors Available

SEISMIC PERFORMANCE
Main Beams
7501, 7501HRC, 7504, 7505, 7507
Minimum Lbs. To Pull Out Compression/Tension
335.0
Cross Tees
XL7558, XL7540, XL7549, XL7520, XL7510, XL8520,
XL7570, XL7590, XL7580, XL8540, XL7541,753032,
752032, ML7540, ML7520
Minimum Lbs. To Pull Out Compression/Tension
352.0, 130.0
ICC Reports
For areas under ICC jurisdiction, see ICC evaluation
report number ESR-1308 for allowable values and/or
conditions of use concerning the suspension system
components listed on this page. The report is subject
to reexamination, revisions, and possible cancellation.

COLOR AND FINISH SELECTION

PHYSICAL DATA
Material
Hot dipped galvanized steel
Surface Finish
Baked polyester paint or powder coated
Face Dimension
9/16"
Profile
Exposed tee
Cross Tee/Main Beam Interface
XL – Override
ML – Flush fit
End Detail
Main Beam: Staked-on clip
XL Cross Tee: Staked-on clip
ML Cross Tee:

Staked-on hook clip
Duty Classification
Intermediate or Heavy-duty
1/4"
(6mm)
9/16"
(14mm)
1-11/16"
(43mm)
9/16"
(14mm)

SUPRAFINE
Main Beam

SUPRAFINE XL
Cross Tee

SUPRAFINE ML
Cross Tee

DETAILS
Cream
(CR)
Haze
(HA)
White
(WH)
Adobe
(AD)
Platinum
(PL)
Standard
Colorations ™ (Coordinates with Calla ® Colorations Panels and Axiom Trim) Camel
(CM)
Bronze
(BZ)
Premium
Gun Metal
Grey (MY)
Silver Satin
(SA)
Tech Black
(BL)
Coordinates with
Colorations Black (BK)
Silver Grey
(SG)
Powder-coated
Finish ❖
Blizzard
White
(ZW)
7/8" Hemmed
Angle Molding
B B
CA
A
C
shadow molding flex molding
Shadow Molding

SUPRAFINE XL
Cross Tee
1/4"
(6mm)
9/16"
(14mm)
1-11/16"
(43mm)
9/16"
(14mm)
Stone
(SE)
Pale Lemon
(LM)
Sky
(SK)
Shell
(SH)
Pecan
(PC)
Moss
(MS)
Lagoon
(LA)
Cranberry
(CN)
Tangerine
(TG)
Reef
(RE)
Plum
(PM)
Kiwi
(KW)
To see Ultima® and Optima® Create! and RAL colors, visit armstrongceilings.com/createcolors.

Custom colors are available with a Sherwin-Williams ® 4-digit color code from the Duration or Harmony flat interior paint families (Code SW _ _ _ _ ) BERC2 (Steel) – 200 pcs
FZBERC2 (Steel) – 50 pcs
ALBERC2 (Aluminum) – 200 pcs
FZALBERC2 (Aluminum) – 50 pcs
STAC – 120 pcs
FZSTAC – 50 pcs
ES49 – 200 pcs
FZES49 – 50 pcs
GCWA – 250 pcs
FZGCWA – 50 pcs
STAC – Single Tee Adapter Clip –
Used to create code compliant
non-seismic and seismic C
and D, E, F off-module
main beam to cross
tee connections.

GCWA – Grip Clip Wall
Attachment – Joins main beam
or cross tee to wall molding via
locking barbs without
pop rivets or screws.

Expansion Sleeves
ES49 – For 9/16"
Suprafine

BERC2 – 2" Beam End Retaining
Clip – Allows you to create a code
compliant Seismic D, E, F ceiling
installation while eliminating the
need to use 2" wall molding or
spreader bars.

ACCESSORIES
B ••••o•• •• o
- - - - - - - - - -
~
~
e
@msuong
CEILING SCI.UTIONS

TechLine
SM
/ 1 877 ARMSTRONG
armstrongceilings.com/suspensionsystems
(search: suprafine)
BPCS-3077-416
All product names are trademarks, registered trademarks, or service marks of their respective owners. All other trademarks used herein are the property of AWI Licensing LLC and/or its affiliates © 2016 AWI Licensing LLC Printed in the United States of America

BLIZZARD WHITE POWDER-COATED FINISH COLORATIONS INTEGRATED COLOR SYSTEM SUPRAFINE ® XL ® and ML &
SUPRAFINE XL High Recycled Content (HRC)
9/16" Exposed Tee System
SISTEMAS DE SUSPENSIÓN

INTEGRATED SYSTEMS
Calla ® Blizzard White
Colorations ™ Reef
Choose the new Blizzard White powder coated finish on a wide variety of suspension systems and Axiom trim, for a clean monolithic installed visual that looks great with Calla
®, Lyra®, Optima®, and Ultima®
ceiling panels.

Colorations integrated color system gives your everything you need to create a complete color coordinated ceiling system:
• 13 standard colors, plus custom Sherwin Williams® colors • 24" x 24" Calla Beveled Tegular panels
• 9/16" Suprafine Suspension System
• Axiom Trim (Classic, Vector, Knife Edge, Moldings and Column Rings) • Use any Colorations color in a custom Formations cloud kit Printed on recyclable paper
with vegetable-based inks.

Please Recycle.000000
/
0 @mstrong
Cl:lllNG 80LVTIONS
297
TechLine 877 ARM STRONG (276-7876)
armstrongceilings.com/commercial

1. Ultima® Beveled Tegular

2. Ultima® with Suprafine® 9/16" suspension system

3. Ultima® with Silhouette® XL® 9/16" suspension system with 1/4" reveal DETAILS (Other Suspension Systems compatible. Refer to listing on page 298.) COLOR
White
Ultima ® Beveled Tegular panels with Sonata ® 9/16" suspension system (Pg. 375) A smooth visual ceiling with Total Acoustics™ performance, sound absorption and blocking needed for today’s flexible spaces .

UltimaUltima High NRC
ULTIMA®
ULTIMA® High NRC
Tegular
fine texture
See more photos at:
armstrongceilings.com/photogallery
SEARCH: ultima
2 31
1911, 1912,
1914, 1915

TYPICAL APPLICATIONS
• Offices – closed spaces for privacy
and confidentiality; open spaces
for focus, collaboration, and
teaming
• Healthcare – assists in addressing
HIPAA, HCAHPS, and FGI
acoustical requirements
• Classrooms
• Corridors
• Lobbies/reception areas
• Department stores/retail

KEY SELECTION ATTRIBUTES
• Get total noise control and design
flexibility with Total Acoustics
™ ceiling
panels: NRC + CAC = Total Acoustics™
performance
• Ultima® panels are part of the Sustain ™
portfolio and meet the most stringent
sustainability compliance standards
today
• Smooth, clean, durable finish –

W
ashable, Impact-resistant,
Scratch-resistant, Soil-resistant
• Excellent sound absorption
• High CAC for excellent sound
blocking – items 1894, 1895,
1951, 1952
• Ceiling-2-Ceiling™ Post-consumer
Recycled Content options: items
1911HRC, 1912HRC, 1914HRC,
1915HRC. 71% Pre-consumer;
15% Post-consumer
• USDA-Certified Biobased
Product – 88%
• Available with AirGuard™ coating
• Visual coordinates with Optima® panels
for mixed (open/closed plan) applications
• Item 1912 available with Create!™
printed images and patterns – see
pages 229-231
• Non-directional visual reduces scrap and
installation time
• Compatible with the TechZone® Ceiling
Systems (Pgs. 311-318)
• 30-Year Limited System Warranty
against visible sag (excludes items
1905 and 1929), mold, and mildew
ACT 1: 2 X 2
1912 CEILING PANELS
COLOR: WHITE
(@))
I I
TOTAL CS™
AC OU S_T INRC)
Sound Absorption (CAC)
+ Sound Blocking (
l
f,
--- -... . __ ----._ -
1\, / / z/ / X . X }i~:r·:_•~~\~.:;Lc--------------------, 1§Y / /
•
□
IA\-mstrong®
~EILING SOLUTIONS

MINERAL FIBER
299
TechLine 877 ARM STRONG (276-7876)
armstrongceilings.com/commercial
▲

LOCATION DEPENDENT

RECYCLED

Edge
Profile

Susp. Dwg.

Pgs. 381-385
armstrongceilings.
com/catdwgs

Item
No.

Dimensions
(Inches)

UL Classified
Acoustics
Total
Acoustics 1
Fire
Performance
Light
Reflect
Anti-Mold
& Mildew
Sag
Resist
Certified Low
VOC Emissions
Wash
Impact
Scratch
Soil
Recycled
Content
Recycle
Program
30-Yr
Warranty+ =
ULTIMA ® Bio-
Block
Humi-
Guard+

Durability
15/16"
Beveled
Tegular
Square Lay-in 9/16" Angled Tegular 15/16" Angled Tegular Ultima Plank ShipLap Long Edge Detail
Ultima Plank ShipLap
K2C2 Short
15/16" Chamford Tegular
Cirrus Pro/f_iles Chamfered
Tongue and GrooveConcealed Beveled K4C4
Classic Step Tegular Ultima Plank ShipLap
Long Edge Detail
Ultima Plank ShipLap
Beveled Tegular Short
15/16 Classic Step Tegula r
~8-ID (99) (drw 10)
9/16" Beveled Tegular 15/16" Beveled Tegular 9/16" Square Cut Tegular 15/16" Square Tegular 9/16" Chamfered Tegular
Cirrus Pro/f_iles Chamfered
Concealed
Soft Look Radiused Tegular
9/16" Cubic Graphis
NeoCubic
9/16" Flush Tegular
Ledges
15/16" Flush Tegular
Ledges
9/16" W rapped Tegular
Graphis Wrapped Linear
and Cubic
9/16" Wrapped Linear and
Mixed Corner “B”
(Flumes, Graphis Linear Corner
& Dots & Squares)
Concealed
Square Edge K4C4
Linear Cubic
Beveled Crossgate
A B
15/16" Vector
C D
15/16" Vector C & D
AB CD
15 1422 6 x 48 x 3/4" N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • •
15 1917 12 x 24 x 3/4" N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • •
15 1993 12 x 48 x 3/4" N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • •
15 1994 12 x 60 x 3/4" N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
15 1995 12 x 72 x 3/4" N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
15 1911
1911HRC
24 x 24 x 3/4"
24 x 24 x 3/4"

0.75 •
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • •
•
• •
15 1951 24 x 24 x 3/4" 0.60 40
•
GOOD Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
15 1894 24 x 24 x 3/4" 0.60 40
•
GOOD Fire
Guard ™

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
15 1914
1914HRC
24 x 48 x 3/4"
24 x 48 x 3/4"

0.75 •
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • •
•
• •
15 1985 24 x 60 x 3/4" 0.75
•
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
15 1981 24 x 72 x 3/4" 0.75
•
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
15 FastSize ™
Panels
W: 4" - 24" / L: 4" - 72"
3/4" thick
N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
9/16"
Beveled
Tegular
Square Lay-in 9/16" Angled Tegular 15/16" Angled Tegular Ultima Plank ShipLap Long Edge Detail
Ultima Plank ShipLap
K2C2 Short
15/16" Chamford Tegular
Cirrus Pro/f_iles Chamfered
Tongue and GrooveConcealed Beveled K4C4
Classic Step Tegular Ultima Plank ShipLap
Long Edge Detail
Ultima Plank ShipLap
Beveled Tegular Short
15/16 Classic Step Tegula r
~8-ID (99) (drw 10)
9/16" Beveled Tegular 15/16" Beveled Tegular 9/16" Square Cut Tegular 15/16" Square Tegular 9/16" Chamfered Tegular
Cirrus Pro/f_iles Chamfered
Concealed
Soft Look Radiused Tegular
9/16" Cubic Graphis
NeoCubic
9/16" Flush Tegular
Ledges
15/16" Flush Tegular
Ledges
9/16" W rapped Tegular
Graphis Wrapped Linear
and Cubic
9/16" Wrapped Linear and
Mixed Corner “B”
(Flumes, Graphis Linear Corner
& Dots & Squares)
Concealed
Square Edge K4C4
Linear Cubic
Beveled Crossgate
A B
15/16" Vector
C D
15/16" Vector C & D
AB CD
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1423 6 x 48 x 3/4" N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1427 6 x 60 x 3/4"
N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1916 12 x 24 x 3/4"
N/A 35
•
– Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1996 12 x 48 x 3/4"

0.65 35
•
GOOD Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1997 12 x 60 x 3/4"

0.65 35
•
GOOD Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1998 12 x 72 x 3/4"

0.65 35
•
GOOD Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44,
48, 52,
56 1912
1912HRC
24 x 24 x 3/4"
24 x 24 x 3/4"

0.75 •
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • •
•
• •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1952 24 x 24 x 3/4"

0.60 40
•
GOOD Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1895 24 x 24 x 3/4"

0.60 40
•
GOOD Fire
Guard

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
1 T otal Acoustics ™ ceiling panels have an ideal combination of noise reduction and sound-blocking performance in one product.

GOOD (NRC 0.60-0.65; CAC 35+) BETTER (NRC 0.70-0.75; CAC 35+) BEST (NRC 0.80+; CAC 35+) HRC items not available in other size panels.

VISUAL SELECTION PERFORMANCE SELECTION Dots represent high level of performance. $$ $$ ULTIMA®
ULTIMA® High NRC
Tegular
fine texture
FastSize: Factory-finished, made-to-order sizes, shipped fast (1 carton min.) High Performance
Sustainable
Ceiling Systems
Living Building
Challenge Compliant
Declare
SM
q
,i
,i
111
,,
CLOSED
UJOP
IIECYClEII

CONTENT
CEILING·2·CEILINlf
CJ
=
=
=
□
□
□
D
c=J
C=:J
CJ
=
=
=
1 □
□
□
s
s u STAI NN
111
@mstronge

CEILING SOLUTIONS
TechLine / 1 877 ARMSTRONG
armstrongceilings.com/commercial
(search: ultima)
BPCS-3039

MINERAL FIBER
300

LEED® is a registered trademark of the U.S. Green Building Council Declare
SM
is a service mark of The International Living Future Institute UL is a registered trademark of UL LLC. All other trademarks used herein are the property of AWI Licensing LLC and/or its affiliates © 2016-2017 AWI Licensing LLC Printed in the United States of America ▲

LOCATION DEPENDENT

RECYCLED

CONTENT
LEED
®
energy
management
re
cyclable/
extended
producer resp.
mate
rial
ingredient
reporting
re
cycled
content
so
urcing of
raw materials
lo
w emitting/
materials
li
ghting
quality
bi
obased
materials
reg
ional
materials
des
ign for
flexibility
construction
waste mgmt
EPD
acoustics
Calculate LEED contribution at
armstrongceilings.com/greengenie84%UP TO
High Performance
Sustainable
Ceiling Systems
Living Building
Challenge Compliant
Declare
SM

Edge
Profile

Susp. Dwg.

Pgs. 381-385
armstrongceilings.
com/catdwgs

Item
No.

Dimensions
(Inches)

Durability
9/16"
Beveled
Tegular
Square Lay-in 9/16" Angled Tegular 15/16" Angled Tegular Ultima Plank ShipLap Long Edge Detail
Ultima Plank ShipLap
K2C2 Short
15/16" Chamford Tegular
Cirrus Pro/f_iles Chamfered
Tongue and GrooveConcealed Beveled K4C4
Classic Step Tegular Ultima Plank ShipLap
Long Edge Detail
Ultima Plank ShipLap
Beveled Tegular Short
15/16 Classic Step Tegula r
~8-ID (99) (drw 10)
9/16" Beveled Tegular 15/16" Beveled Tegular 9/16" Square Cut Tegular 15/16" Square Tegular 9/16" Chamfered Tegular
Cirrus Pro/f_iles Chamfered
Concealed
Soft Look Radiused Tegular
9/16" Cubic Graphis
NeoCubic
9/16" Flush Tegular
Ledges
15/16" Flush Tegular
Ledges
9/16" W rapped Tegular
Graphis Wrapped Linear
and Cubic
9/16" Wrapped Linear and
Mixed Corner “B”
(Flumes, Graphis Linear Corner
& Dots & Squares)
Concealed
Square Edge K4C4
Linear Cubic
Beveled Crossgate
A B
15/16" Vector
C D
15/16" Vector C & D
AB CD
29, 44,
48, 52,
56 1915
1915HRC
24 x 48 x 3/4"
24 x 48 x 3/4"

0.75 •
35 BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • •
•
• •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1986 24 x 60 x 3/4" 0.75
•
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1982 24 x 72 x 3/4" 0.75
•
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1905
1905HRC
30 x 30 x 3/4"
30 x 30 x 3/4"

0.75 •
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• Std • • • • • • • •
29, 44, 48,
52, 56
1929 30 x 54 x 3/4" 0.75
•
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• Std • • • • • • • •
29, 44,
48, 52,
56 FastSize ™
Panels
W: 4" - 24" / L: 4" - 72"
3/4" Thick
N/A N/A – Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
ULTIMA ® with AirGuard ™ Coating Actively removes formaldehyde from indoor air. 15/16"
Beveled
Tegular
Square Lay-in 9/16" Angled Tegular 15/16" Angled Tegular Ultima Plank ShipLap Long Edge Detail
Ultima Plank ShipLap
K2C2 Short
15/16" Chamford Tegular
Cirrus Pro/f_iles Chamfered
Tongue and GrooveConcealed Beveled K4C4
Classic Step Tegular Ultima Plank ShipLap
Long Edge Detail
Ultima Plank ShipLap
Beveled Tegular Short
15/16 Classic Step Tegula r
~8-ID (99) (drw 10)
9/16" Beveled Tegular 15/16" Beveled Tegular 9/16" Square Cut Tegular 15/16" Square Tegular 9/16" Chamfered Tegular
Cirrus Pro/f_iles Chamfered
Concealed
Soft Look Radiused Tegular
9/16" Cubic Graphis
NeoCubic
9/16" Flush Tegular
Ledges
15/16" Flush Tegular
Ledges
9/16" W rapped Tegular
Graphis Wrapped Linear
and Cubic
9/16" Wrapped Linear and
Mixed Corner “B”
(Flumes, Graphis Linear Corner
& Dots & Squares)
Concealed
Square Edge K4C4
Linear Cubic
Beveled Crossgate
A B
15/16" Vector
C D
15/16" Vector C & D
AB CD
15 1901 24 x 24 x 3/4" 0.75
•
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
15 1904 24 x 48 x 3/4" 0.75
•
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
29, 44,
48, 52,
56 1906 24 x 48 x 3/4" 0.75
•
35 •
BETTER Class
A

0.90 •
• • • • • • • • • •
1 T otal Acoustics ™ ceiling panels have an ideal combination of noise reduction and sound-blocking performance in one product.

GOOD (NRC 0.60-0.65; CAC 35+) BETTER (NRC 0.70-0.75; CAC 35+) BEST (NRC 0.80+; CAC 35+) HRC items not available in other size panels.

VISUAL SELECTION PERFORMANCE SELECTION Dots represent high level of performance.

ULTIMA®
ULTIMA® High NRC
Tegular
fine texture
30-Year Performance Guarantee & Warranty
When installed with Armstrong ® Suspension System.

Details at armstrongceilings.com/warranty
Weight; Square Feet/Carton
1917, 1993 – 1.05 lbs/SF; 24 SF/ctn
1422 – 1.08 lbs/SF; 24 SF/ctn
1905 – 1.05 lbs/SF; 62.5 SF/ctn
1911, 1912, 1914, 1915 – 1.05 lbs/SF; 48 SF/ctn
1916, 1996 – 1.05 lbs/SF; 24 SF/ctn
1423 – 1.08 lbs/SF; 24 SF/ctn
1427 – 1.07 lbs/SF; 24 SF/ctn
1929 – 1.02 lbs/SF; 68 SF/ctn
1895, 1952, 1951 – 1.31 lbs/SF; 48 SF/ctn
1901, 1902, 1904, 1906 – 1.08 lbs/SF; 48 SF/ctn
1997, 1994 – 1.05 lbs/SF; 30 SF/ctn
1998, 1995 – 1.05 lbs/SF; 36 SF/ctn
1981, 1982 - 1.08 lbs/SF; 72 SF/ctn
1894, 1985, 1986 – 1.08 lbs/SF; 80 SF/ctn
Minimum Order Quantity
1 carton
Metric Items Available
1905M, 1912M, 1912MHRC, 1914M, 1915M, 1916M –
Metric items are subject to extended lead times and
minimum quantities. Contact your representative for
more details.

PHYSICAL DATA
Material
Wet-formed mineral fiber with DuraBrite
® acoustically
transparent membrane.

Surface Finish
DuraBrite with factory-applied latex paint
Fire Performance
ASTM E84 and CAN/ULC S102 surface burning
characteristics. Flame Spread Index 25 or less.

Smoke Developed Index 50 or less (UL labeled).

Fire Guard ™: A fire-resistive ceiling when used
in applicable UL assemblies (Class A).

ASTM E1264 Classification
Type IV, Form 2, Pattern E
Fire Class A
Humidity/Sag Resistance
HumiGuard
® Plus ceiling panels are recommended
for areas subject to high humidity, up to, but not
including, standing water and outdoor applications.
(Excludes items 1905 and 1929).

Mold/Mildew Protection
Ceiling panels with BioBlock ® performance resist
the growth of mold and mildew.

VOC Emissions
Third-party certified compliant with California Department of Public Health CDPH/EHLB/Standard Method Version

1.1, 2010. This standard is the guideline for low
emissions in LEED, CalGreen Title 24, ANSI/ASHRAE/
USGBC/IES Standard 189; ANSI/GBI Green Building
Assessment Protocol.

Acoustical Performance
CAC testing conducted using Prelude
® XL ® suspension
system for 15/16" edge detail and Silhouette ® suspension system for 9/16" edge detail.

Primary (Embodied) Energy
See all LCA information on our EPDs.

High Recycled Content
Contains greater than 50% total recycled content.

Total recycled content based on product composition
of post-consumer and pre-consumer (post-industrial)
recycled content per FTC guidelines. HRC items contain
15% or greater post-consumer recycled ceilings.

Insulation Value
R Factor – 2.2 (BTU units)
R Factor – 0.39 (Watts units)

SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
9/16"
Prelude ® XL ® Silhouette ®
1/4" Reveal
Silhouette
1/8" Reveal
Suprafine ® Interlude ® XL® HRC Sonata ® XL®
Blizzard White – Suspension System Finish
A color and texture coordinated suspension system
to complement Ultima® ceiling panels for a monolithic
look and feel.
$$ $$
FastSize: Factory-finished, made-to-order sizes, shipped fast (1 carton min.) s
SUSTAIN™
CEILING·Z.CEILINlr
®
a a 11 ma~121 ~EiM~ w
,i D
c=i
C=:J
□
CJ
111
•
□
•
D
•
□
•
D
111
t=rj t=k=j t=k=j t=kj o!d t=]1cj
@mstronge

CEILING SOLUTIONS

Page 1 ends

Anaheim City CouncilAugust 9, 2022

Anaheim City Council
August 9, 2022